Zoning Ordinance

View the PDF version Google Docs PDF Viewer

        ZONING ORDINANCE

       CITY OF MUSKEGON
   MUSKEGON COUNTY, MICHIGAN


PREVIOUS ZONING ORDINANCES ADOPTED:
                1957
                1952
                1925



        Adopted April 28, 1987

             AS AMENDED
           (See Appendix A)




         Version: 2023-09-07
TABLE OF CONTENTS


TITLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
PREAMBLE ................................................................................................................................................... 9
ENACTING CLAUSE ....................................................................................................................................... 9
ARTICLE I – SHORT TITLE ............................................................................................................................ 10
   SECTION 100: SHORT TITLE ............................................................................................................................... 10
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................... 11
   SECTION 201: DIAGRAMS, GRAPHICS AND ILLUSTRATIONS PERTINENT TO THE DEFINITIONS IN THIS
   ORDINANCE ....................................................................................................................................................... 36
ARTICLE III – ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP................................................................................................. 45
   SECTION 300: DISTRICTS ................................................................................................................................... 45
   SECTION 301: BOUNDARIES .............................................................................................................................. 45
   SECTION 302: ZONING OF VACATED AREAS ..................................................................................................... 45
   SECTION 303: ZONING OF ANNEXED AREAS ..................................................................................................... 46
   SECTION 304: DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................... 46
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS................................................................................. 47
   PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 47
   SECTION 400: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 47
   SECTION 401: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 49
   SECTION 402: [RESERVED]................................................................................................................................. 52
   SECTION 403: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT OPTION ................................................................................... 52
   SECTION 404: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 54
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS...................................................................................... 55
   PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 55
   SECTION 500: HEIGHT REGULATIONS ............................................................................................................... 55
   SECTION 501: AREA REGULATIONS ................................................................................................................... 55
   SECTION 502: SETBACK ..................................................................................................................................... 55
   SECTION 503: LANDSCAPING ............................................................................................................................ 55
   SECTION 504: YARDS ......................................................................................................................................... 56
   SECTION 505: SERVICE DRIVES AND SIDEWALKS .............................................................................................. 56
   SECTION 506: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER .................................................................................................. 57
   SECTION 507: STORM WATER ........................................................................................................................... 57
   SECTION 508: FUEL OIL AND GAS STORAGE ..................................................................................................... 57
                                                                                  2
TABLE OF CONTENTS

  SECTION 509: DISPOSAL OF GARBAGE AND TRASH .......................................................................................... 57
  SECTION 510: UNDERGROUND WIRING ........................................................................................................... 57
  SECTION 511: [RESERVED]................................................................................................................................. 57
  SECTION 512: FIRE PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................... 57
  SECTION 513: OTHER REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 58
  SECTION 514: SITE PLAN REVIEW ...................................................................................................................... 58
  SECTION 515: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 59
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS ............................................................................... 61
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 61
  SECTION 600: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 61
  SECTION 601: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 63
  SECTION 602: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................... 65
  SECTION 603: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 65
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS............................................ 67
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 67
  SECTION 700: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 67
  SECTION 701: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 70
  SECTION 702: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................. 71
  SECTION 703: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 72
ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS .................................... 74
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
  SECTION 800: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 74
  SECTION 801: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 74
  SECTION 802: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................. 75
  SECTION 803: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 76
ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS ............................................ 78
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 78
  SECTION 900: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 78
  SECTION 901: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 78
  SECTION 902: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................... 80
  SECTION 903: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 80
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS .................................................................................................................... 82

                                                                                 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS

  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 82
  SECTION 904: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED ...................................................................................................... 82
  SECTION 905: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ................................................................................................ 83
  SECTION 906: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................... 84
  SECTION 907: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 84
ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS............................................................................................ 87
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 87
  SECTION 1000: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................... 87
  SECTION 1001: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED .............................................................................................. 88
  SECTION 1002: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................. 88
  SECTION 1003: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 88
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS ................................................... 91
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 91
  SECTION 1100: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................... 91
  SECTION 1101: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED .............................................................................................. 92
  SECTION 1102: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................. 95
  SECTION 1103: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 95
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT .......................................................................................... 97
  PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 97
  SECTION 1200: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................... 97
  SECTION 1201: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED .............................................................................................. 97
  SECTION 1202: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................. 99
  SECTION 1203: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 99
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS ......................................................................................102
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 102
  SECTION 1300: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 102
  SECTION 1301: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 103
  SECTION 1302: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 106
  SECTION 1303: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 106
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT ....................................................................................................108
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 108
  SECTION 1304: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 108

                                                                                 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS

  SECTION 1305: PROHIBITED USES ................................................................................................................... 109
  SECTION 1306: SPECIAL LAND USES ................................................................................................................ 109
  SECTION 1307: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 110
  SECTION 1308: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 110
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS.........................................................................................113
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 113
  SECTION 1400: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 113
  SECTION 1401: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 114
  SECTION 1402: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 115
  SECTION 1403: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 115
  SECTION 1404: BUSINESS CONDUCT LIMITATION .......................................................................................... 117
ARTICLE XV – I-2 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS ....................................................................................118
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 118
  SECTION 1500: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 118
  SECTION 1501: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 118
  SECTION 1502: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 119
  SECTION 1503: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 119
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS .........................................121
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 121
  SECTION 1504: USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................................... 121
  SECTION 1505: PROHIBITED USES ................................................................................................................... 122
  SECTION 1506: REVIEW STANDARDS .............................................................................................................. 123
  SECTION 1507: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 124
ARTICLE XVI – OSC OPEN SPACE CONSERVATION DISTRICTS ......................................................................126
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 126
  SECTION 1600: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 126
  SECTION 1601: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 126
  SECTION 1602: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 126
  SECTION 1603: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 126
ARTICLE XVII – OSR OPEN SPACE RECREATION DISTRICTS ..........................................................................129
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 129
  SECTION 1700: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 129

                                                                                 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS

  SECTION 1701: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 129
  SECTION 1702: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................................. 130
  SECTION 1703: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 130
ARTICLE XVIII – LR LAKEFRONT RECREATION DISTRICTS .............................................................................132
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 132
  SECTION 1800: PRINCIPAL USED PERMITTED ................................................................................................. 132
  SECTION 1801: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 132
  SECTION 1802: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 132
  SECTION 1803: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 133
ARTICLE XIX – WM WATERFRONT MARINE DISTRICTS ...............................................................................135
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 135
  SECTION 1900: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED .................................................................................................. 135
  SECTION 1901: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED ............................................................................................ 135
  SECTION 1902: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS ........................................................................................... 136
  SECTION 1903: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 136
ARTICLE XX – FORM BASED CODE (SEE ATTACHMENT) ..............................................................................138
ARTICLE XXI – SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS................................................139
  SECTION 2100 .................................................................................................................................................. 139
  SECTION 2101: DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS ....................................................................................................... 139
  SECTION 2102: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY ............................................................................. 141
TABLE I: HEIGHTS, AREAS, AND YARDS ......................................................................................................143
  PREAMBLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 143
  TABLE I: HEIGHTS, AREAS, AND YARDS ........................................................................................................... 144
  TABLE NOTES ................................................................................................................................................... 145
ARTICLE XXII – NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, AND STRUCTURES ............................................................146
  SECTION 2200: INTENT .................................................................................................................................... 146
  SECTION 2201: NONCONFORMING LOTS ....................................................................................................... 146
  SECTION 2202: NONCONFORMING USES OF LAND ........................................................................................ 146
  SECTION 2203: NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES .......................................................................................... 147
  SECTION 2204: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 148
  SECTION 2205: POWER OF CONDEMNATION ................................................................................................. 148
ARTICLE XXIII: GENERAL PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................149

                                                                                 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 SECTION 2300: INTENT AND PURPOSE ........................................................................................................... 149
 SECTION 2301: EFFECT OF ZONING................................................................................................................. 149
 SECTION 2302: LAND DISTURBANCES ............................................................................................................. 149
 SECTION 2303: PLOT PLAN REQUIRED ............................................................................................................ 150
 SECTION 2304: ONE BUILDING TO A LOT ........................................................................................................ 150
 SECTION 2305: REDUCTION OF PARCELS BELOW MINIMUM REQUIRED SIZE, WIDTH, OR DEPTH ............... 151
 SECTION 2306: ALLOCATION OF LOT AREAS & CONFIGURATION OF LOTS .................................................... 151
 SECTION 2307: PERMITTED YARD ENCROACHMENTS .................................................................................... 151
 SECTION 2308: OUTDOOR SEATING................................................................................................................ 152
 SECTION 2309: HEIGHT REGULATIONS ........................................................................................................... 153
 SECTION 2310: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 153
 SECTION 2311: ACCESSORY STRUCTURES & BUILDINGS ................................................................................ 153
 SECTION 2312: UTILITY AND PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDINGS .............................................................................. 156
 SECTION 2313: COMMUNITY GARDENS, PRIVATE GARDENS, AND URBAN COMMERCIAL FARMS ............... 156
 SECTION 2314: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 160
 SECTION 2315: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 160
 SECTION 2316: STORAGE OF VEHICLES ........................................................................................................... 160
 SECTION 2317: EXTERIOR SWIMMING POOLS & HOT TUBS ........................................................................... 161
 SECTION 2318: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 161
 SECTION 2319: RESIDENTIAL DESIGN CRITERIA .............................................................................................. 161
 SECTION 2320: PRIVATE STREETS ................................................................................................................... 163
 SECTION 2321: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SERVICE FACILITIES................................................................. 164
 SECTION 2322: DAY CARE/CHILD CARE FACILITIES ......................................................................................... 169
 SECTION 2323: FLOOD HAZARD AREAS .......................................................................................................... 170
 SECTION 2324: TEMPORARY BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND USES ................................................................ 172
 SECTION 2325: PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE BONDING FOR COMPLIANCE .............. 176
 SECTION 2326: OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING .................................................................................... 177
 SECTION 2327: WIND TURBINE FACILITIES ..................................................................................................... 185
 SECTION 2328: [RESERVED]............................................................................................................................. 185
 SECTION 2329: OFF-STREET LOADING AND UNLOADING ............................................................................... 186
 SECTION 2330: SITE PLAN REVIEW.................................................................................................................. 186
 SECTION 2331: MARIHUANA FACILITIES OVERLAY DISTRICT.......................................................................... 193

                                                                           7
TABLE OF CONTENTS

   SECTION 2332: SPECIAL LAND USES AND PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS .................................................. 199
   SECTION 2333: LANDSCAPING, FENCING, WALLS, SCREENS AND LIGHTING ................................................. 200
   SECTION 2334: SIGNS ...................................................................................................................................... 206
TABLE II: SIGN AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................221
ARTICLE XXIV - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT .............................................................................222
   SECTION 2400: ENFORCEMENT....................................................................................................................... 222
   SECTION 2401: DUTIES AND POWERS............................................................................................................. 222
   SECTION 2402: BUILDING PERMITS ................................................................................................................ 222
   SECTION 2403: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY................................................................................................. 222
   SECTION 2404: ZONE CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS .................................................................................... 223
   SECTION 2405: PETITIONS, FEES ..................................................................................................................... 223
   SECTION 2406: PROTEST PETITIONS ............................................................................................................... 223
   SECTION 2407: VIOLATION AND PENALTIES ................................................................................................... 223
   SECTION 2408: PUBLIC NUISANCE PER SE ...................................................................................................... 223
   SECTION 2409: RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE ............................................................................ 224
   SECTION 2410: FORBEARANCE NOT CONDONED ........................................................................................... 224
   SECTION 2411: EACH DAY A SEPARATE OFFENSE ........................................................................................... 224
   SECTION 2412: ZONING COMMISSION ........................................................................................................... 224
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS .............................................................................................225
   SECTION 2500: PURPOSE AND INTENT ........................................................................................................... 225
   SECTION 2501: CREATION AND MEMBERSHIP ............................................................................................... 225
   SECTION 2502: POWERS AND DUTIES............................................................................................................. 225
   SECTION 2503: APPEALS, APPLICATIONS, FILING PROCEDURE AND FEES ...................................................... 228
   SECTION 2504: HEARINGS, NOTICES, ADJOURNMENTS ................................................................................. 229
   SECTION 2505: TERMINATION OF VARIANCE ................................................................................................. 229
ARTICLE XXVI – [RESERVED] ......................................................................................................................230
ARTICLE XXVII – REPEAL OF PRIOR ORDINANCE .........................................................................................231
ARTICLE XXVIII – VESTED RIGHT ................................................................................................................232
ARTICLE XXIX – SEVERANCE CLAUSE ..........................................................................................................233
ARTICLE XXX – ADOPTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE .......................................................................................234
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS................................................................................................235



                                                                               8
                                              ZONING ORDINANCE

                                           CITY OF MUSKEGON
                                       MUSKEGON COUNTY, MICHIGAN

                                                      TITLE

AN ORDINANCE, enacted under Act 207, Public Acts of 1921, as amended, governing the incorporated portions
of the City of Muskegon, Muskegon County, Michigan, to regulate and restrict the location and use of buildings,
structures and land, for trade, industry, residence and for public and semipublic or other specified uses; and to
regulate and limit the height and bulk of buildings, and other structures; to regulate and to determine the size
of yards, courts, and open spaces; to regulate and limit the density of population; and for said purposes to divide
the Municipality into districts and establish boundaries thereof; provide for changes in the regulations,
restrictions and boundaries of such districts; define certain terms used herein; provide for enforcement;
establish a Board of Appeals; and impose penalties for the violation of this Ordinance.

                                                   PREAMBLE
An ordinance enacted under the provisions and authority of the Public Acts of the State of Michigan to establish
districts and zones within which the use of land and structures, the height, area, size, and location of buildings
are regulated, and within which districts, zone regulations are established for the light and ventilation of such
buildings, and within which districts, density of population is regulated; to provide for the acquisition by
purchase, condemnation, or otherwise, of private property which does not conform to the regulations and
restrictions of the various zones or districts provided; to provide for the administering of this Ordinance; to
provide for amendments, supplements, or changes hereto; all in accordance with an adopted Land Use Plan and
Housing Plan as provided in Public Act 110, of 2006, the Municipal Planning Act, as amended, being the Michigan
Zoning Enabling Act, M.C.L. 1253101, et seq. hereinafter referred to as the “Zoning Act”.

                                               ENACTING CLAUSE

The City of Muskegon Ordains:




                                                        9
ARTICLE I – SHORT TITLE

                                         ARTICLE I – SHORT TITLE
SECTION 100: SHORT TITLE

This Ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the City of Muskegon Zoning Ordinance.




                                                   10
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

                                           ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Ordinance, certain terms, or words used herein shall be interpreted as follows:

   1. All words used in the present tense shall include the future; all words in the singular number include the
      plural number, and all words in the plural number include the singular number; and the word “building”
      includes the word “structure”, and the word “dwelling” includes “residence”; the word “person” includes
      “corporation”, “association”, as well as an “individual”; the word “shall” is mandatory and the word
      “may” is permissive; the word “lot” includes the words “plot” or “parcel”; the words “used” or
      “occupied” includes the words “intended”, “designed” or “arranged to be used or occupied”.

   2. The words “this Ordinance” means the text of this Ordinance as well as all maps, tables, graphics,
      schedules as included or attached as enacted or subsequently amended.

   3. Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, where a regulation involves two or more items,
      conditions, provisions, or events connected by the conjunction “and,” “or,” “either...or,” the conjunction
      shall be interpreted as follows:

           a. “And” indicates that all the connected items, conditions, provisions, or events shall apply.

           b. “Or” indicates the connected items, conditions, provisions or events may apply singly or in any
              combination.

           c. “Either...or” indicates that the connected items, conditions, provisions, or events shall apply
              singly, but not in combination.

   4. Terms not herein defined shall have the meaning customarily assigned to them in the Webster New
      Collegiate Dictionary.

   5. Terms defined:

   Abutting (lot or parcel): A lot or parcel which shares a common border with the subject lot or parcel.

   Accessory Building: A building or structure customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal structure
   and located on the same lot as the principal building. Does not include any building or structure designed to
   be used for human habitation.

   Accessory Use: A use customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal use of the land or building and
   located on the same lot as the principal use.

   Adult: A person eighteen (18) years of age or older or a person who is placed in an adult foster care family
   home or an adult foster care small group home pursuant to Section 5 (6) or (8) of 1973 PA 116, MCL 722.115.

   Adult Bookstore: An establishment wherein more than twenty (20) percent of its stock in trade is comprised
   of books, magazines, and other publications having as dominant theme, matter depicting, describing, or
   relating to “Specified Sexual Activities” or “Specified Anatomical Areas” as defined in this Article, or an
   establishment with a segment or section devoted to the sale or display of such material.

   Adult Foster Care Home or Facility: (See Foster Care Facilities - Adult)
                                                      11
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Adult Motion Picture Theater: An enclosed building or outdoor area used for presenting filmed material
   distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to “Specified
   Sexual Activities” or “Specified Anatomical Areas” as defined in this Article for observation by patrons
   therein.

   Agriculture: The carrying on of any agricultural activity, including the raising of trees, crops, plants, livestock,
   small animals or fowl.

   Alcohol Manufacturing Facilities:

       Brewpub: an establishment with a license issued in conjunction with a class C, tavern, class A hotel, or
       class B hotel license by the State of Michigan that authorizes the person licensed with the class C, tavern,
       class A hotel, or class B hotel to manufacture and brew not more than 5,000 barrels of beer per calendar
       year in Michigan and sell at those licensed premises the beer produced for consumption on or off the
       licensed brewery premises in the manner provided for in sections 405 and 407 of the Michigan Liquor
       Control Act.

       Micro-Brewery: A licensed brewery that produces in total less than 30,000 barrels of beer per year and
       that may sell the beer produced to consumers at the licensed brewery premises for consumption on or
       off the licensed brewery premises. In determining the 30,000-barrel threshold, all brands and labels of a
       brewer, whether brewed in this state or outside this state, shall be combined and all facilities for the
       production of beer that are owned or controlled by the same person shall be treated as a single facility.
       These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar or tasting room as an accessory use.

       Brewery: A facility that is licensed by the Michigan Liquor Control Commission to manufacture and sell
       to licensed wholesalers beer produced by it. These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar or tasting
       room as an accessory use.

       Small Winery: a winery manufacturing or bottling not more than 50,000 gallons of wine in one calendar
       year. These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar or tasting room as an accessory use.

       Winery: a facility licensed to manufacture wine and sell that wine to a wholesaler, to a consumer by
       direct shipment, at retail on the licensed winery premises, to sell than wine to a retailer, and provided
       for in section 537 of the Michigan Liquor Control Act. These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar
       or tasting room as an accessory use.

       Small Distillery: a facility for manufacturing spirits not exceeding 60,000 gallons of spirits, or of all brands
       combined. These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar or tasting room as an accessory use.

       Distillery: a facility that is licensed by the Michigan Liquor Control Commission to manufacture and sell
       spirits or alcohol, or both, of any kind. These facilities may also contain a restaurant, bar or tasting room
       as an accessory use.

   Alley: Any dedicated public way affording a secondary means of access to abutting property.

   Antique Shop: A retail establishment which sells objects having special value because of age, especially
   domestic items, or a piece of furniture or handicraft esteemed for its artistry, beauty or period of origin.

                                                         12
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Apartment: A room or suite of rooms, including bath and kitchen facilities, in a two-family or multiple family
   dwelling intended and designed for use as a residence by a single family.

   Apartment House: (See dwelling, multiple-family).

   Amusement Center: Any establishment providing recreation or entertainment games for pay including, but
   not limited to, pinball, video games, pool, bowling, bingo, miniature golf, and other like activities involving
   active participation by the customer.

   Asphalt batching facilities: A temporary facility for the production and manufacture of asphalt paving
   material.

   Assisted Living Facility: A combination of housing, personalized supportive services and health care designed
   to meet the individual needs of persons who need help with the activities of daily living, but do not need the
   skilled medical care provided in a nursing home. The ‘activities of daily living’ are generally considered to
   include eating, bathing, dressing, getting to and using the bathroom, getting in or out of bed or chair, and
   mobility.

   Automobile Repair:

   1. Major automobile repair: General repair, rebuilding or reconditioning of engines, motor vehicles, or
      trailers; collision service, including body frame, or fender straightening or repair; overall painting or paint
      shops; vehicle steam cleaning.

   2. Minor automobile repair: Minor repairs, incidental body and fender work, painting and upholstering,
      replacement of parts and motor service to passenger automobiles and trucks not exceeding one and
      one-half (1-1/2) ton capacity, but not including any operation specified under “major automobile repair”.

   Automobile or Trailer Sales Area: An open area other than a street used for the display, sale, or rental of
   new or used automobiles or other motor vehicles.

   Automobile Wrecking: The dismantling or disassembling of used motor vehicles or trailers, or the storage,
   sale or dumping of dismantled, partially dismantled, obsolete, or wrecked vehicles or their parts.

   Base Flood: The flood having a one (1) percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

   Basement: That portion of a building which is partly or wholly below grade, but so located that the vertical
   distance from the average grade to the floor is greater than the vertical distance from the average grade to
   the ceiling. A basement shall not be counted as a story (see Figure 2-1).

   Bed & Breakfast Facilities: A use which is subordinate to the principal use of a dwelling unit as a single-family
   dwelling unit in which transient guests are provided a sleeping room and board in return for payment and
   which does not provide separate cooking facilities to such guests. Tourist Homes and Bed & Breakfast
   Facilities are identical for the purposes of this ordinance.

   Bedroom: A room used exclusively for sleeping.



                                                        13
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Berm: A mound of earth graded, shaped and improved with landscaping in such a fashion as to be used for
   visual and/or audible screening purposes to provide a transition between uses of differing intensity.

   Block: The property abutting one (1) side of a street and lying between the two (2) nearest intersecting
   streets (crossing or terminating), or between the nearest such street and railroad right-of-way, unsubdivided
   acreage, lake, river, or stream or corporate boundary lines of the Municipality.

   Board of Appeals: The Zoning Board of Appeals of the City of Muskegon (as provided for in this Ordinance).

   Buffer Zone: A strip of land reserved for plant material, berms, walls, or fencing to serve as a visual and/or
   sound barrier between properties, often between abutting properties and properties in different zoning
   districts. Landscaping, berms, fencing or open space can also be used to buffer noise, light and related
   impacts from abutting properties.

   Building: Any structure, either temporary or permanent, having a roof supported by columns, walls, or any
   other supports, which is used for the purpose of housing, sheltering, storing, or enclosing persons, animals,
   or personal property, or carrying on business activities. This definition includes but is not limited to: mobile
   homes, sheds, garages, greenhouses, and other principal or accessory structures.

   Building Lines: A line which defines the minimum distance (as determined by the minimum front, side, or
   rear setback) which any building shall be located from a property line, existing street right-of-way line, or
   ordinary high water mark.

   Building Official: Any individual established by the City of Muskegon to administer and enforce the provisions
   of all building codes as adopted and amended.

   Building Permit: A permit issued by the city signifying that a proposed repair, reconstruction, or construction
   complies with the construction codes of the city and other ordinances.

   Building, Principal: A building in which is conducted the main or principal use of the lot on which it is located.

   Cabaret: Any place which features topless dancers, go-go dancers, exotic dancers, strippers, male or female
   impersonators, singers, comics, or similar entertainers.

   Caliper: The diameter of a tree trunk four feet (4’) from the ground.

   Campus: The grounds of a school, college, university, hospital, or governmental entity, when said grounds
   contain more than one principal building and drive entrances (or access) onto more than one road.

   Carport: A partially open structure of any construction type (including temporary carports), intended to
   shelter one or more vehicles. Such structures shall comply with all setback requirements applicable to
   garages.

   Cellar: See definition of Basement.

   Cemetery: Property, including crematories, mausoleums, and/or columbariums, used or intended to be used
   solely for the perpetual interment of deceased human beings or customary household pets.


                                                        14
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Certificate of Compliance: See certificate of occupancy.

   Certificate of Occupancy: A document signed by the Building Inspector as a condition precedent to the
   commencement of a use after the construction/reconstruction of a structure or building which
   acknowledges that such use, structure or building complies with the provisions of this Ordinance.

   Change of Use: A use of a building, structure or parcel of land, or portion thereof which is different from the
   previous use in the way it is classified in this Ordinance or in the Building Code, as amended.

   Child Care Center or Day Care Center: A facility other than a private residence, receiving 1 or more minor
   children for care for periods of less than 24 hours a day, and where the parents or guardians are not
   immediately available to the child. Child care center or day care center does not include a facility that
   provides care for less than 2 consecutive weeks, regardless of the number of hours or care per day. The
   facility is generally described as child care center, day care center, day nursery, nursery school, parent
   cooperative pre-school, play group, or drop-in center. Child care center or day care center does not include
   a Sunday school conducted by a religious organization where children are cared for during short periods of
   time while persons responsible for such services are attending religious activities.

   Child Day Care (Home): As defined in PA 116 of 1973, MCL 722.111, or successor amendments or acts, means
   a private home in which more than 6 but not more than 12 minor children are given care and supervision
   for periods of less than 24 hours a day unattended by a parent or legal guardian, except children related to
   an adult member of the family by blood, marriage, or adoption. Group day care home includes a home that
   gives care to an unrelated minor child for more than 4 weeks during a calendar year.

   Church: A building wherein persons regularly assemble for religious worship and which is maintained and
   controlled by a religious body organized to sustain public worship, together with all accessory buildings and
   uses customarily associated with such primary purpose. Includes synagogue, temple, mosque, or other such
   place for worship and religious activities.

   City Commission: The governing body of the city as provided in Chapter IV of the City of Muskegon Charter.

   Clearing (Land): The removal of vegetation from any site, parcel or lot except when land is cleared and
   cultivated for bona fide agricultural or garden use in a district permitting such use. Mowing, trimming,
   pruning or removal of vegetation to maintain it in a healthy, viable condition is not considered clearing.

   Clinic: An establishment where human patients who are not lodged overnight are admitted for examination
   and treatment by a group of physicians, dentists, other health care professionals, or similar professions.

   Club: An organization of persons for special purposes or for the promulgation of sports, arts, sciences,
   literature, hobbies, politics, or the like, but not operated for profit.

   Cluster Subdivision (PUD): A subdivision in which the lot sizes are reduced below those normally required in
   the zoning district in which the development is located in return for the provision of permanent open space.

   Colocation: The use of a wireless telecommunication support facilities by more than one wireless
   telecommunication provider.


                                                       15
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Condominium Project: Means a plan or project consisting of not less than two (2) condominium units if
   established and approved in conformance with the Condominium Act (Act 59, 1978), as amended or a
   successor act.

   Condominium Project (Subdivision): A division of land on the basis of condominium ownership, which is not
   subject to the provisions of the Subdivision Control Act of 1967, Public Act 288 of 1967, as amended, or
   successor act. Any “condominium unit”, or portion thereof, consisting of vacant land shall be equivalent to
   the term “lot” for the purposes of determining compliance of a condominium subdivision with the provisions
   of this ordinance pertaining to minimum lot size, minimum lot width, maximum lot coverage and maximum
   floor area ratio.

   Condominium Subdivision Plan: The drawings attached to the master deed for a condominium subdivision
   project which describe the size, location, area, horizontal and vertical boundaries and volume of each
   condominium unit contained in the condominium subdivision project, as well as the nature, location and
   size of common elements.

   Condominium Unit: Is defined as that portion of a condominium project or condominium subdivision project
   which is designed and intended for separate ownership and use, as described in the master deed, regardless
   of whether it is intended for residential, office, industrial, business, recreational use as a time-share unit, or
   any other type of use. A condominium unit may consist of either vacant land or space which either encloses
   or is enclosed by a building structure.

   Any “condominium unit” consisting of vacant land shall be equivalent to the term “lot” for the purposes of
   determining compliance of a condominium subdivision project with the provisions of this ordinance
   pertaining to minimum lot size, minimum lot width, maximum lot coverage and maximum floor area ratio.

   Condominium Documents: The master deed, recorded pursuant to the Condominium Act, P.A. 59 of 1978
   as amended, and any other instrument referred to in the master deed or bylaws which affects the rights and
   obligations of a co-owner of the condominium.

   Conservation Easement: A nonpossessory interest in real property imposing limitations or affirmative
   obligations, the purposes of which include retaining or protecting natural, scenic or open space values of
   real property; assuring its availability for agricultural, forest, recreational or open space use; protecting
   natural resources; or maintaining air or water quality.

   Convalescent Home: An installation other than a hospital where two (2) or more persons afflicted with
   illness, injury or an infirmity are housed or lodged, and furnished with nursing care.

   Correction Facility: A jail, prison, lock-up, or other building for the incarceration and residence of prisoners,
   offenders, persons arrested or persons committed by a court or other lawful authority.

   Correctional Facility, Secured: A correctional facility which is constructed, altered or designed to prevent an
   inmate or resident from leaving at any time except under the authority of the committing court or authority.

   Correctional Facility, Non-Secure: A correctional facility which is constructed, altered or designed to provide
   supervised residence and coming in and leaving at scheduled or supervised times or under supervised
   circumstances, of persons who are committed or assigned to the facility by a court or other lawful authority,
   such as a parole or probation department.
                                                       16
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Craft Shop: Any business establishment which produces articles for sale on the premises of artistic quality
   or effect, or handmade workmanship. Examples include candle making, glass blowing, weaving, pottery
   making, woodworking, sculpting, painting, and other associated activities.

   dBA: A measurement for sound pressure or the relative loudness of sound in decibels as measured on a
   sound level meter using the A- weighting network. A decibel (dB) is a unit for measuring the volume of a
   sound equal to twenty (20) times the logarithm to the base ten (10) of the ratio of the pressure of the sound
   measured to the reference pressure, which is twenty (20) micropascals (20) micronewtons per square meter.
   All sound measurements shall be made on a sound level meter which meets American National Standards
   Institute (ANSI) specifications S1.4 1983; S1.4A 1985 or successor documents for type I or type II equipment.
   The sound level meter must include a peak/hold circuit when measuring impulsive sound.

   Deck: A floored structure that adjoins a house.

   Development: The construction of a new building or other structures on a zoning lot, the relocation of an
   existing building on another zoning lot, or the use of open land for a new use. Development also means any
   man-made change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to parking, fences,
   pools, signs, temporary uses, clearing of land, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, or drilling
   operations.

   Development Permit: A permit signifying compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance as to design, use,
   activity, height, setbacks, density, site planning, special use status, and/or planned unit development status.

   Deed Restriction: A restriction on the use of a lot or parcel of land that is set forth in the deed and recorded
   with the County Register of Deeds. It is binding on subsequent owners and is sometimes also known as a
   restrictive covenant.

   Density: The number of dwelling units situated on or to be developed on a net acre (or smaller unit) of land,
   which shall be calculated by taking the total gross acreage and subtracting surface water, undevelopable
   lands (e.g., wetlands) and the area in rights-of-way for streets and roads (see Figure 2-6).

   District: A portion of the incorporated area of the City within which certain regulations and requirements or
   various combinations thereof apply under the provisions of this Ordinance.

   Drive-In: A business establishment so developed that its retail or service character is dependent on providing
   a driveway approach or parking spaces for motor vehicles so as to serve patrons while in the motor vehicle
   rather than within a building or structure.

   Driveway: A means of access for vehicles from a street or approved alley across a lot or parcel to a parking
   or loading area, garage, dwelling or other structure or area on the same lot, that is located and constructed
   in accordance with the requirements of this Ordinance and any requirements of the City or State of
   Michigan.

   Dry Cleaning Plant: A building, portion of a building, or premises used or intended to be used for cleaning
   fabrics, textiles, wearing apparel, or articles of any sort by immersion and agitation, or by immersions only,
   in volatile solvents including, but not by way of limitation, solvents of the petroleum distillate type, and/or
   the chlorinated hydrocarbon type, and the processes incidental thereto.

                                                         17
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Dwelling Unit: A building, or structure of portion thereof, designed for occupancy by one (1) family for
   residential purposes as a single housekeeping unit. In no case shall a motor home, trailer coach, automobile
   chassis, tent or portable building be considered a dwelling.

   Dwelling, One Family: A building designed exclusively for and occupied exclusively by one (1) family.

   Dwelling, Two Family: A building designed exclusively for occupancy by two (2) families living independently
   of each other.

   Dwelling, Multiple Family: A building, or portion thereof, designed exclusively for occupancy by three (3) or
   more families living independently of each other.

   ECHO Housing Unit: A single, complete, self contained living unit created within an existing single family
   dwelling. It has its own kitchen, bath, living area, sleeping area, usually a separate entrance and is intended
   to provide accommodations for up to two (2) family members, as defined in the ordinance, of the family
   occupying the dwelling.

   Easement: A right, distinct from the ownership of the land, to cross property with facilities such as, but not
   limited to, driveways, roads, utility corridors, sewer lines, water lines, and transmission lines, or the right,
   distinct from the ownership of the land, to reserve and hold an area for open space, recreation, drainage or
   access purposes.

   Erected: Built, constructed, altered, reconstructed, moved upon, or any physical operations on the premises
   which are required for construction excavation, fill, drainage, and the like, shall be considered a part of
   erection.

   Essential Services: The erection, construction, alteration, or maintenance by public utilities or municipal
   departments of underground, surface, or overhead gas, electrical, steam, fuel, or water transmission or
   distribution system, collection, public communication, supply or disposal systems, including, poles, wires,
   mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire alarm and police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants and
   similar equipment in connection herewith, including buildings which are necessary for the furnishing of
   adequate service by such utilities or municipal departments for the general health, safety, or welfare.

   Excavation: Any breaking of ground, except common household gardening and ground care.

   Family: means one of the following:

       Family, Domestic: One or more persons living together and related by the bonds of blood, marriage,
       guardianship, foster relation, or adoption, and not more than two additional unrelated persons, with all
       such individuals being domiciled together as a single, domestic, housekeeping unit in the dwelling.

       Functional Family: The following persons shall be considered a functional family: Persons living together
       in a dwelling unit whose relationship is of a permanent and distinct character and is the functional
       equivalent of a domestic family, with a demonstrable and recognizable bond which constitutes the
       functional equivalent of the bonds which render the domestic family a cohesive unit. All persons of the
       functional family must be cooking and otherwise housekeeping as a single, nonprofit unit. At least one
       person in the functional family must be the record or equitable owner of the property or dwelling unit,
       or the primary tenant under a written lease having a least one year’s duration. This definition shall not
                                                      18
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

       include any society, club, fraternity, sorority, association, lodge, coterie, organization, rooming house,
       rooming units, or group where the common living arrangement and/or the basis for the establishment
       of the functional equivalency of the domestic family is likely or contemplated to exist for a limited or
       temporary duration. The definition of functional family shall not include a living arrangement where
       there exists less than 225 square feet of living space in the dwelling unit per person residing therein, or
       insufficient off-street parking located entirely on the property for all vehicles used by the said residents.

       Applicability: Living arrangements which would otherwise comply with the description of a family shall
       not constitute a family if the said arrangements have occurred as a result of commercial or other
       advertising, or the offering of rooms for rent. Any financial arrangement, except a true sharing of the
       expenses of all the facilities in the single household unit shall be presumed to constitute renting a room
       or rooms, and to have resulted from the offering of rooms for rent or commercial or other advertising.
       Where rooms have been rented, or persons live in the house in response to commercial advertising or
       the offering of rooms for rent, the living arrangement shall be presumed to constitute a rooming house
       and not a family. A person claiming the status of family shall have the burden of proof of each of the
       elements set forth in the relevant definitions of this ordinance.

   Family Day Care Home: A private home in which 1 but fewer than 7 minor children are received for care and
   supervision for periods of less than 24 hours a day, unattended by a parent or legal guardian, except children
   related to an adult member of the family by blood, marriage, guardianship or adoption. Family day care
   home does not include a home that gives care to an unrelated minor child for less than 4 weeks during a
   calendar year.

   Fence: An accessory structure artificially constructed as a barrier and made of wood, metal, stone, brick, or
   any manufactured materials erected for the enclosure of yard areas.

   Fence, Obscuring: A barrier of at least five (5) feet in height and located so as to serve as a screen or barrier
   providing at least eighty (80) percent visual block.

   Filling: Filling shall mean the depositing or dumping of any matter onto or into the ground, except common
   household gardening and general ground care.

   Flood or Flooding: A general and temporary complete inundation of normally dry land area from:

   1. The overflow of inland or tidal waters.

   2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.

   Flood Hazard Area: That area subject to flooding, on the average of at least once in every hundred years as
   established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

   Flood Hazard Boundary Map (FHBM): An official map of the community, issued by the Federal Insurance
   Administration, where the boundaries of the areas of special flood hazards have been designated as Zone
   A.

   Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM): An official map of the community, on which the Federal Insurance
   Administration has delineated both the areas of special flood hazards and the risk premium zones applicable
   to the community.
                                                     19
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Flood Insurance Study: The official report provided by the Federal Insurance Administration. The report
   contains flood profiles, as well as the flood hazard boundary-floodway map and the water surface elevation
   of the base flood.

   Floor Area, Residential: The area in a dwelling unit included in the determination of occupancy restrictions.
   It includes the sum of floor areas of bedrooms, and common living areas. The floor area of storage areas and
   closet, basements without a second egress, attached garages, breezeways, and enclosed and unenclosed
   porches shall be excluded.

   Floor Area, Usable (for the purpose of computing parking): That area used for or intended to be used for the
   sale of merchandise or services, or for use to serve patrons, clients, or customers. Such floor area which is
   used or intended to be used principally for the storage or processing of merchandise, hallways, or for utilities
   or sanitary facilities, shall be excluded from this computation of “Usable Floor Area”. Measurement of usable
   floor area shall be the product of the horizontal areas of the several floors of the building, measured from
   the interior faces of the exterior walls.

   Footing: That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil
   or the pilings.

   Foster Care Facilities - Adult: [per State Law]

       Adult Foster Care Facility: A governmental or nongovernmental establishment that provides foster care
       to adults, subject to the Michigan Foster Care Facility Licensing Act, Act 218 of 1979.

       Adult Foster Care Family Home: A private residence with the approved capacity to receive six (6) or fewer
       adults to be provided with foster care five (5) or more days a week and for two (2) or more consecutive
       weeks. The adult foster care family home licensee shall be a member of the household, and an occupant
       of the residence.

       Adult Foster Care Small Group Home: An adult foster care facility with the approved capacity to receive
       twelve (12) or fewer adults to be provided with foster care.

       Adult Foster Care Large Group Home: An adult foster care facility with the approved capacity to receive
       at least thirteen (13) but not more than twenty (20) adults to be provided with foster care.

       Adult Foster Care Congregate Facility: An adult foster care facility with the approved capacity to receive
       more than twenty (20) adults to be provided with foster care.

  Foster Care Facilities - Family:

       Foster Family Home: A private home in which 1 but not more than 4 minor children, who are not related
       to an adult member of the household by blood, marriage, guardianship or adoption, are given care and
       supervision for 24 hours a day, or 4 or more days a week, of 2 or more consecutive weeks, unattended
       by a parent or legal guardian.

       Foster Family Group Home: A private home in which more than 4 but fewer than 7 minor children, who
       are not related to an adult member of the household by blood, marriage, guardianship or adoption, are

                                                       20
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

       provided care for 24 hours a day, for 4 or more days a week, for 2 or more consecutive weeks,
       unattended by a parent or legal guardian.

       Adult Foster Family Home: Any facility licensed by the State to provide foster care.

   Fraternity House or Sorority House: A dwelling maintained exclusively for members affiliated with an
   academic or professional college or university, or any other recognized institution of higher learning.

   Freight Transportation: Establishments primarily engaged in the transportation of freight as defined by
   standard industrial codes 4424 and 4432.

   Garage, Private: An accessory building or portion of a main building designed or used solely for the storage
   of motor driven vehicles, boats, and similar vehicles owned and used by the occupants of the building to
   which it is accessory.

   Garage, Service: Any premises used for the storage or care of motor-driven vehicles, or where any such
   vehicles are equipped for operation, repaired, or kept for remuneration, hire or sale.

   Gasoline, Service Station (Automobile Service Station): A place for the dispensing, sale, or offering for sale
   of motor fuels directly to users of motor vehicles together with the sale of minor accessories and services
   for motor vehicles, but not including major automobile repair.

   Golf Course/Country Club: Any golf course, public or private, where the game of golf is played, including
   accessory uses and buildings customary thereto, but excluding golf driving ranges as a principal use.

   Grade: The ground elevation established for the purpose of regulating the number of stories and the height
   of buildings. The building grade shall be the level of the ground adjacent to the walls of the building if the
   finished grade is level. If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be determined by averaging the
   elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   Greenbelt: A strip of land of definite width and location reserved for the planting of shrubs, trees, or plants
   to serve as an obscuring screen or buffer strip in carrying out the requirements of this Ordinance.

   Group Day Care Home: A private home in which more than 6 but not more than 12 minor children are given
   care and supervision for periods of less than 24 hours a day unattended by a parent or legal guardian, except
   children related to an adult member of the family by blood, marriage, guardianship or adoption. Group day
   care home does not include a home that gives care to an unrelated minor child for less than 4 weeks during
   a calendar year.

   Gun Club: Any organization whether operated for profit or not, and whether public or private, which caters
   to or allows the use of firearms.

   Height: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average finished grade to
   the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except as follows: to the
   deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of gable, hip, and gambrel
   roofs (see Figure 2-2). The measurement of height of an accessory building or structure shall be determined
   as the vertical distance from the average finished grade to the midpoint of the roof surface.

                                                       21
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Home Occupation: An occupation or profession carried on by an occupant of a dwelling unit as a secondary
   use which is clearly subservient to the use of the dwelling for residential purposes.

   Hospice Care: The combination of active and compassionate therapies intended to comfort and support
   terminally ill patients (and their families) at the end of a person’s life.

   Hospice Care Facility: A physical structure operated for the purpose of providing more than one hospice
   patients with hospice care.

   Hospital: A building, structure or installation in which mentally ill, or sick or injured persons are given medical
   or surgical treatment and operating under license by the Health Department and the State of Michigan,
   including such related facilities as laboratories, out-patient departments, central service facilities, and staff
   offices.

   Hotel: A building or part of a building, with a common entrance or entrances, in which lodging is provided
   and offered to the public for compensation and which is open to transient guests (as distinguished from a
   boarding house or lodging house, apartment hotel, fraternity or sorority house), and in which one or more
   of the following services are offered:

   1. Maid service.

   2. Furnishing of linen.

   3. Telephone, secretarial, or desk service.

   4. Room service.

   A restaurant or cocktail lounge, public banquet halls, ballrooms, or meeting rooms may be located in the
   same building as a hotel.

   Housekeeping unit: A dwelling unit which provides common living quarters including cooking, eating,
   sanitation facilities, living areas and separate bedrooms.

   Junk: For the purpose of this Ordinance the term junk shall mean any motor vehicles, machinery, appliances,
   products, or merchandise with parts missing or scrap metals or other trash, solid waste, refuse or scrap
   materials that are damaged or deteriorated, except if in a completely enclosed building. It includes any
   inoperable or abandoned motor vehicle which is not licensed for use upon the highways of the State of
   Michigan for a period in excess of thirty (30) days and shall also include whether so licensed or not, any
   motor vehicle which is inoperative for any reason for a period in excess of thirty (30) days and which is not
   in a completely enclosed building.

   Junk Yard (Salvage Yard): An open area where salvage, used or second hand material, is bought and sold,
   exchanged, stored, baled, packed, dissembled, or handled, including but not limited to scrap iron and other
   metals, paper, rags, rubber tires, and bottles. A “junk yard” includes automobile wrecking yards and includes
   any area of more than two hundred (200) square feet for storage, keeping or abandonment of junk but does
   not include uses established entirely within enclosed buildings.



                                                         22
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Kennel, Commercial: Any premises on which more than three dogs or more than four cats, older than four
   (4) months old, are kept or any premises which offers cats or dogs for sale on a reoccurring basis (more than
   once per year).

   Landfill: Any disposal area or tract of land, unit or appurtenance or combination thereof that is used to
   collect, store, handle, dispose of, bury, cover over, or otherwise accept or retain solid waste as herein
   defined.

   Lattice Tower: A support structure constructed of vertical metal struts and cross braces, forming a triangular
   or square structure which often tapers from the foundation to the top.

   Lightering: A barge used to load or unload ships anchored in a harbor.

   Livestock: Horses, cattle, sheep, goats, and other useful animals normally kept or raised on a farm or range.

   Loading Space: A minimum ten by fifty foot (10’ x 50’) off-street space on the same lot with a building, or
   group of buildings, for the temporary parking of a commercial vehicle while loading and unloading
   merchandise or materials.

   Lot Coverage: The part or percent of the lot occupied by buildings and structures including accessory
   buildings or structures.

   Lot: Land described in a recorded plat or condominium unit in or condominium project, occupied or to be
   occupied by a building, structure, land use or group of buildings having sufficient size to comply with the
   frontage, area, width-to-depth ratio, setbacks, yards, coverage and buildable area requirements of this
   Ordinance, and having its principal frontage upon a public street or on a private road approved by the City
   (see Figure 2-6).

       Lot Area, Gross: The area contained within the lot lines or property boundary including street right-of-
       way, floodplains, wetlands, and waterbodies (see Figure 2-6).

       Lot Area, Net: The total area of a horizontal plane within the lot lines of a lot, exclusive of street right-
       of-way, floodplains, wetlands, waterbodies, any public street right-of-way or access easement abutting
       any side of the lot (see Figure 2-6).

       Lot, Corner: A lot which has at least two contiguous sides abutting upon a public street for their full
       length (see Figure 2-9).

       Lot, Depth of: The average distance from the front lot line (i.e., road frontage) of the lot to its opposite
       rear lot line measured in the general direction of the side lines of the lot (see Figure 2-5).

       Lot, Flag: A lot whose access to the public street is by a narrow, private right-of-way that is either a part
       of the lot or an easement across another property and does not meet the frontage requirements of the
       district in which it is located (see Figure 2-7).

       Lot Frontage: The unbroken length of the front lot line which is contiguous to a public street or private
       road.


                                                        23
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

       Lot, Interior: A lot other than a corner lot which, with the exception of a “through lot”, has only one lot
       line fronting on a street (see Figure 2-7).

       Lot Lines: The lines bounding a lot or parcel (see Figure 2-7).

          Lot Line, Front: The line(s) separating the lot from any street right-of-way, private road or other
          access easement. Such line shall be continuous at least a sufficient length to conform with the
          minimum lot width requirement of the district.

              Front Lot Line, Principal: For a corner lot, the front lot line adjacent to the street which the front
              door of the home faces (or is proposed to face).

              Front Lot Line, Secondary: For a corner lot, the front lot line which is not considered to be the
              principal front lot line.

          Lot Line, Rear: The lot line opposite and most distant from the front lot line. In the case of a triangular
          or otherwise irregularly shaped lot or parcel, an imaginary line at least ten (10) feet in length entirely
          within the lot or parcel, parallel to and at a maximum distance from the front lot line. In the case of
          a corner lot, the lot line opposite the principal front lot line.

          Lot Line, Side: Any lot line other than a front or rear lot line.

   Lot of Record: A parcel of land, the dimensions of which are shown on a document or map on file with the
   County Register of Deeds or in common use by city officials, and which has not been combined in use with
   another parcel or lot, which lawfully existed prior to the enactment of this or a zoning ordinance previously
   in effect.

   Lot, Through: An interior lot having frontage on two (2) more or less parallel streets (see Figure 2-4).

   Lot Width: The horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the two points where the building
   line, or setback line, intersects the side lot lines.

   Marina: A boat basin which contains docks, boat sales, on shore storage, repair facilities, and stores intended
   for sale primarily for the use of the marina patrons.

   Marine Cargo Handling: Establishments primarily engaged in activities directly related to marine cargo
   handling from the time cargo, for or from a vessel, arrives at shipside, dock, pier, terminal, staging area, or
   in transit area until cargo loading or unloading operations are completed.

   Master Deed: The document recorded as part of a condominium subdivision to which are attached as
   exhibits and incorporated by reference the approved bylaws for the condominium subdivision and the
   condominium subdivision plan and all other documents required by law to be attached or incorporated.

   Master Land Use Plan: The statement of policy by the City Planning Commission relative to the agreed upon
   and officially adopted guidelines for a desirable physical pattern for future community development. The
   plan consists of a series of maps, charts and written material representing in summary form the soundest
   concept for community growth to occur in an orderly, attractive, economical and efficient manner creating
   desirable community living conditions.
                                                        24
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Mezzanine: A small extra floor between one floor of a building and the next floor up, or if no floor above
   then the ceiling next above. The mezzanine shall not occupy more than one-third (1/3) of the floor area of
   such story below it and at least one wall must be open to the adjacent living space below. In no case shall a
   mezzanine expand the roofline, such as with a dormer.

   Mini Storage (Warehouse) Facilities: A building or group of buildings in a controlled access or fenced area
   that contains varying sizes of individual compartmentalized and controlled access stalls or lockers for the
   storage of customer’s goods or wares which are not used on a daily basis.

   Mobile Home: A structure, transportable in one or more sections, which is built on a chassis and designed
   to be used as a dwelling with or without permanent foundation, when connected to the required utilities,
   and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems contained in the structure. The
   term mobile home shall not include pick-up campers, travel trailers, motor homes, modular homes,
   recreational vehicles, converted buses, tent trailers, or other transportable structures designed for
   temporary use.

   Mobile Home Park: A parcel or tract of land under the control of a person upon which 3 or more mobile
   homes are located on a continual, nontransient basis and which is offered to the public for that purpose
   regardless of whether a charge is made therefor, together with any building, structure, enclosure, street,
   equipment, or facility used or intended for use incident to the occupancy of a mobile home.

   Modular (Pre-Manufactured) Housing Unit: A dwelling unit constructed solely within a factory, as a single
   unit, or in various sized modules or components, which are then transported to a site where they are
   assembled on a permanent foundation to form a dwelling unit, and meeting all codes and regulations
   applicable to conventional single-family home construction.

   Monopole: A support structure constructed of a single, self-supporting hollow metal tube securely anchored
   to a foundation.

   Motel: A building or group of buildings, whether detached or in connecting units, which shall provide for
   overnight or resort lodging and are offered to the public for compensation, and shall cater primarily to the
   public traveling by motor vehicle. The term motel shall include buildings designated as hotels, auto courts,
   tourist courts, motor courts, motor hotel, and similar appellations which are designed as integrated units of
   individual rooms under common ownership. A motel shall not be considered or construed to be a multiple
   family dwelling.

   Municipal Sewage Treatment Facility: A sewage treatment system owned by a township, charter township,
   village, city, county, the State of Michigan, or an authority or commission comprised of such governmental
   units.

   Municipal Water Supply: A water supply system owned by a township, charter township, village, city, county,
   the State of Michigan, or an authority or commission comprised of such governmental units.

   Municipality: The City of Muskegon.

   Natural Features: Natural features shall include soils, wetlands, woodlots, landmark and specimen trees,
   overgrown fence rows, floodplains, water bodies, topography, vegetative cover, and geologic formations.

                                                      25
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   New Construction: Structures or development for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after
   the effective date of adoption of this Ordinance.

   Nonconforming Structure: A structure or portion thereof lawfully existing at the effective date of this
   Ordinance, or amendments thereto, and that does not conform to the provisions of the Ordinance in the
   district in which it is located.

   Nonconforming Use: A use which lawfully occupied a building or land at the effective date of this Ordinance,
   or amendments thereto, and that does not conform to the use regulations of the district in which it is
   located.

   Nonconforming Lot of Record (Substandard Lot): A lot lawfully existing at the effective date of this zoning
   ordinance or a successor or amending ordinance, or affecting amendment, and which fails to meet the area
   and/or dimensional requirements of the zoning district in which it is located.

   Nursery, Plant Materials: A space, building or structure, or combination thereof, for the storage of live trees,
   shrubs, or plants offered for retail sale on the premises including products used for gardening or landscaping.
   The definition of nursery within the meaning of this Ordinance does not include any space, building, or
   structure used for the sale of fruits, vegetables, or Christmas trees.

   Nursing Home: See Convalescent Home.

   Occupied: The word “occupied” includes arranged, designed, built, altered, converted to, rented, leased, or
   intended to be occupied.

   Open Front Store: A business establishment so developed that service to the patron may be extended
   beyond the walls of the structure, not requiring the patron to enter the structure. The term “Open Front
   Store” shall not include automobile repair stations or automobile service stations.

   Open Space, Common: Open space which is held for the collective use and enjoyment of the owners,
   tenants, or occupants of a single development.

   Open Space Development: A type of residential development option permitted in this Ordinance, and
   administered as a planned unit development, which is based upon a portion of a parcel set aside as
   permanent open space with the balance of the parcel used at higher densities than would otherwise be
   permitted without the open space. See also “clustered subdivision”.

   Open Space, Dedicated: Common open space dedicated as a permanent recorded easement.

   Open Space, Usable: That portion of the common open space which due to its slope, drainage characteristics
   and soil conditions can be used for active recreation.

   Ordinary High Water Mark: The line between upland and bottomland which persists through successive
   changes in water levels below which the presence and action of the water is so common or recurrent that
   the character of the land is marked distinctly from the upland and is apparent in the soil itself, the
   configuration of the surface of the soil, and the vegetation.



                                                       26
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Owner: The owner of the premises or lesser estate in the premises, a mortgagee or vendee in possession,
   an assignee of rents, receiver, executor, trustee, leasee, or any other person, sole proprietorship,
   partnership, association, or corporation directly or indirectly in control of a building, structure, or real
   property, or his or her duly authorized agent.

   Park: A parcel of land, building or structure used for recreational purposes including but not limited to
   playgrounds, sport fields, game courts, beaches, trails, picnicking areas, and leisure time activities.

   Parking Area, Off-Street: A land surface or facility providing vehicular parking spaces off of a street along
   with adequate drives and aisles for maneuvering so as to provide access for entrance and exit for the parking
   of three (3) or more automobiles or trucks.

   Parking Space: A minimum eight by eighteen-foot (8’ x18’) area of land provided for vehicles off of a street
   exclusive of drives, aisles, or entrances giving access thereto, which is fully accessible for parking of
   permitted vehicles.

   Patio: An uncovered, paved outside area used for several purposes including leisure, social gatherings, etc.
   Patios may be attached to a home or a separate area; they may be made from concrete, paving bricks or
   created from other similar products.

   Planning Commission: The Planning Commission of the City of Muskegon as provided in Act 285 of 1931, as
   amended, and appointed pursuant to the City Code of Ordinances.

   Planned Unit Development: A tract of land or lot, developed under single ownership or management as a
   separate neighborhood or community unit. The development shall be based on an approved site plan which
   allows flexibility of design not available under normal zoning district requirements. The plan may contain a
   mixture of housing types, commercial and industrial uses, common open space and other land uses as
   provided in this Ordinance.

   Plat: A map of a subdivision of land recorded with the Register of Deeds pursuant to the Subdivision Control
   Act of 1967 or a prior statute.

   Porch: A covered entrance to a building, projecting from the wall.

   Poultry: Domestic fowl such as chickens, turkeys, ducks, and geese.

   Principal Building: The main building on a lot in which the principal use exists or is served by.

   Principal Use: The main use to which the premises are devoted and the main purpose for which the premises
   exist.

   Private Road: A private way or means of approach which meets the requirements of this Ordinance to
   provide access to two (2) or more abutting lots, and which is constructed and maintained by the owner or
   owners and is not dedicated for general public use.

   Prohibited Use: A use of land which is not explicitly permitted within a particular zoning district.



                                                       27
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Public Water Course: A stream or creek which may or may not be serving as a drain as defined by Act 40 of
   Public Acts of 1956, as amended, being Sections 280.1 to 280.623 of the Compiled Laws of 1948 or successor
   act: or any body of water which has definite banks, a bed and visible evidence of a continued flow or
   occurrence of water.

   Public Service: Public service facilities within the content of this Ordinance shall include such uses and
   services as election polling places, pumping stations, fire halls, police stations, public health activities, and
   similar uses including essential services.

   Public Utility: A person, firm, or corporation, municipal department, board, or commission duly authorized
   to furnish, and furnishing under Federal, State, County, or Municipal regulations to the public: gas, steam,
   electricity, sewage, disposal, communication, transportation, or water services.

   Replacement Cost: Cost of replacing a structure or building at current costs at the time of the loss, identical
   to the one that was destroyed, without application of depreciation.

   Room: For the purpose of determining lot area requirements and density in a multiple-family district, a room
   is a living room, dining room or bedroom, equal to at least eighty (80) square feet in area.

   Recreational Vehicle Park: All lands and structures which are owned and operated by private individuals, a
   business or corporation which are predominantly intended to accommodate recreational vehicles and
   provide for outdoor recreational activities.

   Recreational Vehicle: A vehicle primarily designed and used as a temporary living quarters for recreational,
   camping, or travel purposes, including a vehicle having its own motor power or a vehicle mounted on or
   drawn by another vehicle (Act 96, Michigan Public Acts of 1987, as amended or successor acts).

   Repair: The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of maintenance.

   Restoration: The reconstruction or replication of an existing building’s original architectural features.

   Right-of-Way: A street, alley, or other thoroughfare or easement permanently established for passage of
   persons, vehicles, or the location of utilities. The right-of-way is delineated by legally established lines or
   boundaries.

   Rooming House: A dwelling structure having single rooms for rent and having no common areas except
   common places for the taking of meals, or baths, or laundry facilities, and not defined as a tourist home, or
   state licensed residential facility.

   Rubbish: See Solid Waste.

   Scrap Metal Processor: Any person, firm, or corporation who, from a fixed location, utilizes machinery and
   equipment for processing and manufacturing iron, steel, or non-ferrous metallic scrap into prepared grades
   and whose principal product is scrap iron, scrap steel, or non-ferrous metallic scrap for remelting purposes.

   School: An educational institution under the sponsorship of a private or public agency providing elementary
   or secondary curriculum, and accredited or licensed by the State of Michigan; but excluding schools involving
   outside traffic or commercial activity.
                                                        28
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Screen: A structure providing enclosure, such as a fence, and a visual barrier between the area enclosed and
   the adjacent property. A screen may also be non-structured, consisting of shrubs or other growing materials.

   Secondary containment: A device and/or measures taken to prevent regulated substances that can be spilled
   at a loading or unloading facility from entering a public sewer, groundwater, surface water, subsurface soils
   or the impoundment area for the tanks.

   Setback: The minimum unoccupied distance between the lot line and the principal and accessory buildings,
   as required herein.

       Setback, Front: Minimum unoccupied distance, extending the full lot width, between the principal
       building and any lot line abutting a public street or private road.

       Setback, Rear: The minimum required unoccupied distance, extending the full lot width, between the
       principal and/or accessory buildings and the lot line opposite the front lot line, or in the case of a corner
       lot, the setback opposite the principal front lot line.

       Setback, Side: The minimum required unoccupied distance, extending from the front setback to the rear
       setback, between the principal and accessory buildings and the side lot line. In the case of a corner lot,
       the setback opposite the secondary front lot line.

   Sign: Sign shall mean and include every individual announcement, declaration, demonstration, display,
   illustration, insignia, surface or space when erected or maintained to the out of doors in view of the general
   public for identification, advertisement or promotion of the interests of any person. This definition shall
   include billboard signs, signs painted directly on walls of structures, and temporary signs.

   1. Area: The total square footage of a sign face exposed to public view.

   2. Awning Sign: A sign which is part of, hung from the underside of, or attached to, a marquee, canopy, or
      other covered structure projecting from and supported by a building and does not project horizontally
      beyond or vertically above said marquee, canopy, or covered structure. (see Figure 2-8).

   3. Banner: An unsecure, sign made of natural, flexible, synthetic or plastic material used to call attention
      to a land use or product, service or activity; however, not including pennants or flag.

   4. Billboard: A sign structure which exceeds one hundred (100) square feet advertising a service,
      commodity or establishment, which is not sold, produced, manufactured, or furnished at the property
      on which said sign is located, also known as “off-premise sign” or “outdoor advertising structure”.

   5. Building Wrap: A large “banner-type” display typically composed of pictorial and text elements which is
      constructed of reinforced vinyl or porous mesh-like material and is temporarily attached to one or more
      exterior walls of a building.

   6. Bulletin Board: A sign which identifies an institution or organization on the premises where it is located
      and which contains the name of the institution or organization, the names of individuals connected with
      it, and general announcements of events or activities occurring at the institution or similar messages.



                                                        29
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   7. Directional: Signs limited to directional messages, principally for pedestrian or vehicular traffic, such as
      “one way”, “entrance” and “exit” (see Figure 2-8).

   8. Double-Face Sign: A sign, both sides of which are visible and used as signs. A “V” type sign shall be
      considered a double-face sign provided the least angle of intersection does not exceed ninety (90)
      degrees.

   9. Electronic Message Board: A sign on which copy changes automatically on a lampbank or through
      mechanical means, e.g., electrical or electronic time and temperature units.

   10. Flag: A sign made of natural, synthetic or plastic material having a distinctive size, color and design used
       as a symbol or emblem.

   11. Flashing Sign: Any illuminated sign on which the artificial light is not maintained stationary or constant
       in intensity or color at all times while in use.

   12. Free-Standing: Any non-movable sign not affixed to a building (see Figure 2-8).

   13. Height: The height of sign shall mean the maximum vertical distance from the uppermost extremity of a
       sign or sign support to the average ground level at the base of the sign.

   14. Illuminated Sign: Any sign designed to give forth artificial light, or designed to reflect any such light given
       from any source which is intended to cause such light or reflection.

   15. Informational Sign: A single or double-faced sign not exceeding six (6) square feet in surface area,
       intended primarily for the convenience of the public or to ensure the orderly operation of the site,
       including but not limited to signs designating restrooms, address numbers, hours of operations, public
       telephone, and instructions regarding parking.

   16. Monument Sign: A sign affixed to the ground with a full footing where the display surface is less than
       two (2) feet above the grade to the bottom of the display area (see Figure 2-8).

   17. Name Plate: A two square foot sign located on premises, giving the name or address, or both, of the
       owner or occupant of a building or premises.

   18. Off-Premise Sign: A sign located on a different parcel of land or lot or premise than where the business,
       product, service, event, or person or subject is being advertised.

   19. On-Premise: A sign located on the parcel of land or lot advertising a business, product, service, event,
       person or subject being offered on said parcel of land or lot.

   20. Pennant: A small, often triangular, tapering flag used in multitudes as a device to call attention to a land
       use or activity.

   21. Pole Sign: An advertising structure which is supported by one or more uprights in permanent footings
       with all parts of the display surface of the sign eight (8) feet or more above the grade at the base of the
       sign (see Figure 2-8).


                                                         30
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   22. Portable (Temporary): A sign which is not permanently affixed to a building (wall sign), structure (pole
       sign) or the ground (monument sign). Portable or temporary signs include without limitation signs
       supported on wooden posts, mobile chassis, motor vehicle, banners, flags, and pennants.

   23. Projecting (Braquet): A sign which is attached directly to and perpendicular with a building wall and
       extends more than twelve (12) inches from the face of said wall (see Figure 2-8).

   24. Residential Entranceway Sign: A permanent structure including but not limited to walls, columns and
       gates, marking entrances to single-family subdivisions or multiple housing projects by name, symbol, or
       otherwise.

   25. Real Estate Sign: A sign advertising that the premises on which it is located is for sale, lease, or rent.

   26. Roof: A sign which is erected, constructed and maintained upon or above the roof, or parapet wall of a
       building which is wholly or partially supported by said building (see Figure 2-8).

   27. Setback: The minimum linear distance as measured from the road right-of-way line to the nearest part
       of the sign or advertising structure.

   28. Sidewalk Sign: A temporary sign placed on the sidewalk or private property adjacent to the commercial
       activity it advertises, that is of either an A-frame or T design and may be no larger than 10 square feet in
       display area.

   29. Window: A sign that is applied or attached to the exterior or interior of a window or located in such a
       manner within a building that it can be seen from the exterior of the structure through a window (see
       Figure 2-8).

   30. Wall: A sign fastened to or painted on the wall of a building or structure in such a manner that the wall
       becomes the supporting structure for, or forms the background surface of the sign and which does not
       project more than twelve (12) inches from said building or structure (see Figure 2-8).

   Sight Distance: The length of an unobstructed view from a particular access point to the farthest visible point
   of reference on a street. Used in this ordinance as a reference for unobstructed street visibility.

   Solid Fuel Heating Appliance: Heating appliances that are intended to burn solid fuels, such as wood, coal,
   or any other biomass fuel. Solid fuel Heating Appliance does not include sold fuel fired cooking appliances.

   Special Land Use: A use of land whose characteristics may create nuisance-like impacts on adjoining lands
   unless carefully sited according to standards established in this Ordinance. Approval for establishing a special
   land use is indicated by issuance of a Special Use Permit.

   Specified Anatomical Areas: For the purposes of this Ordinance shall be defined as follows:

   1. Less than completely and opaquely covered: (a) human genitals, pubic region, (b) buttock, and (c) female
      breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola.

   2. Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely opaquely covered.


                                                        31
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Specified Sexual Activities: For the purposes of this Ordinance shall be defined as follows:

   1. Human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal.

   2. Acts of human masturbation, sexual intercourse, or sodomy.

   3. Fondling or other erotic touching or human genitals, pubic region, buttock, or female breast.

   Stable: A structure for the housing of domestic animals. For the purpose of determining the permitted
   capacity of a stable, one (1) horse shall be considered the equivalent of one (1) self-propelled vehicle.

   Stevedore: One whose work is loading or unloading ships.

   Site Plan: A plan showing all salient features of a proposed development, so that it may be evaluated in order
   to determine whether it meets the provisions of this Ordinance. A plot plan depicts a subset of the
   information required by this Ordinance for a site plan.

   Solid Waste: Garbage, rubbish, paper, cardboard, metal containers, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding,
   crockery, demolished building materials, ashes, incinerator residue, street cleanings, municipal and
   industrial sludges, and solid commercial and solid industrial waste, animal waste, but does not include
   human body waste, liquid waste regulated by statute, ferrous or nonferrous scrap immediately directed to
   a scrap metal processor or to a reuser of ferrous or nonferrous products, and slag or slag products
   immediately directed to a slag processor or to a reuser of slag or slag products.

   Stop Work Order: An administrative order which is either posted on the property or mailed to the property
   owner which directs a person not to continue, or not to allow the continuation of an activity which is in
   violation of this Ordinance.

   Storage Yard: Any exterior area used for the placement of any materials, products or equipment. Parking
   areas as regulated by Section 2327 shall not be considered a storage yard.

   Story: That part of a building, except a mezzanine as defined herein, included between the surface of one
   (1) floor and the surface of the next floor, or if there is no floor above, then the ceiling next above. A story
   thus defined shall not be counted as a story when more than fifty (50) percent, by cubic content, is below
   the level of the adjoining ground (See Figure 2-1).

   Story, Half: An uppermost story lying under a sloping roof having an area of at least two hundred (200)
   square feet with a clear height of seven feet six inches (7’ 6”).

   Street: A public dedicated right-of-way, other than an alley, which affords the principal means of access to
   abutting property.

       Expressway: Those streets designed for high speed, high volume traffic, with full or partially controlled
       access, some grade crossings but no driveway connections (U.S. 31).

       Arterial Street: Those streets of considerable continuity which are used or primarily for fast or heavy
       traffic (Seaway Dr., M-46, Shoreline Dr.).


                                                       32
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

       Major Street: Those streets in the City that are classified as primary hard-surfaced roads (Getty St.,
       Laketon Ave., Henry St. (south of Laketon Ave.), Sherman Blvd.)

       Collector Street: Those streets used to carry traffic from minor streets to arterial streets classified by the
       City (Hackley Ave., Barclay St., Lakeshore Dr. (south of Laketon Ave.), Marquette Ave., Wood St.).

       Minor Street: A street, which is intended primarily for access, for abutting properties (All streets except
       those named above).

   Structure: Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment
   to something having location on the ground. Satellite dishes over 24 inches in diameter and antennas shall
   be considered as structures.

   Structural Alterations: Any change in the supporting members of a building such as the bearing walls,
   columns, beams or girders, or any change in the dimensions or configuration of the roof, exterior walls or
   foundation.

   Swimming Pool: Means any structure or container located either above or below grade designed to hold
   water to a depth of greater than twenty-four (24) inches, intended for swimming or bathing.

   Tents: A portable shelter of canvas, course cloth, or similar material supported by one (1) or more poles, but
   not including those used solely for children’s recreational purposes or noncommercial purposes.

   Transitional Living Center: A facility that provides temporary housing and services to the homeless.

   Travel Trailer: See Recreational Vehicle.

   Travel Trailer Park: See Recreational Vehicle Park.

   Underground Storage Tank: A tank or combination of tanks, including underground pipes connected to the
   tank or tanks or underground ancillary equipment containment systems, if any, which is, was, or may have
   been, used to contain an accumulation of regulated substances and the volume of which, including the
   volume of the underground pipes connected to the tank or tanks is 10% or more beneath the surface of the
   ground.

   Trailer (Utility): A vehicle that is not self propelled which is licensed by the State of Michigan and used for
   transporting materials in tow with a motor vehicle.

   Use: The purpose for which land or a building is arranged, designed or intended, or for which land or a
   building is or may be occupied.

   Utility Room: A room used primarily for storage, for housing a heating unit, or for laundry purposes.

   Variance, Use: A modification of the literal provisions of the zoning ordinance which is authorized by the
   Zoning Board of Appeals when strict enforcement of the ordinance would cause unnecessary hardship for
   the property owner due to circumstances unique to the property. A use variance permits a use of land that
   is otherwise not allowed in that district.


                                                         33
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   Variance, Nonuse or Dimensional: A modification of the literal provisions of the zoning ordinance granted
   when strict enforcement of the zoning ordinance would cause practical difficulty owing to circumstances
   unique to the individual property. The crucial points of a nonuse or dimensional variance are practical
   difficulty and unique circumstances applying to the property. A nonuse or dimensional variance is not
   justified unless both elements are present in the case.

   Vintage Shop: A retail establishment which sells vintage merchandise.

   Vintage Merchandise: Furniture or clothing; esteemed for its collectability, artistry, beauty or period of
   origin; meeting the following criteria.

   1. Clothing must be laundered and in like-new, ready to wear condition.

   2. Furniture must have been previously restored to like-new condition through the process of
      reupholstering or renovation, prior to being brought on-site.

   Walls, Obscuring: An obscuring barrier (not associated with a building) of definite height and location
   constructed of wood, masonry, concrete, or similar material, and which provides one hundred (100) percent
   opacity.

   Wild Animal: Any living member of the animal kingdom, including those born or raised in captivity, except
   the following:

   1. Domestic dogs (excluding hybrids with wolves, coyotes, or jackals)

   2. Domestic cats (excluding hybrids with ocelots or margays)

   3. Ferrets

   4. Rodents

   5. Caged, nonvenomous snakes

   6. Captive-bred species of common cage birds.

   Wind Turbine: A rotating machine which converts the kinetic energy in wind into mechanical energy. For the
   purpose of this ordinance, an anemometer is not classified as a wind turbine.

   Wind Turbine Facility: An electric generating facility, whose main purpose is to supply electricity to sell to
   the grid, consisting of more than one wind turbine and other accessory structures and buildings.

   Wireless Communication Antenna (WCA): Any antenna used for the transmission or reception of wireless
   communication signals excluding those used exclusively for dispatch communications by public emergency
   agencies, amateur radio antennas, satellite antennas, those which receive video programming services via
   multipoint distribution services which are one meter (39 inches) or less in diameter and those which receive
   television broadcast signals.

   Wireless Communication Equipment Shelter: The structure, shelter, cabinet or vault in which the electronic
   receiving and relay equipment necessary for processing wireless telecommunications is housed together
                                                   34
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

   with necessary related equipment such as radios, cable, conduit, connectors, air conditioning units and
   emergency generators.

   Wireless Communication Facilities (WCF): All structures and accessory facilities relating to the use of the
   radio frequency spectrum for the purpose of transmitting or receiving radio signals and may include, but is
   not limited to radio towers, television towers, telephone devices and exchanges, micro-wave towers,
   telephone transmission equipment building and commercial mobile radio service facilities. Citizen band
   radio facilities, short wave facilities, amateur radio facilities, and satellite dishes, and governmental facilities
   which are subject to state or federal law or regulations which preempt municipal regulatory authority are
   not included in this definition.

   Wireless Communication Support Facilities (WCSF): A monopole, guyed, or lattice type tower designed for
   the attachment of or as support for wireless communication antennas or other antennas.

   Yards: The open spaces on the same lot with a main building, unoccupied and unobscured from the ground
   upward except as otherwise provided in this Ordinance, and as defined herein.

       Front Yard: An open unoccupied space extending the full width of the lot, the depth of which is the
       horizontal distance between the front lot line and the nearest point of the building. In the case of lots
       abutting lakes, rivers, and canals, the front yard shall be that side of the lot or parcel on the street side.

       Rear Yard: A space extending the full width of the lot the depth of which is the horizontal distance
       between the rear lot line and the nearest point of the main building.

       Side Yard: An open space between a main building and the side lot line, extending from the front yard
       to the rear yard, the width of which is the distance from the nearest point of the main building.

   Zoning Administrator: The person appointed by the City to administer and enforce the provisions of this
   Ordinance.




                                                         35
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

SECTION 201: DIAGRAMS, GRAPHICS AND ILLUSTRATIONS PERTINENT TO THE DEFINITIONS IN THIS ORDINANCE

FIGURE 2-1




                                              36
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-2




                           37
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-3




                           38
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-4




                           39
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-5




                           40
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-6




                           41
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-7




                           42
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-8




                           43
ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

FIGURE 2-9

             Corner Lots:


                                                                           fence




                                            Principal Structure
                          No 6-foot fence
Street




                                                   No 6-foot fence


         Triangle
 25’




           Of

         Vision



                    25’                                      Street




                                                                      44
ARTICLE III – ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP

                                  ARTICLE III – ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP

SECTION 300: DISTRICTS

For the purposes of this Ordinance, the City of Muskegon is hereby delineated in the following Districts:

       R              One Family Residential
       MHP            Mobile Home Park
       RT             Two Family Residential
       RM-1           Low Density Multiple Family Residential
       RM-2           Medium Density Multiple Family Residential
       RM-3           High Density Multiple Family Residential
       MC             Medical Care
       B-1            Limited Business
       B-2            Convenience and Comparison Business
       B-3            Central Business
       B-4            General Business
       B-5            Central Governmental Service
       I-1            Light Industrial
       I-2            General Industrial
       WI-PUD         Waterfront Industrial Planned Unit Development
       OSC            Open Space Conservation
       OSR            Open Space Recreation
       LR             Lakefront Recreation
       WM             Waterfront Marine
       FBC            Form Based Code

SECTION 301: BOUNDARIES

The boundaries of these Districts are hereby established as shown on the Official Zoning Map which
accompanies this Ordinance, and which map with all notations, references, and other information shown
thereon shall be as much a part of this Ordinance as if fully described herein.

   1. Unless shown otherwise, the boundaries of the Districts are lot lines, section lines, the centerlines of
      streets, alleys, roads, or such lines extended, and the Corporate Limits of the City of Muskegon.

   2. Where, due to the scale, lack of detail, or illegibility of the Zoning Map accompanying this Ordinance, if
      there is any uncertainty, contradiction or conflict as to the intended location of any District boundaries,
      shown thereon, interpretation concerning the exact location of District boundary lines shall be
      determined by the Board of Appeals, upon written application.

SECTION 302: ZONING OF VACATED AREAS

Whenever any street, alley or other public way within the City of Muskegon shall have been vacated by official
government action, and when the lands within the boundaries thereof attach to and become a part of the land
formerly abutting such vacated street, alley or public way shall automatically, and without further governmental
actions, thenceforth acquire and be subject to the same zoning regulations as are applicable to the lands to

                                                      45
ARTICLE III – ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP

which same shall attach, and the same shall be used for that same use as is permitted under this Ordinance for
such adjoining lands.

SECTION 303: ZONING OF ANNEXED AREAS

In every case where property has not been specifically included within a District, the same is hereby declared to
be in the R One-Family Residential District. All property annexed to the City shall likewise be and is hereby
declared to be in the R One-Family Residential District unless otherwise classified.

SECTION 304: DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS

All buildings and uses in any District shall be subject to the provisions of Article XXIII “General Provisions”.




                                                         46
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                              ARTICLE IV – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                          R-1, SINGLE-FAMILY LOW-DENSITY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
                        R-2, SINGLE-FAMILY MEDIUM-DENSITY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
                          R-3, SINGLE-FAMILY HIGH-DENSITY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

These districts are designed to allow for low, medium and high density single-family residential development in
the proper blocks. The regulations are intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage the residential character of
the districts and prohibit activities not compatible with a residential neighborhood. Development is limited to
single family dwellings and such other uses as schools, parks, churches, and certain public facilities which serve
residents of the district. It is the intent of this Article to recognize that blocks throughout the City of Muskegon
have been platted and developed in different sizes and road frontages and that development standards should
reflect each specific block type. All single-family residential districts all allow the same permitted uses, only the
area & bulk requirements differ. All homes in these districts must meet the residential design criteria established
in Section 2319.

SECTION 400: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In all Single-Family Residential Districts, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise
provided in this Ordinance;

   1. One Family detached dwellings.

   2. Multiple family dwellings under the following conditions:

           a. The home has already been altered with prior approval to allow for multiple dwellings. One-
              family dwellings may not be altered to allow for multiple dwellings, nor may new homes be built
              for multiple dwellings.

           b. Homes that have already been altered for multiple dwellings may add additional dwellings as
              long they meet the living area standards listed in Section 2319.

   3. Home occupations of a non-industrial nature may be permitted. Permissible home occupations include,
      but are not limited to the following:

           a. Art and craft studios, lessons may be given to one client at a time

           b. Hair and nail salons, limited to one client at a time

           c. Dressmaking and tailoring

           d. Tutoring, limited to one student at a time

           e. Typing or clerical services

           f. Teaching of music or dancing or similar instruction, limited to one client at a time
                                                      47
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

          g. Offices located within the dwelling for a writer, consultant, member of the clergy, lawyer,
             physician, architect, engineer or accountant, limited to one client/family at a time.

          h. All home occupations are subject to the following:

                 i. The businessperson operating the home occupation shall reside in the dwelling and only
                    members of the immediate family residing on the premises may be employed.

                 ii. The business shall have a local business license and any other appropriate licensing or
                     registrations required by local, state or federal law.

                iii. No equipment or process shall be used in home occupations which creates noise,
                     vibration, glare, fumes, odor, or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses
                     of persons off the lot. In the case of electrical interference, no equipment or process shall
                     be used which creates visual or audible interference with any radio or television receivers
                     off the premises or causes fluctuations in the line voltage off the premises.

                iv. Explosives, flammable liquids or combustible liquids shall only be used in compliance with
                    the applicable fire and building codes.

                 v. Activities involving kilns or welding equipment shall comply with the applicable fire and
                    building codes.

                vi. The outside appearance of the premises shall have no visible evidence of the conduct of
                    a home occupation.

                vii. Home occupations may not serve as headquarters or dispatch centers where employees
                     come to the site and are dispatched to other locations.

               viii. All activity must be conducted within a preexisting structure. The home occupation shall
                     not require internal or external alterations or involve construction features not
                     customarily found in dwellings.

                ix. There shall be no exterior display or signage other than that signage allowed for home
                    occupations under the sign requirements of this ordinance.

                 x. No goods shall be kept, or sold which are made or assembled off-site, except as incidental
                    to services rendered.

                xi. The primary function of the premises shall be that of the residence of the family, and the
                    occupation shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the principal building.

                xii. There shall be no outside storage or processing.

               xiii. The home occupation shall not involve the routine use of commercial vehicles for delivery
                     of materials to and from the premises. There shall be no commercial vehicles associated
                     with the home occupation, nor parking of more than one (1) business car, pickup truck or
                     small van on the premises.

                                                      48
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                xiv. Activities specifically prohibited (but not limited to) include:

                         (1) A service or repair of motor vehicles, appliances and other large equipment

                         (2) A service or manufacturing process which would normally require industrial
                             zoning

                         (3) A commercial food service requiring a license

                         (4) A limousine service

                         (5) A lodging service including but not limited to, a tourist home, motel or hotel. This
                             does not include short and long-term rental homes

                         (6) A tattoo parlor

                         (7) An animal hospital or kennel

                         (8) A lawn service

                 xv. No activity legally excluded by any deed restriction or other tenant or owner restrictions
                     shall be permitted.

   4. Adult Foster Care Family Homes, provided that such facilities shall be at least one thousand five hundred
      (1,500) feet from any other similar facility.

   5. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to any of the above Principal Uses
      Permitted.

   6. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 401: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Private recreational areas, and institutional recreational centers when not operated for profit, and
      nonprofit swimming pool clubs, all subject to the following conditions:

          a. In those instances where the proposed site is not to be situated on a lot or lots of record, the
             proposed site shall have one property line abutting a major thoroughfare and the site shall be so
             planned as to provide ingress and egress directly onto said major thoroughfare.

          b. Front, side, and, rear yards shall be at least fifty (50) feet wide, except on those sides adjacent to
             nonresidential districts, and shall be landscaped in trees, shrubs, grass, and terrace areas. All such
             landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy condition. There shall be no parking or structures

                                                       49
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

              permitted in these yards, except for required entrance drives and those walls and/or fences used
              to obscure the use from abutting residential districts.

          c. Buildings erected on the premises shall not exceed one (1) story or fourteen (14) feet in height.

          d. Whenever a swimming pool is constructed under this Ordinance, said pool area shall be provided
             with a protective fence six (6) feet in height, and entry shall be protected by means of a controlled
             gate or turnstile.

          e. The off-street parking and general site layout and its relationship to all adjacent lot lines shall be
             reviewed by the Planning Commission who may impose reasonable restrictions or requirements
             so as to ensure that contiguous residential areas will be adequately protected.

   2. Colleges, universities, and other such institutions of higher learning, public and private, offering courses
      in general, technical, or religious education not operated for profit, all subject to the following
      conditions:

          a. Any use permitted herein shall be developed only on sites of at least five (5) acres in area.

          b. All ingress to and egress from said site shall be directly onto a major thoroughfare.

          c. No building other than a structure for residential purposes shall be closer than seventy-five (75)
             feet to any property line.

   3. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

          a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
             major or secondary thoroughfare.

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for residential
             use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100, may be allowed provided
             front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1) foot for
             each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   4. Elementary, intermediate, and/or secondary schools offering courses in general education, provided
      such uses are set back thirty (30) feet from any lot in a residential zone.

   5. Cemeteries.

   6. Previously existing or established commercial uses not already converted to a residential use may be
      authorized under Special Use Permit for the following:

          a. Retail and/or service establishments meeting the intent of the neighborhood Limited Business
             Zone (B-1) dealing directly with consumers including:



                                                       50
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                  i. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the
                     premises for persons residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats, dairy
                     products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware.

                  ii. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for persons
                      residing in adjacent residential areas, such as: shoe repair, drop-off dry cleaning shops,
                      tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an
                      establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance repair, and similar
                      establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
                      aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be
                      employed at any time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

                 iii. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects,
                      engineers, accountants, and similar or allied professions.

                 iv. Restaurants, or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

          b. Prohibited uses: Activities specifically prohibited include repair or service of motor vehicles and
             other large equipment; manufacturing processes which would normally require industrial zoning;
             any activity which may become a nuisance due to noise, unsightliness or odor; and any activity
             which may adversely affect surrounding property.

          c. Conditions:

                  i. Outdoor storage is prohibited.

                  ii. The area devoted to approved uses shall not exceed 2,500 square feet.

                 iii. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where
                      produced.

                 iv. All business, servicing, or processing shall be conducted within a completely enclosed
                     building, or in an area specifically approved by the Planning Commission.

                  v. Parking shall be accommodated on site or with limited street parking.

                 vi. Hours of operation may be limited by the Planning Commission.

                vii. Signs must comply with those set forth for the residential zoning district.

                viii. The Planning Commission may allow a use to sell alcohol, however the Commission may
                      limit the type of license applied for or obtained for the sale of alcohol to an SDM, hours
                      of operation, and any other restrictions intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage the
                      residential character of the area. The use must gain approval from the Michigan Liquor
                      Control Commission before alcohol can be or sold.

   7. Bed & Breakfast facilities, under the following conditions:


                                                      51
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

           a. The home must be located in the Clay-Western or National Register Historic District, as identified
              by the City of Muskegon Historic District Commission map.

           b. The owner or operator of the tourist home shall live full-time on the premises.

           c. No structural additions or enlargements shall be made to accommodate the tourist home use
              and no exterior alterations to the structure shall be made which will change the residential
              appearance of the structure.

           d. Breakfast may be served on the premises, only for guests of the facility, and no other meals shall
              be provided to guests.

           e. No long-term rental of rooms for more than fourteen (14) consecutive days shall be permitted.
              No guest may stay for more than twenty-eight (28) nights in any given year.

           f. There shall be a maximum of five (5) guestrooms. No more than two (2) adults are permitted to
              stay in any guestroom.

           g. Signage shall conform to that which is permitted for home occupation businesses only.

           h. Rental of the tourist home for special gatherings such as wedding receptions and parties shall be
              prohibited.

           i.   The property shall meet all local and state code requirements regarding bed and breakfast
                facilities.

   8. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to any of the above Special Land Uses
      Permitted.

   9. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 402: [RESERVED]

SECTION 403: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT OPTION

Planned Unit Developments (PUDs) may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural
guidelines of Section 2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the single family residential district is to
allow for flexibility in the design of housing developments, including but not limited to condominium
developments and cluster subdivisions, to allow for the preservation of open space; allow for economies in the
provision of utilities and public services; allow for limited business options that serve the neighborhood; provide
recreational opportunities; and protect important natural features from the adverse impacts of development.

   1. Determination: The Planning Commission, in reviewing and approving a proposed PUD may allow lots
      within the PUD to be reduced in area and width and setbacks below the minimum normally required by
      this ordinance in return for common open space where it is determined that the benefits of the cluster
      approach will decrease development costs, increase recreational opportunities, or prevent the loss of
      natural features. The Planning Commission, in its determination, shall consider the densities permitted
      in the Zoning Ordinance and, if applicable, the land’s capability to bear the higher density.

                                                        52
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

   2. Basic Requirements:

          a. The net residential acreage including improvements and occupied land shall be calculated by
             taking the total area of the tract and subtracting, in order, the following:

                  i. Portions of the parcel(s) shown to be in a floodplain.

                 ii. Portions of the parcel(s) which are unsuitable for development in their natural state due
                     to topographical, drainage or subsoil conditions such as, but not limited to; slopes greater
                     than 15%; organic, poorly drained soils, and wetlands.

                 iii. Portions of the parcel(s) covered by surface waters.

                 iv. Portions of the tract utilized for storm water management facilities.

          b. Undevelopable areas may be used for common open and recreational areas.

          c. No building shall be sited on slopes steeper than 15%, within 100 feet of any ordinary high-water
             mark, wetland, or on soil classified as being very poorly drained.

   3. Density determination: To determine the maximum number of dwelling units permitted on the parcel(s)
      of land, the net residential acreage shall be divided by the minimum lot size required by the zoning
      ordinance.

   4. Open space requirement: At least 15% of the site shall be set aside as dedicated common open space.
      At least one third (1/3) of the common open space shall be usable open space. The open space and
      access to it shall be permanently marked and designed so individuals in the development are not forced
      to trespass to reach such recreational or common open spaces.

   5. Spacing: The distance between buildings shall not be less than 10 feet and front setbacks shall not be
      less than 10 feet.

   6. Waterfront: Where a cluster development abuts a body of water, at least 50% of the shoreline, as well
      as reasonable access to it, shall be a part of the common open space land.

   7. Utility of common open space: Common open space in any one residential cluster shall be laid out, to
      the maximum extent feasible, to connect with other open space existing or proposed.

   8. Size: Minimum parent parcel size is 21,780 square feet (one-half acre).

   9. Bonus units: Where the developer provides additional open space or amenities within the development,
      additional density may be granted. A maximum of a 10% unit bonus may be granted to the development
      for additional amenities such as: public trail easements, additional open space, additional common
      waterfront area, and additional landscaping.




                                                      53
ARTICLE IV – SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

SECTION 404: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

                      R-1                       R-2                         R-3
 Minimum Lot Size     6,000 square feet         4,000 square feet           3,000 square feet
 Minimum Lot          50 feet                   40 feet                     30 feet
 Width
 Maximum Lot          Buildings: 50%            Buildings: 60%              Buildings: 70%
 Coverage             Pavement: 10%             Pavement: 15%               Pavement: 20%

 Height Limit*        2 stories or 35 feet**    2 stories or 35 feet**      2 stories or 35 feet**

 Front Build-to-      10-30 feet                10-30 feet                  10-30 feet
 Zone***
 Rear Setback         15 feet                   15 feet                     15 feet

 Side Setbacks:       1 story: 6 feet           1 story: 6 feet             1 story: 5 feet
                      2 story: 8 feet           2 story: 7 feet             2 story: 5 feet


*   Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
    finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
    as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of gable,
    hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be determined by
    averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

** Homes located in an established Historic District may be up to 3 stories or 45 feet, if found to be compatible
   with other homes within 600 feet.

*** New principal structures may align with existing principal structures in the immediate area even if the front
    setback falls outside the build-to-zone. The immediate area shall be considered all houses on the same
    block face within 600 feet of the property.

    For corner lots, the front shall be considered the street that faces the front door. The other street shall
    follow the side setback requirements. The rear, which is opposite of the front street, shall also follow the
    side setback requirements.

    All required setbacks shall be measured from the property line to the nearest point of the determined drip
    line of buildings.




                                                       54
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

                               ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The MHP Mobile Home Park Districts are established primarily to provide for higher density single family
detached, residential dwelling units, and assist in meeting adopted Master Land Use Plan Residential Goals and
Objectives of providing diversified housing types in the City of Muskegon. Also, because mobile home parks are
much higher in density than an otherwise typical single-family subdivision, and because they are developed with
private street systems, thereby creating an interruption in the continuity of the local public street system, they
are otherwise not totally compatible with lower density single family subdivision. In this Ordinance, mobile
homes are intended to serve as an alternative housing type to other forms of residential development.

SECTION 500: HEIGHT REGULATIONS

In the Mobile Home Park District, no structure shall exceed a height of twenty-five (25) feet or two (2) stories.

SECTION 501: AREA REGULATIONS

The mobile home park shall be developed with sites averaging 5,500 square feet per mobile home unit. These
5,500 square feet for any one site may be reduced by 20 percent provided that the individual site shall be equal
to at least 4,400 square feet. For each square foot of land gained through the reduction of a site below 5,500
square feet, at least an equal amount of land shall be dedicated as open space, but in no case shall the open
space and distance requirements be less than that required under R 125.1946, Rule 946 and R 125.1941 and R
125.1944, Rules 941 and 944 of the Michigan Administrative Code.

SECTION 502: SETBACK

All setback requirements of public Act No. 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as amended shall be adhered to. No
building or mobile home shall be located closer than twenty-five (25) feet from any existing or proposed local
street right-of-way, nor less than thirty-five (35) feet from any existing or proposed collector street right-of-way.

SECTION 503: LANDSCAPING

The mobile home park site shall, within the mobile home park, provide a masonry wall four feet six inches (4’
6”) in height abutting single family residential properties and public rights-of-way or a greenbelt in compliance
with the following.

   1. Quality: Plant and grass materials shall be of acceptable varieties and species, free of pests and
      diseases, hardy in Muskegon County, and shall conform to standards of the American Association of
      Nurserymen and inspections required under State Regulations.

       No plant materials used to satisfy some or all planting requirements of the Ordinance shall be
       comprised of nonliving materials, such as petrochemical plants. No polyethylene film shall be used
       under nonliving, decorative landscape materials such as stone, wood chips, and gravel in a manner
       which will cause erosion of the decorative materials.

   2. Deciduous trees shall be species having an average mature crown spread of greater than fifteen (15)
      feet in Muskegon County, and having trunk(s) which can be maintained with over five (5) feet of clear
                                                         55
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

       stem, if conditions of visibility require, except, however, at intersections where the requirement of
       eight (8) feet of clear stem shall be followed. Trees having an average mature crown spread of less
       than fifteen (15) feet may be substituted by grouping the same so as to create the equivalent of a
       fifteen (15) foot down spread. Deciduous tree species shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet overall
       height, and a minimum caliper of two (2) inches, and a burlapped ball size of at least ten (10) times the
       caliper size, immediately after planting.

   3. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of five (5) feet in height, with a minimum spread of three (3) feet
      and burlapped ball size of at least ten (10) times the caliper immediately after planting.

   4. Shrubs and Hedges. Shrubs shall be a minimum of two (2) feet in height when measured immediately
      after planting, or two (2) feet in spread if plants are low growing evergreens. Hedges, where provided,
      shall be planted and maintained so as to form a continuous, unbroken visual screen within a maximum
      of two (2) years after time of planting.

   5. Vines shall be a minimum of thirty (30) inches in length after one (1) growing season, and may be used
      in conjunction with fences, screens, or walls to meet physical buffer requirements so specified.

   6. Ground covers used in lieu of grass in whole or in part shall be planted in such a manner as to present a
      finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage after one (1) complete growing season with at
      least three (3) plants per square foot.

   7. Lawn Grass: Grass areas shall be planted in species normally grown as permanent lawns in Muskegon
      County. Grass may be plugged, sprigged, seeded or sodded except that rolled sod, erosion reducing net
      or suitable mulch, shall be used in swales or other areas subject to erosion. Grass, sod, and seed shall
      be clean and free of weed and noxious pests or diseases. Establishment of a reasonably dense weed-
      free turf and complete ground coverage, actively growing shall be provided.

   8. Landscape Elements shall be as follows:

          a. Earth Mounds and Berms. Berms and mounds shall be constructed with slopes no greater than
             one (1) foot vertical for each three (3) feet horizontal with at least two (2) foot flat on the top,
             and with adequate protection.

          b. Mulches. Mulching material for planted trees, shrubs, and vines shall be a minimum of three (3)
             inch deep wood chip mulch. Straw or other mulch shall be used to protect seeded areas.

SECTION 504: YARDS

Yard Requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as amended, shall be adhered to.

SECTION 505: SERVICE DRIVES AND SIDEWALKS

Service drives and walkways shall meet the following minimum requirements:

   1. The mobile home park shall have access to a public thoroughfare.

   2. Parking spaces on service drives shall be clearly marked.

                                                       56
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

   3. All other requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, amended, shall be adhered to.

SECTION 506: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER

All mobile home parks shall meet the water and sanitary sewer requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public
Acts of 1976, as amended.

SECTION 507: STORM WATER

Storm drainage facilities shall meet the requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as amended.

SECTION 508: FUEL OIL AND GAS STORAGE

Any fuel oil and/or gas storage shall meet the requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as
amended.

SECTION 509: DISPOSAL OF GARBAGE AND TRASH

All garbage and trash removal shall meet the requirements of Public Act 419 of the Public Act of 1976, as
amended.

SECTION 510: UNDERGROUND WIRING

   1. All local distribution lines for telephone or electric services, exclusive of main supply and perimeter
      feed lines when located on section or quarter section lines shall be places entirely underground
      throughout the mobile home park area, provided, however, that when a mobile home park overlaps a
      section or quarter section line, main supply and perimeter feed lines located on such section or quarter
      section lines shall be places underground.

       The Board of Appeals may waive or modify this requirement where, in its judgment, circumstances
       exist which render compliance impractical.

   2. Conduits or cables shall be placed within private easements granted to the service companies by the
      proprietor and/or developer or within public ways. These telephone and electrical facilities placed in
      dedicated public ways shall be planned so as not to conflict with other underground utilities. All
      telephone and electrical facilities shall be constructed in accordance with standards of construction
      approved by the Michigan Public Service Commission.

SECTION 511: [RESERVED]

SECTION 512: FIRE PROTECTION

Every mobile home park shall be equipped at all times with fire extinguishing equipment in good working
order of such type, size, and number, and so located within the park to satisfy regulations of Public Act 419 of
the Public Acts of 1976, as amended. No open fires shall be left unattended at any time. A central water
system and fire hydrants must be on the park site. All streets shall be designated as fire lanes.



                                                       57
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

SECTION 513: OTHER REQUIREMENTS

   1. There shall be not less than five hundred (500) square feet of floor space within each mobile home.

   2. The front yard, and any side yard adjacent to a street shall be landscaped within one (1) year of
      occupancy, and the entire mobile home park shall be maintained in a good, clean presentable
      condition at all times.

   3. No business of any kind shall be conducted in any mobile home park except for separate, permanent
      structures that contain facilities such as the Management’s Office, laundry and dry cleaning facilities or
      similar uses that are designated to serve only the residents of the park, except for business allowed
      under the home occupation Section 400.

   4. All mobile homes shall be skirted.

   5. All fences, other than the greenbelt surrounding the mobile home park, shall be uniform in height, and
      shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches in height, and shall be constructed in such a manner as to provide
      fire fighters access to all sides of each mobile home.

   6. Mobile home foundations shall meet the requirements of Act 419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as
      amended.

   7. The business of selling new and/or used mobile homes as a commercial operation in connection with
      the operation of a mobile home development is prohibited. New or used mobile homes located on lots
      within the mobile home development to be used and occupied on that site may be sold by a licensed
      dealer and/or broker. This section shall not prohibit the sale of a used mobile home by residents of the
      mobile home development provided the development permits the sale.

   8. All mobile homes shall be anchored with an approved anchoring system in compliance with Public Act
      419 of the Public Acts of 1976, as amended.

   9. No personal property shall be stored under any mobile home. Storage sheds may be utilized for any
      such storage, but need not be supplied by the owner of the mobile home development.

SECTION 514: SITE PLAN REVIEW

A site plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission for recommendation to the City Commission and in
accordance with the following:

   1. Every site plan submitted to the Planning Commission shall be in accordance with the requirements of
      this Ordinance. No site plan shall be approved until same has been reviewed by the Building Official,
      Zoning Administrator, Fire Department, Police Department, Sewer and Water Department, and where
      necessary, the Muskegon County Health Department for compliance with the standards of their
      respective departments.

   2. The following information shall be included on the site plan:

          a. A scale of not less than one (1) inch equals one hundred (100) feet.

                                                      58
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

          b. The area of the site in acres.

          c. Date and north point.

          d. The dimension of all property lines, showing the relationship of the subject property to abutting
             properties.

          e. The location of all existing and proposed structures on the subject property and all existing
             structures within fifty (50) feet of the subject property.

          f. The location of all existing and proposed service drives, sidewalks, parking areas, greenbelts,
             (specify type of planting), and individual mobile home sites.

          g. The locations and existing and proposed right-of-way widths of all abutting streets and alleys.

          h. Topography at no greater than two (2) foot contour intervals.

          i.   A vicinity sketch at a scale of at least one-inch equals two thousand feet (1” = 2,000’).

          j.   The names and addresses of the architect, planner, designer, or person responsible for the
               preparation of the site plan.

          k. Trash receptacle locations, and method of screening.

          l.   A landscape plan must be submitted.

   3. In the process of reviewing the site plan, the Planning Commission shall consider:

          a. The location and design of driveways providing vehicular ingress to and egress from the site in
             relation to streets giving access to the site, and in relation to pedestrian traffic.

          b. The traffic circulation features within the site and the location of automobile parking areas. The
             Planning Commission may recommend such requirements with respect to any matter as will
             assure:

                   i. Safety and convenience of both vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the site and in
                      relation to access streets.

                  ii. Satisfactory and harmonious relationship between development on the site and existing
                      and prospective development of contiguous land and adjacent neighborhoods.

   4. Actual construction of the mobile home park shall be in accordance with Section II of Public Act 419 of
      Public Acts 1976, as amended, and with the approved site plan.

SECTION 515: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, may be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 upon the review and approval of the special land use or activity by the Planning Commission
(after site plan review if required) and subject further to such other reasonable conditions which, in the
                                                        59
ARTICLE V – MHP MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICTS

opinion of the Planning Commission, are necessary to provide adequate protection to the neighborhood and
to abutting properties:

   1. Utility and public service substations.




                                                   60
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                            ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The RT Two-Family Residential Districts are designed to be compatible with one (1) family residential densities,
and to be located along major thoroughfares so as to provide transition between the thoroughfare and one (1)
family district. The RT zones of transition between higher density RM and MHP Districts, or nonresidential
districts, and low density one (1) family residential districts.

SECTION 600: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In an RT Two-Family Residential District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise
provided in this Ordinance:

   1. One and two family detached dwellings.

   2. Municipal, county, state, or federal buildings or properties of public service types, not including storage
      yards, warehouses, or garages, provided that no such building shall be located less than thirty (30) feet
      from any other lot in a residential district.

   3. Cemeteries adjacent to, or an extension of, existing cemeteries.

   4. Home occupations of a non-industrial nature may be permitted. Permissible home occupations
      include, but are not limited to the following:

           a. Art and craft studios, lessons may be given to one client at a time

           b. Hair and nail salons, limited to one client at a time

           c. Dressmaking and tailoring

           d. Tutoring, limited to one student at a time

           e. Typing or clerical services

           f. Teaching of music or dancing or similar instruction, limited to one client at a time

           g. Offices located within the dwelling for a writer, consultant, member of the clergy, lawyer,
              physician, architect, engineer or accountant, limited to one client/family at a time.

           h. All home occupations are subject to the following:

                   i. The businessperson operating the home occupation shall reside in the dwelling and only
                      members of the immediate family residing on the premises may be employed.

                  ii. The business shall have a local business license and any other appropriate licensing or
                      registrations required by local, state or federal law.


                                                       61
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                iii. No equipment or process shall be used in home occupations which creates noise,
                     vibration, glare, fumes, odor, or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses
                     of persons off the lot. In the case of electrical interference, no equipment or process
                     shall be used which creates visual or audible interference with any radio or television
                     receivers off the premises or causes fluctuations in the line voltage off the premises.

                iv. Explosives, flammable liquids or combustible liquids shall only be used in compliance
                    with the applicable fire and building codes.

                v. Activities involving kilns or welding equipment shall comply with the applicable fire and
                   building codes.

                vi. The outside appearance of the premises shall have no visible evidence of the conduct of
                    a home occupation.

               vii. Home occupations may not serve as headquarters or dispatch centers where employees
                    come to the site and are dispatched to other locations.

               viii. All activity must be conducted within a preexisting structure. The home occupation shall
                     not require internal or external alterations or involve construction features not
                     customarily found in dwellings.

                ix. There shall be no exterior display or signage other than that signage allowed for home
                    occupations under the sign requirements of this ordinance.

                x. No goods shall be kept, or sold which are made or assembled off-site, except as
                   incidental to services rendered.

                xi. The primary function of the premises shall be that of the residence of the family, and
                    the occupation shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the principal building.

               xii. There shall be no outside storage or processing.

               xiii. The home occupation shall not involve the routine use of commercial vehicles for
                     delivery of materials to and from the premises. There shall be no commercial vehicles
                     associated with the home occupation, nor parking of more than one (1) business car,
                     pickup truck or small van on the premises.

               xiv. Activities specifically prohibited (but not limited to) include:

                        (1) A service or repair of motor vehicles, appliances and other large equipment

                        (2) A service or manufacturing process which would normally require industrial
                            zoning

                        (3) A commercial food service requiring a license

                        (4) A limousine service

                                                      62
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                          (5) A lodging service including but not limited to, a tourist home, motel or hotel

                          (6) A tattoo parlor

                          (7) An animal hospital or kennel

                          (8) A lawn service

                 xv. No activity legally excluded by any deed restriction or other tenant or owner restrictions
                     shall be permitted.

   5. Adult Foster Care Family Homes, provided that such facility shall be at least one thousand five hundred
      (1,500) feet from any other similar facility.

   6. Accessory buildings and accessory uses customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   7. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 601: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission.

   1. Accredited fraternity or sorority houses, when located not less than twenty (20) feet from any other lot
      in any R District.

   2. Access driveway or walk connecting premises in a B or I District with one or more public streets
      provided no part of such driveway shall be located at a distance greater than thirty (30) feet from any
      boundary line of any said districts nor at a distance less than ten (10) feet of the side lot line of an
      adjoining lot, which lot is in any residential district, and provided that between such driveway and any
      such side lot line, but not within ten (10) feet of the front lot line, there shall be maintained a solid wall
      or front fence, or a compact evergreen hedge not less than five (5) feet high.

   3. Tourist homes having not more than two (2) guest rooms, provided the premises front on a street
      which is officially designated as a major thoroughfare or collector thoroughfare.

   4. Schools and colleges for academic instruction, provided that no principal building shall be located less
      than thirty (30) feet from any other lot in an R District.

   5. Private noncommercial recreation areas, institutional or community recreation centers provided that
      any principal building used therefor shall be located not less than thirty (30) feet from any other lot in
      any R District, subject to provisions of Section 401 - 1 (a through f).

   6. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

           a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
              major or secondary thoroughfare.
                                                       63
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for
             residential use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed
             provided front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1)
             foot for each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   7. Adult Foster Care Small Group Homes, provided that such facility shall be at least one thousand five
      hundred (1,500) feet from any other similar facility.

   8. Previously existing or established commercial uses not already converted to a residential use may be
      authorized under Special Use Permit for the following:

          a. Retail and/or service establishments meeting the intent of the neighborhood Limited Business
             Zone (B-1) dealing directly with consumers including:

                  i. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the
                     premises for persons residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats,
                     dairy products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware.

                 ii. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for
                     persons residing in adjacent residential areas, such as: shoe repair, drop-off dry cleaning
                     shops, tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an
                     establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance repair, and similar
                     establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
                     aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be
                     employed at any time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

                 iii. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects,
                      engineers, accountants, and similar or allied professions.

                 iv. Restaurants, or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

          b. Prohibited uses: Activities specifically prohibited include repair or service of motor vehicles and
             other large equipment; manufacturing processes which would normally require industrial
             zoning; any activity which may become a nuisance due to noise, unsightliness or odor; and any
             activity which may adversely affect surrounding property.

          c. Conditions:

                  i. Outdoor storage is prohibited.

                 ii. The area devoted to approved uses shall not exceed 2,500 square feet.

                 iii. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where
                      produced.



                                                      64
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                  iv. All business, servicing, or processing shall be conducted within a completely enclosed
                      building, or in an area specifically approved by the Planning Commission.

                  v. Parking shall be accommodated on site or with limited street parking.

                  vi. Hours of operation may be limited by the Planning Commission.

                 vii. Signs must comply with those set forth for the residential zoning district.

                viii. The Planning Commission may allow a use to sell alcohol, however the Commission may
                      limit the type of license applied for or obtained for the sale of alcohol to an SDM, hours
                      of operation, and any other restrictions intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage
                      the residential character of the area. The use must gain approval from the Michigan
                      Liquor Control Commission before alcohol can be or sold.

   9. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Use Permitted.

   10. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 602: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of
Section 2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the Two-Family Residential districts is to allow
mixed land uses which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be
compatible or harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 603: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 8,712 sq. feet.

   2. Density (see definition in Article II): 10 dwelling units per buildable acre.

   3. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 50%
              Pavement 10%

   4. Lot width: 75 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   5. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   6. Height limit: 2 stories or 35 feet.

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the
       average finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front
       yard, except as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and
       the ridge of gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade
                                                        65
ARTICLE VI – RT TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

      shall be determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure
      2-3).

   7. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                        Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                        Collector or Major Street: 25 feet
                        Minor Street: 15 feet

      Note: For minimum front setbacks new principal structures on minor streets may align with existing
      principal structures in the immediate area even if the setback is below the minimum required.

   8. Rear setback: 30 feet

   9. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 40 feet (principal structures only).

   10. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   11. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or
             plot plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   12. The dwelling shall have a storage area in a basement located under the dwelling, in an attic area, in
       closet areas, or in a separate structure of standard construction similar to or of better quality than the
       principal dwelling, which storage area shall be equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the square footage
       of the dwelling or one hundred (100) square feet, whichever shall be more, exclusive of storage space
       for automobiles.




                                                        66
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The RM-1 Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts are designed to provide sites for multiple family
dwelling structures, and related uses, which will generally serve as zones of transition between the
nonresidential districts and the lower density One-Family and Two-Family Residential Districts, and MHP
Mobile Home Park Districts.

SECTION 700: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In an RM-1 Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential District no building or land shall be used and no building
shall be erected, structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses,
unless otherwise provided for in this Ordinance:

   1. All Principal Uses Permitted in the R One-Family and RT Two-Family Residential Districts with the lot
      area, yard, and floor area requirements for one (1) and two (2) family dwellings equal to at least the
      requirements of the immediately abutting residential district.

   2. Multiple dwellings and row houses for any number of families.

   3. Accredited fraternity and sorority houses when located not less than twenty (20) feet from any other
      lot in any residential district.

   4. Bed & Breakfast facilities, under the following conditions:

           a. The owner or operator of the tourist home shall live full-time on the premises.

           b. No structural additions or enlargements shall be made to accommodate the tourist home use
              and no exterior alterations to the structure shall be made which will change the residential
              appearance of the structure.

           c. Breakfast may be served on the premises, only for guests of the facility, and no other meals
              shall be provided to guests.

           d. No long-term rental of rooms for more than fourteen (14) consecutive days shall be permitted.
              No guest may stay for more than twenty-eight (28) nights in any given year.

           e. There shall be a maximum of five (5) guestrooms. No more than two (2) adults are permitted to
              stay in any guestroom.

           f. Signage shall conform to that which is permitted for home occupation businesses only. Rental
              of the tourist home for special gatherings such as wedding receptions and parties shall be
              prohibited.

           g. The property shall meet all local and state code requirements regarding bed and breakfast
              facilities.

   5. Rooming houses with a capacity of not more than three (3) roomers.
                                                   67
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

   6. Churches and other facilities normally incidental hereto subject to the following conditions:

          a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
             major or secondary thoroughfare.

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for
             residential use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed
             provided front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1)
             foot for each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   7. Home occupations of a non-industrial nature may be permitted. Permissible home occupations
      include, but are not limited to the following:

          a. Art and craft studios, lessons may be given to one client at a time

          b. Hair and nail salons, limited to one client at a time

          c. Dressmaking and tailoring

          d. Tutoring, limited to one student at a time

          e. Typing or clerical services

          f. Teaching of music or dancing or similar instruction, limited to one client at a time

          g. Offices located within the dwelling for a writer, consultant, member of the clergy, lawyer,
             physician, architect, engineer or accountant, limited to one client/family at a time.

          h. All home occupations are subject to the following:

                  i. The businessperson operating the home occupation shall reside in the dwelling and only
                     members of the immediate family residing on the premises may be employed.

                  ii. The business shall have a local business license and any other appropriate licensing or
                      registrations required by local, state or federal law.

                 iii. No equipment or process shall be used in home occupations which creates noise,
                      vibration, glare, fumes, odor, or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses
                      of persons off the lot. In the case of electrical interference, no equipment or process
                      shall be used which creates visual or audible interference with any radio or television
                      receivers off the premises or causes fluctuations in the line voltage off the premises.

                 iv. Explosives, flammable liquids or combustible liquids shall only be used in compliance
                     with the applicable fire and building codes.

                  v. Activities involving kilns or welding equipment shall comply with the applicable fire and
                     building codes.
                                                      68
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                vi. The outside appearance of the premises shall have no visible evidence of the conduct of
                    a home occupation.

               vii. Home occupations may not serve as headquarters or dispatch centers where employees
                    come to the site and are dispatched to other locations.

               viii. All activity must be conducted within a preexisting structure. The home occupation shall
                     not require internal or external alterations or involve construction features not
                     customarily found in dwellings.

                ix. There shall be no exterior display or signage other than that signage allowed for home
                    occupations under the sign requirements of this ordinance.

                x. No goods shall be kept, or sold which are made or assembled off-site, except as
                   incidental to services rendered.

                xi. The primary function of the premises shall be that of the residence of the family, and
                    the occupation shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the principal building.

               xii. There shall be no outside storage or processing.

               xiii. The home occupation shall not involve the routine use of commercial vehicles for
                     delivery of materials to and from the premises. There shall be no commercial vehicles
                     associated with the home occupation, nor parking of more than one (1) business car,
                     pickup truck or small van on the premises.

               xiv. Activities specifically prohibited (but not limited to) include:

                        (1) A service or repair of motor vehicles, appliances and other large equipment

                        (2) A service or manufacturing process which would normally require industrial
                            zoning

                        (3) A commercial food service requiring a license

                        (4) A limousine service

                        (5) A lodging service including but not limited to, a tourist home, motel or hotel

                        (6) A tattoo parlor

                        (7) An animal hospital or kennel

                        (8) A lawn service

               xv. No activity legally excluded by any deed restriction or other tenant or owner restrictions
                   shall be permitted.

   8. Foster Care Small Group Homes.
                                                      69
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

   9. Assisted Living Facility, under the following conditions:

           a. There shall be no more than six (6) residents per building.

           b. The facility shall be at least one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet from any other similar
              facility.

   10. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Permitted Uses.

   11. Uses similar to the above Principal Permitted Uses.

SECTION 701: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Offices and clinics of physicians, dentists, architects, engineers, attorneys, accountants, real estate
      appraisers, or other professional persons; real estate, insurance, credit service (other than loan) offices
      and similar businesses supplying services instead of products when determined by the Planning
      Commission upon application to it, to be consistent with the nature and condition of neighboring uses
      and structures.

   2. Buildings to be used exclusively to house the offices of civic, religious or charitable organizations, the
      activities of which are conducted by mail, and which are not displaying or handling merchandise or
      rendering service on the premises.

   3. Schools and colleges not involving the use of mechanical equipment except such as is customarily
      found in dwellings or professional offices provided that any such building shall be located not less than
      thirty (30) feet from any other lot in any residential district.

   4. Adult Foster Care Large Group Homes, provided that such facility shall be at least one thousand five
      hundred (1,500) feet from any other similar facility.

   5. Previously existing or established commercial uses not already converted to a residential use may be
      authorized under Special Use Permit for the following:

           a. Retail and/or service establishments meeting the intent of the neighborhood Limited Business
              Zone (B-1) dealing directly with consumers including:

                   i. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the
                      premises for persons residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats,
                      dairy products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, drygoods, and notions or hardware.

                  ii. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for
                      persons residing in adjacent residential areas, such as: shoe repair, drop-off dry cleaning
                      shops, tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an

                                                       70
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                      establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance repair, and similar
                      establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
                      aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be
                      employed at any time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

                  iii. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects,
                       engineers, accountants, and similar or allied professions.

                  iv. Restaurants, or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

           b. Prohibited uses: Activities specifically prohibited include repair or service of motor vehicles and
              other large equipment; manufacturing processes which would normally require industrial
              zoning; any activity which may become a nuisance due to noise, unsightliness or odor; and any
              activity which may adversely affect surrounding property.

           c. Conditions:

                   i. Outdoor storage is prohibited.

                  ii. The area devoted to approved uses shall not exceed 2,500 square feet.

                  iii. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where
                       produced.

                  iv. All business, servicing, or processing shall be conducted within a completely enclosed
                      building, or in an area specifically approved by the Planning Commission.

                  v. Parking shall be accommodated on site or with limited street parking.

                  vi. Hours of operation may be limited by the Planning Commission.

                 vii. Signs must comply with those set forth for the residential zoning district.

                 viii. The Planning Commission may allow a use to sell alcohol, however the Commission may
                       limit the type of license applied for or obtained for the sale of alcohol to an SDM, hours
                       of operation, and any other restrictions intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage
                       the residential character of the area. The use must gain approval from the Michigan
                       Liquor Control Commission before alcohol can be or sold.

   6. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   7. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 702: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of
Section 2101. The intent of Planned Unit Development in the RM-1 Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential
District is to allow mixed land uses, which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses
which would not be compatible or harmonious with residential dwellings.
                                                       71
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

SECTION 703: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 10,890 sq. feet.

   2. Density (see definition in Article II): 16 dwelling units per buildable acre.

   3. Dedicated open space requirement: 15 %

   4. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 60%
              Pavement: 20%

   5. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   6. Maximum building width: 50% (as a portion of the lot width).

   7. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   8. Height limit: 3 stories or 50 feet.

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the
      average finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front
      yard, except as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and
      the ridge of gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade
      shall be determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure
      2-3).

   9. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                        Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                        Collector or Major Street: 25 feet
                        Minor Street: 20 feet

   10. Rear setback: 30 feet

   11. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 50 feet (principal structures only).

   12. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet



                                                        72
ARTICLE VII – RM-1 LOW-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   13. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or
             plot plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   14. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                       73
ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

             ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The RM-2 Medium-Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts are intended to be selectively planned at
locations in the City so as to provide transition between nonresidential areas and One- and Two-Family
Residential Districts, and between nonresidential areas and the RM-1 Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential.

SECTION 800: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In a RM-2 Medium-Density Multiple-Family Residential District no building shall be erected, structurally
altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise provided for
in this Ordinance:

   1. All Principal Uses Permitted in the R One-Family Residential Districts, RT Two-Family Residential
      Districts, and RM-1 Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts, subject to the applicable
      regulations of this District.

   2. Accessory uses and accessory buildings customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   3. Adult Foster Care Large Group Homes.

   4. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 801: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. All Section 601 and 701 Special Land Uses Permitted in the RT Two-Family Residential Districts and RM-
      1 Low-Density Multiple Family Residential Districts, subject to the applicable regulations of this District.

   2. Adult Foster Care Congregate Facilities, provided that such facility shall be at least one thousand five
      hundred (1,500) feet from any other similar facility.

   3. Previously existing or established commercial uses not already converted to a residential use may be
      authorized under Special Use Permit for the following:

           a. Retail and/or service establishments meeting the intent of the neighborhood Limited Business
              Zone (B-1) dealing directly with consumers including:

                   i. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the
                      premises for persons residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats,
                      dairy products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware.

                  ii. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for
                      persons residing in adjacent residential areas, such as: shoe repair, drop-off dry cleaning
                                                       74
ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                     shops, tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an
                     establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance repair, and similar
                     establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
                     aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be
                     employed at any time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

                 iii. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects,
                      engineers, accountants, and similar or allied professions.

                 iv. Restaurants, or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

          b. Prohibited uses: Activities specifically prohibited include repair or service of motor vehicles and
             other large equipment; manufacturing processes which would normally require industrial
             zoning; any activity which may become a nuisance due to noise, unsightliness or odor; and any
             activity which may adversely affect surrounding property.

          c. Conditions:

                  i. Outdoor storage is prohibited.

                 ii. The area devoted to approved uses shall not exceed 2,500 square feet.

                 iii. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where
                      produced.

                 iv. All business, servicing, or processing shall be conducted within a completely enclosed
                     building, or in an area specifically approved by the Planning Commission.

                 v. Parking shall be accommodated on site or with limited street parking.

                 vi. Hours of operation may be limited by the Planning Commission.

                vii. Signs must comply with those set forth for the residential zoning district.

               viii. The Planning Commission may allow a use to sell alcohol, however the Commission may
                     limit the type of license applied for or obtained for the sale of alcohol to an SDM, hours
                     of operation, and any other restrictions intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage
                     the residential character of the area. The use must gain approval from the Michigan
                     Liquor Control Commission before alcohol can be or sold.

   4. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   5. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 802: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of
Section 2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the RM-2 Medium Density Multiple Family

                                                      75
ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

Residential District is to allow mixed land uses, which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting
nonresidential uses which would not be compatible or harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 803: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 14,520 sq. feet.

   2. Density (see definition in Article II): 24 dwelling units per buildable acre.

   3. Dedicated open space requirement: 15%

   4. Maximum lot coverage:

               Buildings: 70%
               Pavement: 20%

   5. Lot width: 125 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   6. Maximum building width: 50% (as a portion of the lot width).

   7. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   8. Height limit: 4 stories or 60 feet.

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the
       average finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front
       yard, except as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and
       the ridge of gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade
       shall be determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure
       2-3).

   9. Front Setbacks:

               Minimum:

                        Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                        Collector or Major Street: 25 feet
                        Minor Street: 20 feet

   10. Rear setback: 30 feet

   11. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 50 feet (principal structures only).

   12. Side setbacks:

               1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
               2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
                                                        76
ARTICLE VIII – RM-2 MEDIUM-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet
              4-story: 16 feet and 20 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   13. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or
             plot plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   14. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                       77
ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

                ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The RM-3 High-Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts are intended to be located in planned areas in and
adjacent to the Muskegon Central Business District, in areas where satisfactory open space can be provided
based upon District requirements, and yet maintain the harmony and integrity of adjacent residential uses, or
in areas where the location can provide waterfront or other aesthetic vistas. Because of the density of
population located in the RM-3 High-Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts, these Districts are placed
where adequate thoroughfares and ancillary services are available.

SECTION 900: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In an RM-3 High-Density Multiple-Family Residential District no building or land shall be used and no building
shall be erected, structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses,
unless otherwise provided for in this Ordinance:

   1. Multiple dwellings.

   2. Rooming house with a capacity of not more than five (5) roomers.

   3. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

           a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
              major or secondary thoroughfare.

           b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from the abutting properties zoned for
              residential use not less than thirty (30) feet.

           c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed provided
              front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1) foot for
              each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   4. Adult Foster Care Family Homes, Adult Foster Care Small Group Homes, Adult Foster Care Large Group
      Homes, and Adult Foster Care Congregate Facilities.

   5. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   6. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 901: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to applicable conditions and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Previously existing or established commercial uses not already converted to a residential use may be
      authorized under Special Use Permit for the following:
                                                    78
ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

         a. Retail and/or service establishments meeting the intent of the neighborhood Limited Business
            Zone (B-1) dealing directly with consumers including:

                 i. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the
                    premises for persons residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats, dairy
                    products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware.

                ii. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for persons
                    residing in adjacent residential areas, such as: shoe repair, drop-off dry cleaning shops,
                    tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an
                    establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance repair, and similar
                    establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
                    aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be
                    employed at any time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

                iii. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects,
                     engineers, accountants, and similar or allied professions.

                iv. Restaurants, or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

         b. Prohibited uses: Activities specifically prohibited include repair or service of motor vehicles and
            other large equipment; manufacturing processes which would normally require industrial zoning;
            any activity which may become a nuisance due to noise, unsightliness or odor; and any activity
            which may adversely affect surrounding property.

         c. Conditions:

                 i. Outdoor storage is prohibited.

                ii. The area devoted to approved uses shall not exceed 2,500 square feet.

                iii. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where
                     produced.

                iv. All business, servicing, or processing shall be conducted within a completely enclosed
                    building, or in an area specifically approved by the Planning Commission.

                v. Parking shall be accommodated on site or with limited street parking.

                vi. Hours of operation may be limited by the Planning Commission.

               vii. Signs must comply with those set forth for the residential zoning district.

               viii. The Planning Commission may allow a use to sell alcohol, however the Commission may
                     limit the type of license applied for or obtained for the sale of alcohol to an SDM, hours
                     of operation, and any other restrictions intended to stabilize, protect, and encourage the
                     residential character of the area. The use must gain approval from the Michigan Liquor
                     Control Commission before alcohol can be or sold.

                                                     79
ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

   2. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   3. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 902: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the RM-3 High Density Multiple Family Residential District is
to allow mixed land uses, which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would
not be compatible or harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 903: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Density (see definition in Article II): 48 dwelling units per buildable acre.

   3. Dedicated open space requirement: 15%

   4. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 70%
              Pavement: 20%

   5. Lot width: 150 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   6. Maximum building width: 50% (as a portion of the lot width).

   7. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   8. Height limit: 5 stories or 80 feet.

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   9. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                      Collector or Major Street: 25 feet
                      Minor Street: 20 feet

   10. Rear setback: 30 feet
                                                        80
ARTICLE IX – RM-3 HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

   11. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   12. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet
              4-story: 16 feet and 20 feet
              5-story: 20 feet and 24 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   13. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   14. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                       81
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS

                                         MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS
PREAMBLE

The MC Health Care districts are established to accommodate and direct the development of hospitals to serve
as the nucleus of health care campuses. The uses permitted within these districts are intended to provide a
convenient and efficient health care delivery system for the City and surrounding region. In addition to hospitals,
MC districts permit development of closely related services such as medical offices, housing for the elderly and
special needs groups; and, limited retail and various types of health care related services ancillary to principal
district uses. It is the further intent of MC districts to assist and encourage the development of medical
institutional land uses in a campus setting which includes not only the primary buildings and structures, but also,
campus support systems involving pedestrian and vehicular circulation, parking, signs, exterior lighting, loading
and materials handling, support facilities, interconnecting systems of above and below ground corridors, and
related facilities. The districts are intended to support uses providing human care.

SECTION 904: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In an MC Medical Care District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected, structurally
altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise provided for in
this Ordinance:

   1. General medical, surgical hospitals and specialty hospitals, but not including animal hospitals.

   2. Outpatient diagnostic and treatment centers, day surgery centers, rehabilitation clinics, and urgent care
      facilities.

   3. Professional medical offices intended primarily for health care related professions or activities or
      hospital support services.

   4. Offices for non-profit organizations related to or providing health care services.

   5. Diagnostic and medical laboratories or research facilities.

   6. Pharmacies without drive-up window service.

   7. Medical appliance sales and servicing.

   8. Educational facilities for the training of interns, nurses, and allied health care personnel.

   9. Specialized congregate housing for the disabled and senior housing for the elderly at a density not to
      exceed the density standards of the RM-3, High Density Multiple Family Zone District. The density to be
      based on the area encompassed by the housing structure(s) and parking and open spaces specifically
      assigned to the specialized housing.

   10. Conference facilities for events and activities related to the permitted MC district uses.

   11. Ambulance services and associated maintenance facilities.


                                                        82
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS

   12. Parking decks (associated with uses permitted in the MC district) of up to two (2) levels above grade
       (roof parking is not counted as a deck) provided the setbacks for principal buildings are met.

   13. Private, indoor, recreational facilities and fitness centers located within a hospital, provided such
       facilities are for employees and patients and not available to the general public.

   14. Chapels, churches, places of worship, and related facilities, when located within a hospital building.

   15. Accessory mobile medical technology units which will be stationed on the grounds of a hospital campus.

   16. Establishments engaged in providing diagnostic services, extensive medical treatment (including surgical
       services) and other hospital services, as well as continuous nursing service.

   17. Establishments primarily engaged in providing intermediate or long-term nursing and health related care
       to individuals, typically classified as nursing homes, elder care facilities, and other such operations.

   18. Dwellings affiliated with a hospital providing shelter and services for the elderly, which may include
       meals, housekeeping, personal care assistance and medical services.

   19. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Permitted Uses.

   20. Uses similar to the above Principal Permitted Uses.

SECTION 905: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Any permitted use, which includes provision for drive-up window services.

   2. Pharmacies with drive-up window service.

   3. Parking decks (associated with uses permitted in the MC district) exceeding two (2) levels above grade
      (roof parking is not counted as a deck) provided the setbacks for principal buildings are met.

   4. Specialized lodging facilities, including those with accessory conference centers and restaurants used for
      visitors and patients of hospitals.

   5. Accessory mobile medical technology units which will be stationed outside the grounds of a hospital
      campus.

   6. Interconnected systems of above and below ground corridors when traversing a public right-of-way.

   7. Helipads, heliports, and helistops, under the following conditions:

          a. Helicopter access must be used for emergency transportation only.


                                                      83
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS

          b. All helipads must be located within the boundaries of the hospital campus and shall be isolated
             from residential uses and screened from the street or adjoining residential uses.

          c. A specific hospital campus shall have only one primary functioning helipad, however, a back-up
             or secondary helipad may exist subject to Planning Commission approval.

          d. There must be demonstrated compliance with the standards of the Michigan Bureau of
             Aeronautics and the Federal Aviation Administration.

          e. All landing and take-off sites (pads) shall be located not less than 100 feet from all property lines,
             unless a lesser distance is approved by the Planning Commission.

          f. The landing and take-off site shall contain perimeter landscape, fencing, and/or other facilities
             or structures, or combinations thereof.

          g. The site shall be designed to ensure adequate separation between pedestrian circulation routes
             and the landing pad.

   8. Power Plants – for hospital or medical facilities provided they are screened from off-site view of
      residential areas by use of walls, berms, landscaping, and/or other approved structures. Plants shall
      blend with the overall architectural character of attached and surrounding structures and the hospital
      campus as a whole.

   9. Marihuana microbusinesses, designated consumption establishments, class B recreational grows and
      temporary marihuana events under the following conditions:

          a. Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption Establishments may only be open between the
             hours of 8am – 12am.

          b. A waste disposal plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused plant
             material.

          c. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by licensed security
             guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   10. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 906: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the MC Health Care Districts is to allow mixed land uses,
which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be compatible or
harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 907: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 10,890 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:
                                                       84
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS

              Buildings: 70%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height Limit:

              Maximum height: 3 stores or 100 feet, provided, however, buildings of greater height may be
              approved by the Planning Commission subject to a Special Use Permit.

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street or campus access drive: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                       Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                       Collector Street: 40 feet
                       Minor Street or campus access drive: 30 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet

      Note, setback measurement: The required front yard shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest foundation or building wall of the building or structure. The required rear yard shall be measured
      from the property line to the nearest foundation or building wall of the building or structure. Side yard
      setbacks shall be measured from the property line to the determined drip line of buildings.


                                                       85
MC MEDICAL CARE DISTRICTS

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side yard line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of the required front yard setback shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained.

   12. Pedestrian Circulation:

          a. Pedestrian systems connecting visitor and employee parking to building entrances shall be
             provided.

          b. Whenever a hospital campus, or portion thereof, is located adjacent to public sidewalks or non-
              motorized pathways under the control of the City, the hospital’s pedestrian and vehicular
              circulation systems shall be designed to link with these public systems in a safe and efficient
              manner.




                                                       86
ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS

                                 ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The B-1 Limited Business Districts are designed primarily for the convenience of persons residing in adjacent
residential areas or neighborhoods, and to permit only such uses as are necessary to satisfy those limited basic,
daily shopping and/or service needs, which by their very nature are not similar to the shopping patterns of the
B-2 convenience and Comparison, B-3 Central Business District, and B-4 General Business Districts. B-1 Districts
are also intended to be utilized at planned locations in the City as zones of transition between major
thoroughfares and residential areas, and between intensive nonresidential areas and residential areas. In the B-
1 District all business establishments shall be retail and/or service establishments dealing directly with
consumers. All goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises where produced. All
business, servicing or processing, except off-street parking or loading, shall be conducted within a completely
enclosed building, or in an area specifically approved by the City.

SECTION 1000: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In a B-1 Limited Business District no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected, structurally
altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise provided for in
this Ordinance:

   1. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies new commodities on the premises for persons
      residing in adjacent residential areas such as: groceries, meats, dairy products, baked goods or other
      foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware. No individual uses, either freestanding or in a group
      of uses, shall exceed two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet in area.

   2. Any personal service establishment which performs services on the premises for persons residing in
      adjacent residential areas, such as: Shoe repair, dry cleaning shops, tailor shops, beauty parlors, barber
      shops, dressmaker, tailor, pharmacist, or an establishment doing radio, television, or home appliance
      repair, and similar establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the
      aforementioned, subject to the provision that no more than five (5) persons shall be employed at any
      time in the sale, repair, or other processing of goods.

   3. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, architects, engineers,
      accountants, and similar or allied professions. No individual use shall exceed two thousand five hundred
      (2,500) square feet in area.

   4. Office buildings for any of the following types of occupations: executive, administrative and professional.
      No individual use shall exceed two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet in area.

   5. Residential uses as part of a building in this zone shall be allowed upon issuance of a Certificate of
      Occupancy from the Department of Inspections, provided that the minimum lot area requirements of
      the RM-1 District are met.

   6. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to any of the above Principal Uses
      Permitted.

   7. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.
                                                     87
ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS

SECTION 1001: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following area, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission. A site plan shall not be required when there are no external changes made to the buildings
or properties.

   1. Restaurants or other places serving food, except drive-in or drive-through restaurants.

   2. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

           a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
              major or secondary thoroughfare.

           b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for residential
              use not less than thirty (30) feet.

           c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed provided
              front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1) foot for
              each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   3. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   4. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1002: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the B-1 Limited Business Districts is to allow mixed land uses
which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be compatible or
harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 1003: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 4,000 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 50%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 40 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 2 stories or 35 feet.

                                                       88
ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                       Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                       Collector Street: 40 feet
                       Minor Street: 30 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
                                                       89
ARTICLE X – B-1 LIMITED BUSINESS DISTRICTS

      landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
      maintained along each street frontage.




                                                  90
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

                  ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business Districts are designed for the convenience and community
shopping needs of residents in the Muskegon Area, and they are intended to be located in planned groups near
the intersection of major thoroughfares. All business establishments shall be retail or service establishments
dealing directly with consumers, and all goods produced on the premises shall be sold at retail on the premises
where produced. All business, servicing or processing, except off-street parking or loading, shall be conducted
within a completely enclosed building, unless otherwise provided by this Ordinance and specifically approved
by the City.
SECTION 1100: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In a B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business District no building or land shall be used and no building shall
be erected, structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless
otherwise provided for in this Ordinance:

   1. Any generally recognized retail business which supplies commodities such as: groceries, meats, dairy
      products, baked goods or other foods, drugs, dry goods, and notions or hardware.

   2. Personal service establishments such as: shoe repair, dry cleaning shops, tailor shops, beauty parlors,
      barber shops, banks and savings and loan offices, pharmacist and laboratories, or any service
      establishment of an office-showroom or workshop nature of an electrician, decorator, dressmaker,
      tailor, shoemaker, baker, printer, upholsterer, appliance repair, photographic reproduction, and similar
      establishments that require a retail character no more objectionable than the aforementioned.

   3. Restaurants, or other places serving food.

   4. Professional offices of doctors, lawyers, dentists, chiropractors, architects, engineers, accountants, and
      similar or allied professions. Offices may be permitted for similar or allied professions. Offices may be
      permitted for applied technology, light technological research, research and development facilities with
      laboratories, but no industrially oriented production facilities shall be permitted.

   5. Office buildings for any of the following types of occupations: executive, administrative and professional.

   6. Post offices and other governmental office buildings.

   7. Newspaper offices and printing offices.

   8. Private clubs, lodge halls, social, and similar organizations, including assembly or rental halls.

   9. Contractor’s offices, with associated indoor storage:

           a. All associated storage must be contained within a structure, and such structure dedicated to
              storage shall not exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet in size.

           b. No toxic, hazardous or noxious materials shall be stored on the site.

                                                       91
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   10. Recording Studios.

   11. Stores selling second hand merchandise.

   12. Brewpubs.

   13. Microbreweries, Small Wineries and Small Distilleries as long as the brewing area is less than 2,500
       square feet.

   14. Amusement and recreational facilities, including indoor and outdoor sports fields.

   15. Residential uses as part of a building in this business zone shall be allowed upon issuance of a Certificate
       of Occupancy from the Department of Inspections, but provided that the minimum lot area
       requirements of the RM-2 District are met.

   16. Accessory buildings and accessory uses customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   17. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1101: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission. A site plan shall not be required when no external changes are made to the buildings or
properties.

   1. Automobile service stations for the sale of gasoline, oil, tires, muffler tune up, not including major
      repair such as engine rebuilding, undercoating, and similar industrially oriented activities, and subject
      further to the following:

          a. The curb cuts for ingress and egress to a service station shall not be permitted at such locations
             that will tend to create traffic hazards in the streets immediately adjacent thereto. Entrances
             shall be no less than twenty-five (25) feet from a street intersection (measured from the
             roadway) or from adjacent residential property, and subject to other ordinances of the City.

          b. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet, and so arranged that ample
             space is available for motor vehicles which are required to wait.

          c. There shall be provided, on those sides abutting or adjacent to a residential district, a four foot
             (4’) completely obscuring wall or fence. The height of the wall or fence shall be measured from
             the surface of the ground.

          d. All lighting shall be shielded from adjacent residential districts and from abutting streets.

          e. All rest rooms doors shall be shielded from adjoining residential property.

   2. Banks with drive-in facilities, when said drive-in facilities are incidental to the principal function.

                                                        92
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   3. Business in the character of a drive-in restaurant, or open front store, subject to the following:

          a. A setback of at least sixty (60) feet shall be provided from the street right-of-way line of any
             existing or proposed major thoroughfare.

          b. Ingress and egress points shall be located at least sixty (60) feet from the intersection of any
             two (2) streets.

   4. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

          a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
             major or secondary thoroughfare.

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for
             residential use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed
             provided front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1)
             foot for each foot of buildings that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   5. Hotels, motels, sleeping inns and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following
      conditions:

          a. The maximum length of stay at the facility shall not be greater than fourteen (14) consecutive
             days.

          b. Kitchen facilities may be allowed for some or all of the guest units, at the discretion of the
             Planning Commission, provided that not more than fifty percent (50%) of the units have such
             facilities.

          c. The minimum floor area of each guest unit shall contain not less than two-hundred (200)
             square feet. Each guest unit shall contain a private rest room.

          d. The minimum lot area shall be one-half (1/2) acre with a minimum width of seventy-five (75)
             feet. For any new development containing less than one (1) acre there shall be at least sixteen
             hundred (1600) square feet of lot for each guest rental unit. In no case is a development to
             exceed 24 total units.

          e. Parking shall be provided on-site.

          f. The Planning Commission may require a common open space area of one hundred (100) square
             feet per unit with tables and seating. This area may be located in the required setback.

   6. Business schools, or private schools operated for profit. Examples of private schools permitted herein
      include, but are not limited to, the following: dance schools, music and voice schools, and art studios:

          a. Parking is required to be provided on the same site as the building. Shared parking will be
             allowed, if it is irrevocable, and if it will not consume any parking needed for a separate use.

                                                      93
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   7. Contractor’s offices, with associated indoor storage of over five thousand (5,000) square feet in size:

          a. All associated storage must be contained within a structure.

          b. No toxic, hazardous or noxious materials shall be stored on the site.

   8. Live music concert halls, under the following conditions:

          a. The business will operate in such a manner as to comply with the Noise Ordinance enacted by
             the City of Muskegon. No music (either live or piped) will be permitted outside the building.

          b. The business will not be permitted to serve alcohol at any time to any person.

          c. The business will maintain security staff, both inside and outside the building, at all times when
             open to customers. Loitering will not be permitted on or around the site.

          d. The business will not operate between the hours of 3:00am and 8:00am. No person of 16 years
             of age or younger will be permitted within the business after midnight and must directly exit
             the premises after that time.

          e. The site and general vicinity will be maintained and litter-free, and will be checked for litter
             every day before opening.

          f. Security lighting will be provided for the site.

   9. Self-serve, coin operated, automobile car wash, enclosed in a building.

   10. Indoor Theaters

          a. Parking must be either on site or with an irrevocable shared parking agreement.

   11. Veterinary clinics, without outdoor kennels.

   12. Wind Turbine Facilities.

   13. Microbreweries, small wineries and small distilleries with brewing areas larger than 2,500 square feet.

   14. Marihuana microbusinesses, designated consumption establishments, class B recreational grows and
       temporary marihuana events under the following conditions:

          a. Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption Establishments may only be open between the
             hours of 8am – 12am.

          b. A waste disposal plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused plant
             material.

          c. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by licensed
             security guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.


                                                       94
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   15. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to any of the above Special Land Uses
       Permitted.

   16. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1102: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business Districts is to
allow mixed land uses which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would
not be compatible or harmonious with residential dwellings.

SECTION 1103: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 10,890 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 70%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height Limit:

              Maximum height: 2 stories or 35 feet
              Minimum height: 2 stories or 35 feet

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                      Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                      Minor Street: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                      Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                                                       95
ARTICLE XI – B-2 CONVENIENCE AND COMPARISON BUSINESS DISTRICTS

                       Collector Street: 40 feet
                       Minor Street: 30 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                       96
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

                                 ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

PREAMBLE

The City of Muskegon B-3 Central Business District is designed and intended to provide for and regulate land
and building uses so as to continue to create a shopping, living, cultural, governmental, office, heritage, and
institutional focal point for the City of Muskegon and the Muskegon Area. The District is designed to provide
flexibility to encourage a diversity of uses, yet provide regulatory standards to create and maintain a safe and
aesthetic environment.

SECTION 1200: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the B-3 Central Business District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected, structurally
altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise provided in this
Ordinance.

   1. Retail sales of new merchandise and commodities provided that all sales are made from a completely
      enclosed building except that this section shall not prohibit the sales of antique collector items, this
      section shall prohibit the operation of a store whose primary sales are previously used products, except
      as further regulated.

   2. Professional and personal services of any type where any repair work done on the premises is incidental
      to the service rendered.

   3. Banks, including those with drive-in windows, and other financial institutions.

   4. Restaurants, cocktail lounges and brewpubs.

   5. Business schools, or private schools operated for profit. Examples of private schools permitted herein
      include, but are not limited to, the following: dance schools, music and voice schools, and art studios.

   6. Offices of business, government, and the professions.

   7. Hotels and motels.

   8. Indoor theaters.

   9. Microbreweries, small wineries and small distilleries, as long as the brewing area is less than 2,500
      square feet.

   10. Residential uses as part of a building in this business zone shall be allowed upon issuance of Certificate
       of Occupancy from the Department of Inspections.

   11. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted

   12. Uses similar to the above Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1201: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

                                                         97
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission.

   1. Automobile service stations for the sale of gasoline, oil, and minor repair, not including major repair such
      as engine rebuilding, undercoating, and similar industrially oriented activities and subject further to the
      following:

          a. The curb cuts for ingress and egress to a service station shall not be permitted at such locations
             that will tend to create traffic hazards in the streets immediately adjacent thereto. Entrances
             shall be no less than twenty-five (25) feet from a street intersection (measured from the
             roadway) or from adjacent residential property, and subject to other Ordinances of the City.

          b. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet, and so arranged that ample
             space is available for motor vehicles which are required to wait.

          c. There shall be provided, on those sides abutting or adjacent to a residential district or residential
             uses a four foot (4’) completely obscuring wall or fence. The height of the wall or fence shall be
             measured from the surface of the ground.

          d. All lighting shall be shielded from adjacent residential districts and from abutting streets.

   2. Amusements and recreational facilities, including bowling alleys and skating rinks.

   3. Commercial parking lots and parking structures.

   4. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

          a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
             major or secondary thoroughfare.

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for residential
             use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed provided
             front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1) foot of
             building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   5. Specialized adult educational programs, under the following conditions:

          a. The program must be associated with a school district.

          b. No residency will be permitted in the facility.

          c. The hours of operation will be limited to the regular school hours of the associated school district.

          d. The facility must be located either on a major street or within two (2) blocks of regular bus
             service.
                                                   98
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

           e. No more than 75 students can be associated with the program.

   6. Live music concert halls, under the following conditions:

           a. The business will operate in such a manner as to comply with the Noise Ordinance enacted by
              the City of Muskegon. No music (either live or piped) will be permitted outside the building.

           b. The business will maintain security staff, both inside and outside the building, at all times when
              open to customers. Loitering will not be permitted on or around the site.

           c. The business will not operate between the hours of 3:00am and 8:00am. No person of 16 years
              of age or younger will be permitted within the business after midnight and must directly exit the
              premises after that time.

           d. The site and general vicinity will be maintained and litter-free, and will be checked for litter every
              day before opening.

           e. Security lighting will be provided for the site.

   7. Multiple family residential uses of various types and densities. Any new multiple family construction shall
      be compatible and/or complementary to the character of the surrounding area as determined by the
      Planning Commission.

   8. Private clubs, lodge halls, social and similar organizations, including assembly or rental halls.

   9. Galleries and museums.

   10. Antique shops.

   11. Wind Turbine Facilities.

   12. Microbreweries, small wineries and small distilleries with brewing areas larger than 2,500 square feet.

   13. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   14. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1202: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the B-3 Central Business District is to allow mixed land uses,
which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be compatible or
harmonious with residential dwellings or other commercial uses.

SECTION 1203: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 4,000 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

                                                        99
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

              Buildings: 100%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 30 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height Limit:

              Maximum height: 6 stories or 90 feet
              Minimum height: 2 stories or 35 feet

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                      Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                      Minor Street: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                      Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                      Collector Street: 40 feet
                      Minor Street: 30 feet

      Note: For minimum front setbacks new principal structures on minor streets may align with existing
      principal structures in the immediate area even if the setback is below the minimum required.

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks: no requirement

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

                                                      100
ARTICLE XII – B-3 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      101
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

                               ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The B-4 General Business District is designed to provide for a wide variety of business activities including
automotive services and goods, and is generally incompatible with the uses in the B-1, B-2, and B-3 Business
Districts. Placement along presently developed major traffic arteries prevents the conflict of traffic and
pedestrian movement since the General Business District is characterized by a minimum of pedestrian flow. The
B-4 General Business Districts have been located in areas designated on the adopted Land Use Plan.

SECTION 1300: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the B-4 General Business District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise
providing in this Ordinance:

   1. Veterinarian clinics, without outdoor kennels.

   2. Bus passenger stations.

   3. Stores selling second hand merchandise.

   4. Funeral homes.

   5. Automobile car wash, when completely enclosed in a building.

   6. Auto service stations for the sale of gasoline, oil, and accessories, subject to the following:

           a. The curb for ingress and egress to a service station shall not be permitted at such location that
              will tend to create traffic hazards in the streets immediately adjacent thereto. Entrances shall be
              no less than twenty-five (25) feet from a street intersection (measured from the road right-of-
              way) or from adjacent residential districts.

           b. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet, and so arranged that ample
              space is available for motor vehicles which are required to wait.

           c. Major automobile repair, engine and body repair, steam cleaning and undercoating may be
              allowed when conducted on the site, and said uses shall be within a completely enclosed building.
              The storage of wrecked automobiles on the site shall be obscured from public view. No
              automobile or vehicle of any kind shall be stored in the open for a period exceeding one (1) week.

           d. All rest rooms doors shall be shielded from adjacent streets and residential districts.

           e. Dispensing pumps shall be set back twenty (20) feet from the right-of-way line.

   7. Self-service laundry and dry cleaning establishments.

   8. Amusement, entertainment, and recreational, including bowling alleys and skating rinks.

                                                       102
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   9. Storage of non-hazardous and non-toxic materials or goods provided such storage is within a building or
      is enclosed as not to be visible to the public from any abutting residential district or public street.

   10. Theaters, when completely enclosed.

   11. Banks, with or without drive-in facilities.

   12. Restaurants, cocktails lounges and brewpubs.

   13. Microbreweries, small wineries and small distilleries.

   14. Motels and hotels.

   15. Residential uses as part of a building in this business zone shall be allowed upon issuance of a Certificate
       of Occupancy from the Department of Inspections, but provided that the minimum lot area
       requirements of the RM-3 District are met.

   16. Assembly of small parts provided that there shall be no machining, painting, cutting, grinding, or welding
       of parts.

   17. Business schools, or private schools operated for profit. Examples of private schools permitted herein
       include, but are not limited to, the following: dance schools, music and voice schools, and art studios:

           a. Parking is required to be provided on the same site as the building. Shared parking will be
              allowed, if it is irrevocable, and if it will not consume any parking needed for a separate use.

   18. Principal Uses as permitted in B-2 Districts.

   19. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   20. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1301: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission. A site plan shall not be required when there is no change to buildings or existing facilities.

   1. Sales space for the sale of new and used automobiles, house trailers, travel trailers, and recreational
      vehicles, subject to the following.

           a. Ingress and egress to the outdoor sales area shall be at least sixty (60) feet from the intersection
              of any two (2) streets:

           b. No major repair or major refinishing shall be done on the lot, such use of land being only
              permitted in the I-1 or I-2 Industrial Districts.

   2. Flea markets and auctions.
                                                       103
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

   3. Business in the character of a drive-in restaurant or open front store, subject to the following:

          a. A setback of at least sixty (60) feet from the street right-of-way line of any existing or proposed
             major thoroughfare shall be maintained.

          b. Ingress and egress points shall be located at least sixty (60) feet from the intersection of any two
             (2) streets.

   4. Outdoor recreational space for amusement parks, miniature golf courses, and other outdoor recreation
      activities subject to the following:

          a. Amusement parks or amusement facilities must be fenced on all sides with a four-foot six inch
             (4’ 6”) high wall or fence.

   5. Outdoor theaters subject to the following conditions:

          a. Points of ingress and egress for the outdoor theater shall be on major thoroughfares and shall
             not be accessible from any residential street.

          b. All vehicles waiting or standing to enter the facility shall be provided off-street waiting space. No
             vehicle shall be permitted to wait or stand within a dedicated road right-of way.

   6. Private clubs, lodges, social and similar facilities.

   7. Churches and other facilities normally incidental thereto subject to the following conditions:

          a. The site shall be so located as to provide for ingress and egress from said site directly onto a
             major or secondary thoroughfare.

          b. The principal buildings on the site shall be set back from abutting properties zoned for residential
             use not less than thirty (30) feet.

          c. Buildings of greater than the maximum height allowed in Section 2100 may be allowed provided
             front, side, and rear yards are increased above the minimum requirements by one (1) foot for
             each foot of building that exceeds the maximum height allowed.

   8. Commercial Kennels

   9. Mini Storage (warehouse facilities):

          a. The parcel shall have direct access to a major thoroughfare.

          b. One (1) parking space shall be provided for each twenty (20) rental units within the buildings,
             and one (1) parking space shall be provided for each employee on site.

          c. Between warehouses, there shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25’) feet for internal access
             drives. Traffic direction and parking shall be designated by signaling or painting.



                                                        104
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

          d. The lot area used for parking and access shall be provided with a permanent, durable, dustless
             surface and shall be graded and drained so as to dispose of all surface water.

          e. All lighting shall conform to lighting standards of this ordinance.

          f. A ten-foot landscaped berm shall be required in the front setback of areas adjacent to any
             residential zone or use.

          g. Retail, wholesale, fabrication, manufacturing, or service activities may not be conducted from
             the storage units by the lessees.

          h. Storage of goods shall be limited to personal property with no commercial distribution allowed
             and no operation which requires the regular delivery or pick-up of goods in truck in excess of one
             and one-half (1.5) ton rated capacity shall be permitted.

          i.   All storage shall be within the enclosed building area. There shall be no outside storage or
               stockpiling.

          j.   No storage of hazardous, toxic, or explosive materials shall be permitted at the facility. Signs shall
               be posted at the facility describing such limitations.

   10. Live music concert halls, under the following conditions:

          a. The business will operate in such a manner as to comply with the Noise Ordinance enacted by
             the City of Muskegon. No music (either live or piped) will be permitted outside the building.

          b. The business will maintain security staff, both inside and outside the building, at all times when
             open to customers. Loitering will not be permitted on or around the site.

          c. The business will not operate between the hours of 3:00am and 8:00am. No person of 16 years
             of age or younger will be permitted within the business after midnight and must directly exit the
             premises after that time.

          d. The site and general vicinity will be maintained and litter-free, and will be checked for litter every
             day before opening.

          e. Security lighting will be provided for the site.

   11. Taxi/Limousine Services.

   12. Craft Shops.

   13. Wind Turbine Facilities.

   14. Marihuana microbusinesses, designated consumption establishments, class B recreational grows and
       temporary marihuana events under the following conditions:

          a. Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption Establishments may only be open between the
             hours of 8am – 12am.
                                                        105
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

           b. A waste disposal plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused plant
              material.

           c. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by licensed security
              guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   15. Accessory uses and accessory buildings customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   16. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1302: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned Developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the B-4 General Business Districts is to allow mixed land uses,
which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be compatible or
harmonious with residential dwellings or permitted commercial uses.

SECTION 1303: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 10,890 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 70%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height Limit:

              Maximum height: 2 stories or 35 feet
              Minimum height: 2 stories or 35 feet

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                      Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                                                       106
ARTICLE XIII – B-4 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICTS

                       Minor Street: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                       Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                       Collector Street: 40 feet
                       Minor Street: 30 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      107
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

                                    B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

PREAMBLE

The B-5 Central Governmental Services District is designed to provide for a wide variety of uses associated with
county and city governmental services, businesses and residential uses appropriate for the downtown area. The
Central Governmental Service District recognizes the city’s multiple roles as the county seat, employment
center, the urban core of a larger metropolitan area and home of historic, stable neighborhoods.

SECTION 1304: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the B-5 Central Governmental Services District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be
erected, structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless
otherwise provided in this Ordinance:

   1. Municipal, county and state administrative offices.

   2. Municipal fire stations.

   3. Sheriff or police department offices and facilities, not including jail or correctional facilities.

   4. Community centers.

   5. Retail businesses which supply retail foods, drugs, dry goods, appliances, notions, books, newspapers,
      gifts, furniture, hardware or similar retail businesses, not including “adult” or sexually oriented
      businesses.

   6. Professional and business offices including medical clinics.

   7. Banks, with or without drive in facilities.

   8. Single family detached dwellings.

   9. An Adult Foster Care Facility for any number of people.

   10. Child care or day care center.

   11. Residential apartments associated with or accessory to a permitted use provided the residential use is
       not on the main floor and constitutes no more than 50% of the total floor area of the principal structure.

   12. Expansion of an existing secure correctional facility operated by the Muskegon County Sheriff’s
       Department.

   13. Restaurants, cocktail lounges and brewpubs.

   14. Microbreweries, small wineries and small distilleries.

   15. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.


                                                        108
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

SECTION 1305: PROHIBITED USES

All uses not specifically permitted are prohibited. However, certain uses, which may seem otherwise compatible
with permitted uses or special uses listed in this Article, are deemed by the city to be particularly unacceptable:

   1. Halfway houses or other unsecured facilities for parolees or persons serving any criminal sentence,
      probation or parole violation, including privately owned and operated facilities, or similar facilities which
      house persons in a building under the jurisdiction of, or (if State law does not preempt), operated by,
      the Michigan Department of Corrections; similar unsecured facilities operated by or under the
      jurisdiction of the Sheriff’s Department or the Courts.

   2. Any unsecured facilities for the holding or residence of juvenile or youthful offenders subject to the
      Juvenile Division of Probate Court, or the Family Court.

   3. Outdoor storage, warehouses, garages, except for garages which are deemed by the zoning
      administrator or Zoning Board of Appeals to constitute accessory structures to permitted or previously
      approved special uses.

SECTION 1306: SPECIAL LAND USES

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted as special uses under
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan) by the Planning Commission, after Public
Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions imposed by the Planning Commission.

   1. Correctional facilities provided:

           a. The facility meets national, state, and local codes and design criteria for correctional facilities
              including, without limitation, construction and security requirements.

           b. The facility is secure, “lock up,” and operated by the County Sheriff’s Department or City of
              Muskegon Police Department.

           c. The facility shall be screened from residential uses, using materials and fencing compatible with
              residential uses and practice.

           d. Lighting, access and security devices shall be located and screened to avoid negative effects on,
              and achieve compatibility with, surrounding and adjacent uses and properties.

           e. Facilities for transportation of prisoners must be located inside the secured areas of the building.

   2. Youth homes provided the facility meets the same requirements as a Secured Correctional facility
      approved as a special use in this District.

   3. Transitional Living Centers provided:

           a. The center must be associated with a governmental agency or bona fide charitable association,
              such as a 501 (c) organization.


                                                       109
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

          b. The residents must be provided with information on supplemental services, such as re-housing
             assistance and substance abuse treatment.

          c. Staff must be located on site twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week for programs that
             provide on site overnight sleeping accommodations.

          d. Residents may not be housed for more than six (6) consecutive months.

          e. The center does not conflict with any of the prohibited uses stated in Section 1305.

   4. Parking Structures.

   5. Multiple family residential uses.

   6. Temporary uses, which shall be applied for and utilized in accordance with reasonable special conditions
      limiting the duration of the use. Such conditions may include, without limitation, imposition of the time
      limit for the use, the requirement of dismantling, restoration of improvements to their former
      configurations, consent to and execution of documents giving unconditional rights of entry to the city to
      carry out eviction, dismantling and restoration activities and the requirement of bonding or other
      security to assure the discontinuance and structural changes needed or appropriate in the judgment of
      the Planning Commission to terminate the use. Temporary uses may include, in the sole discretion of the
      Planning Commission, uses which are not permitted uses or special uses enumerated in this Ordinance,
      as well as permitted and special uses in this district. The Planning Commission may determine to limit
      the duration of any special use under consideration in accordance with this paragraph.

   7. Wind turbine Facilities.

SECTION 1307: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned Unit Developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission and City Commission pursuant to
Section 2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the B-5 Central Governmental Services District is to
allow mixed land uses, which are compatible with adjacent and nearby uses in existence, with a particular
concern to protect residential uses and commercial uses. The following combinations of uses are authorized in
Planned Unit Developments. Distance requirements and provisions of the B-5 District shall be observed:

   1. Permitted and special uses in the B-5 zone.

   2. Clubs, lodge halls, social and similar organizations including assembly or rental halls.

SECTION 1308: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 10,890 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 80%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 40 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from setback).
                                                      110
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height Limit:

              Maximum height: 4 stories or 60 feet.
              Minimum height: 2 stories or 35 feet.

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

              Maximum:

                       Expressway, Arterial Street or Major Street: 50 feet
                       Collector Street: 40 feet
                       Minor Street: 30 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet
              4-story: 16 feet and 20 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

                                                      111
B-5 GOVERNMENTAL SERVICE DISTRICT

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      112
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

                                ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The I-1 Light Industrial Districts are designed so as to permit wholesale, warehousing, and manufacturing
facilities whose external, physical effects have a minimum detrimental effect on the adjacent districts. It is the
intent of this article to permit, in addition to specific uses enumerated, the manufacturing, compounding,
processing, packaging, assembly, and/or treatment of finished or semi-finished products from previously
prepared material. The uses permitted are those which meet a higher standard of restrictions than those
imposed in the I-2 Zoning District, and shall be of a type other than those which produce hazardous material as
defined in the Fire Code.

SECTION 1400: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

All principal uses of land and buildings which are erected or structurally altered or occupied shall be those
specified in this article:

   1. The manufacture, compounding, processing of food, and pharmaceuticals.

   2. The manufacture, compounding, or assembly of products from previously prepared materials, including
      but not limited to fabrics, glass, leather, paper, metal, or plastics.

   3. Machine shops and metal finishing shops, including the incidental of casting of metal products and
      alloying of furnace ready non-ferrous metals which are free of paint, oils or other organic substances.

   4. Crematories.

   5. Retail uses which have an industrial character in terms of either their outdoor storage requirements or
      activities such as: lumber yards or motor vehicle, boat, or implement sales.

   6. Storage yards.

   7. Warehousing of materials not highly hazardous as defined in the Fire Code.

   8. Veterinary clinics and outdoor kennels.

   9. Lumber and planing mills.

   10. Municipal buildings, public service buildings, auto equipment repair shops doing major repair.

   11. Microbreweries, breweries, small wineries, wineries, small distilleries and distilleries.

   12. Accessory buildings and uses customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   13. Uses similar to the above.




                                                       113
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

SECTION 1401: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted as a special land use if
it is found to meet the standards outlined in Section 2332 of this Ordinance, subject to the applicable conditions
imposed by Ordinance and other reasonable conditions imposed by the Planning Commission:

   1. Railway or truck freight terminals located more than two hundred (200) feet from any residential district.

   2. Freestanding commercial radio, television, and similar transmission towers greater than 175 feet and
      their attendant facilities.

   3. Paint manufacturing.

   4. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to any of the above Special Land Uses
      Permitted.

   5. Prisons and other similar correctional facilities.

   6. Adult bookstores, adult indoor and outdoor motion picture theaters, and cabarets. Recognizing that
      because of their nature some uses have objectionable operational characteristics, especially when
      concentrated in small areas and recognizing that such uses may have a harmful effect on adjacent areas,
      special regulation of these uses is necessary to ensure that these adverse effects will not contribute to
      the blighting or downgrading of the surrounding neighborhood. These special regulations are as follows:

           a. No such uses may be permitted in the I-1 Districts within one thousand (1,000) feet if any
              residential district measured from the lot line of the location of the proposed use.

           b. The Planning Commission may waive this location provision if the following findings are made:

                   i. That the proposed use will not be contrary to the public interest or injurious to nearby
                      properties and that the spirit and intent of this Ordinance will be observed.

                   ii. That the character of the area shall be maintained.

                  iii. That all applicable regulations of this Ordinance will be observed.

                  iv. That no other adult bookstore, adult motion picture theater, or cabaret is located within
                      two thousand (2,000) feet of the proposed location.

           c. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Planning Commission shall not consider the
              waiver of the locational requirements as hereinabove set forth until a petition shall have been
              filed with the City Clerk and verified as to sufficiency. Such petition shall indicate approval of the
              proposed regulated use by fifty-one (51) percent or more of the persons owning property within
              a radius of one thousand (1,000) feet of the location of the proposed use as measured from the
              lot line. The petitioner, or his agent, shall attempt to contact all eligible property owners within
              this radius and must maintain a list of all addresses at which no contact was made.



                                                       114
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

           d. The petition hereafter required shall contain an affidavit signed by the party circulating such
              petition attesting to the fact that the petition was circulated by him and that the circulator
              personally witnessed the signatures on the petition and that the same were affixed to the
              petition by the person whose name appeared thereon, and that the circulator truly believes that
              the signers of such petition are persons owning property within one thousand (1,000) feet of the
              premises mentioned in said petition. Such petition shall also comply with other rules and
              regulations as may be promulgated by the City Commission.

   7. Wind turbine Facilities.

   8. Marihuana microbusinesses, designated consumption establishments, class B recreational grows and
      temporary marihuana events under the following conditions:

           a. Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption Establishments may only be open between the
              hours of 8am – 12am.

           b. A waste disposal plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused plant
              material.

           c. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by licensed security
              guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   9. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1402: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the I-1 Light Industrial Districts is to allow mixed land uses,
which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting uses which would not be compatible or harmonious with
other uses permitted in the I-1 District.

SECTION 1403: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 85%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 3 stories or 50 feet


                                                      115
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 10 feet and 20 feet
              2-story: 15 feet and 25 feet
              3-story: 20 feet and 30 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.



                                                      116
ARTICLE XIV – I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

SECTION 1404: BUSINESS CONDUCT LIMITATION

   1. All uses permitted under Section 1400 and 1401 shall be subject to all environmental limitations imposed
      by this Section, other ordinances, statutes and governmental regulations.

   2. Casting of metal parts in shops other than foundries shall be limited so that not more than twenty-five
      percent (25%) of the aggregate floor area may be used for the casting process.

   3. Crematories shall be located not less than two hundred (200) feet from a residential district.

   4. Storage yards shall be screened from any adjacent street or non-industrial district by an obscuring fence.
      This shall not require that parking lots of motor vehicles, boats, or implement sales be screened.

   5. No property line of a lumber or planing mill shall be contiguous to the exterior boundary of a Residential
      District.

   6. Uses permitted in the I-1 District shall be those whose finished products are non-hazardous as defined
      in the Fire Code.

   7. Stamping machines, presses, and shears shall be dampened so as not to produce noises and vibrations
      which conflict with the preamble of this Article.

   8. Animals kept for slaughter shall be only that number which will be processed in one day.




                                                     117
ARTICLE XV – I-2 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

                               ARTICLE XV – I-2 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The I-2 General Industrial Districts are established primarily for manufacturing, assembling, and fabrication
activities including large scale or specialized industrial operations whose external physical effects may be felt to
some degree by surrounding districts. The I-2 District is so structured as to permit, in addition to I-1 Light
Industrial District uses, the manufacturing, processing and compounding of semi-finished or finished products
from raw materials.

SECTION 1500: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In an I-2 General Industrial District, buildings and land may be used for one (1) or more of the following specified
uses, unless otherwise provided in this Article.

   1. Any Principal Use Permitted in the I-1 District, subject to the requirements of this District.

   2. Primary metal industries, including foundries, smelting and refining of metal or alloys, rolling and
      extruding plants.

   3. Chemical plants whose manufacturing process produce products which are not hazardous materials as
      defined in the Fire Code.

   4. Paper and pulp manufacturing.

   5. Power generating plants.

   6. Junk yards and scrap metal processing.

   7. Rubber manufacturing or the remanufacturing of rubber products.

   8. Medical marijuana caregiver facilities to the extent licensed pursuant to City Code Sections 34-101
      through 34-107.

   9. Uses similar to the above principal uses.

SECTION 1501: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted as a special land use if
it is found to meet the standards outlined in Section 2332 of this Ordinance, subject to applicable conditions
imposed by Ordinance or other reasonable conditions imposed by the Planning Commission:

   1. Any use with outside storage of aggregate, sand or other soil, or raw materials used in a manufacturing
      process such as brick, tile manufacturing plants, asphalt and cement batch plants.

   2. Gasoline storage facilities.




                                                        118
ARTICLE XV – I-2 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

   3. Bulk storage or the production of acetylene, natural gas, and oxygen or other highly explosive or toxic
      gases. The storage of such gases for use in a production process or of an industry, business, or health
      care facility shall not be considered bulk storage.

   4. Chemical plants whose manufacturing process produce products which are hazardous materials as
      defined in the Fire Code.

   5. Wind turbine Facilities.

   6. Marihuana microbusinesses, designated consumption establishments, class B recreational grows and
      temporary marihuana events under the following conditions:

           a. Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption Establishments may only be open between the
              hours of 8am – 12am.

           b. A waste disposal plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused plant
              material.

           c. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by licensed security
              guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   7. Uses similar to the above Special Land uses.

SECTION 1502: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the I-2 General Industrial District is to allow mixed land uses,
which are compatible to each other.

SECTION 1503: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 43,560 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

               Buildings: 85%
               Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 150 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 3 stories or 50 feet

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
                                                       119
ARTICLE XV – I-2 GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS

      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 10 feet and 20 feet
              2-story: 15 feet and 25 feet
              3-story: 20 feet and 30 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      120
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

                WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The Waterfront Industrial PUD district is established primarily for water-dependent, commercial shipping of
bulk, general cargo, or container goods by freighter, bulk carrier, tanker, tug barge, or other similar commercial
vessels. The WI-PUD District is intended to promote the consolidation of commercial port activities at the
eastern terminus of Muskegon Lake because of its proximity to the interstate, established industrial uses, and
isolation from residential zones. The intent is to localize this district to promote symbiotic relationships among
industrial port activities and to discourage the expansion of such activities elsewhere along Muskegon Lake
frontage. It is further the intent of this district to require planned unit developments for all projects to ensure a
mix of port uses that enhances the industrial economic base of the city. The planned unit development tool shall
be applied to promote flexibility in development and to enhance functional relationships among uses in the
district.

The general categories of uses permitted in the WI-PUD district are associated with standard industrial
classifications, major group industry 44, “Water Transportation” as found in the 1987 Standard Industrial
Classification Manual prepared by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget.

SECTION 1504: USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted as planned unit
developments. Planned unit developments shall be reviewed and approved by the Planning Commission and
City Commission subject to the conditions outlined below.

PRINCIPAL USES:

   1. Water transportation of freight.

   2. Railroad and auto passenger ferries.

   3. Marine cargo handling; loading, unloading and stevedore facilities.

   4. Marine terminal uses including ancillary inter-modal transportation operations.

   5. Any use with outside storage of aggregate, limestone, coal, slag, salt, sand or other bulk materials
      shipped by commercial watercraft vessels and or barges.

   6. Grain elevators.

   7. Bulk and warehouse storage of goods shipped by commercial maritime vessels.

   8. Towing and tugboat services for commercial freight water vessels.

   9. Barge fleeting, mooring and servicing.

   10. Lighterage.

   11. Commercial engine and hull repair.
                                                        121
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

   12. Marine dock, breakwater, harbor construction and repair contracting.

   13. Marine dredging contractors.

   14. Palletizing, decanning, container stripping and packing operations associated with maritime shipping and
       transport.

   15. Bulk liquid facilities of non-hazardous materials.

   16. Material recovery facilities that are entirely contained in buildings.

   17. Commercial fishing facilities.

   18. Manufacturing that is dependent on port facilities.

   19. Any other uses which meet the intent of this district as deemed by the Planning Commission and City
       Commission; except that in no case shall a prohibited use be permitted.

ACCESSORY USES:

   1. Docks, wharves, piers or transit sheds or related facilities used in connection with the transfer, handling,
      storage and transit and incidental processing of cargo from or to waterborne craft.

   2. Truck or rail freight terminal supporting water freight transport.

   3. Offices associated with port facilities and functions.

   4. Parking decks.

   5. Watchmen quarters employed on the premise.

   6. Lift equipment to load and unload ships.

   7. Weigh stations.

   8. Lighthouse.

   9. Fuel dock.

   10. Seaplane base.

SECTION 1505: PROHIBITED USES

   1. Asphalt batching.

   2. Cement processing.

   3. Storage of petroleum products stored in excess of 1,000 gallons.

   4. Hazardous material or hazardous chemical storage or transport.
                                                       122
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

   5. Ship cleaning.

   6. Salvage yards, ship scrapping, dismantling and wrecking operations not wholly contained in buildings.

   7. Livestock holding.

   8. Marine Salvage.

   9. Open storage of fertilizers, agricultural lime and other chemicals.

   10. Billboards.

SECTION 1506: REVIEW STANDARDS

The Planning Commission shall approve, deny or modify preliminary planned unit development plans, based
upon the site plan review and landscaping standards of this ordinance and the following standards below.
Likewise, the City Commission shall approve, deny, or modify final planned unit development plans (after review
and recommendation by the Planning Commission) based upon the following standards:

   1. The uses proposed will have a beneficial effect, in terms of public health, safety, welfare, or convenience
      of any combination thereof, on present and potential surrounding land uses. The uses proposed will not
      adversely affect the public utility and circulation systems, surrounding properties, or the environment.

   2. The uses proposed should be consistent with the land use plans adopted by the City.

   3. The amount of open space provided is compatible with and meets the requirements of this ordinance,
      which the Planning Commission or City Commission may modify, even though such modifications do not
      conform to that required in other sections of this ordinance.

   4. The amount of off-street parking areas is adequate, which the Planning Commission or City Commission
      may modify even though such modifications do not conform to that required in other sections of this
      ordinance.

   5. The amount of landscaping and buffering areas provided are compatible with and meet the
      requirements of this ordinance, which the Planning Commission or City Commission may modify even
      though such modifications do not conform to that required in other sections of this ordinance.

   6. The design provides for the protection or enhancement of significant natural, historical, or architectural
      features within the proposed development area.

   7. The uses proposed will result in safe, convenient, uncongested and well defined vehicular and pedestrian
      circulation systems.

   8. The land uses presented shall provide a mix of uses to perpetuate an economically viable, mixed use
      port.

   9. The project shall demonstrate adequate support services for all activities.


                                                      123
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

   10. Stockpiles of salt and agricultural lime must be covered or sufficiently isolated from the surface water to
       prevent leaching.

   11. Aggregate, salt, lime, or soil stockpiling areas shall not occupy more than 50% of the site or district.

   12. Truck freight terminals shall not occupy more than 30% of the site area or district. Trucks shall be stored
       a minimum of two hundred (200) feet from the ordinary high water mark.

SECTION 1507: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

The following are meant as general guidelines. Through the process of the Planned Unit Development process,
the Planning Commission may determine that changes to the standards are appropriate to both meet the needs
and objectives of the project and the city.

   1. Minimum lot size: 43,560 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 75%
              Pavement: 25%

   3. Lot width: 150 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 3 stories or 50 feet.

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet.

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

                                                       124
WI-PUD WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS

             1-story: 10 feet and 20 feet
             2-story: 15 feet and 25 feet
             3-story: 20 feet and 30 feet

     Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
     nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

  10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
      provided:

         a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

         b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

         c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

         d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
            the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
            plan.

         e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

  11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
      employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
      landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
      maintained along each street frontage.




                                                     125
ARTICLE XVI – OSC OPEN SPACE CONSERVATION DISTRICTS

                          ARTICLE XVI – OSC OPEN SPACE CONSERVATION DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The OSC Open Space Conservation Districts are intended to provide for permanent open spaces in the
community, and the protection of sand dunes and other natural features, and are designed to provide
undeveloped recreational areas and to safeguard the health, safety, and welfare of the citizens of Muskegon
and adjacent areas by limiting development in locations where police and fire protection, protection against
flooding by high water table or storm water, and dangers from excessive erosion are not possible without
excessive costs to the City.

SECTION 1600: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the OSC Open Space Conservation District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise
provided in this Ordinance.

   1. Fishing docks and piers.

   2. Hiking, bicycling, jogging, or ski trails.

   3. Wildlife preserves or refuge structures.

   4. Watershed or erosion protection facilities.

   5. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1601: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Public and private utilities and services.

   2. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   3. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   4. Parking areas for Principal Uses.

SECTION 1602: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the open space conservation districts to allow mixed land
uses permitted in the OSC zone, which are compatible to each other.

SECTION 1603: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS
                                                      126
ARTICLE XVI – OSC OPEN SPACE CONSERVATION DISTRICTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 20%
              Pavement: 15%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 2 stories or 35 feet.

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                       Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 6 feet and 10 feet
              2-story: 8 feet and 12 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.
                                                      127
ARTICLE XVI – OSC OPEN SPACE CONSERVATION DISTRICTS

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                     128
ARTICLE XVII – OSR OPEN SPACE RECREATION DISTRICTS

                            ARTICLE XVII – OSR OPEN SPACE RECREATION DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The OSR Open Space Recreation Districts are intended to provide for permanent open spaces in the City and are
designed to provide recreational activities that are limited to country clubs, marinas, and the like. These Districts
are further intended to safeguard the natural features of the City, and the health, safety, and welfare of the
citizens of Muskegon and the adjacent area by limiting developments to locations where police and fire
protection, or protection against flooding by high water table or storm water, or dangers from excessive erosion
are not possible without excessive costs to the City.

SECTION 1700: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the OSR Open Space Recreation Districts, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified used, unless otherwise
provided in this Ordinance:

   1. Fishing docks and piers.

   2. Hiking, bicycling, jogging, or ski trails.

   3. Wildlife preserves or refuge structures.

   4. Watershed or erosion protection facilities.

   5. Parks, playgrounds, and playfields.

   6. Accessory uses customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   7. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1701: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Country clubs.

   2. Marinas for the berthing and servicing of boats, but without major repair or storage facilities.

   3. Public and private utilities and services.

   4. Seasonal, recreational, campers and trailer parks, and facilities.

   5. Amusement facilities excepting outdoor theaters, adult theaters, and adult bookstores.

   6. Seasonal or year-round craft shops.

                                                        129
ARTICLE XVII – OSR OPEN SPACE RECREATION DISTRICTS

   7. Conference and reception auditoriums.

   8. Galleries and museums.

   9. Open air amphitheaters.

   10. Restaurants and cocktail lounges.

   11. Any other similar uses or activity requiring buildings or structures.

   12. Accessory buildings and accessory uses customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   13. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1702: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the OSR Open Space Recreation Districts is to allow mixed
land uses which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting uses which would not be compatible or
harmonious with permitted uses.

SECTION 1703: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS
   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 20%
              Pavement: 15%

   3. Lot width: 100 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   4. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   5. Height limit: 2 stories or 35 feet.

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   6. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet

                                                       130
ARTICLE XVII – OSR OPEN SPACE RECREATION DISTRICTS

                       Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                       Minor Street: 10 feet

   7. Rear setback: 10 feet

   8. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   9. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 6 feet and 10 feet
              2-story: 8 feet and 12 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   10. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   11. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                       131
ARTICLE XVIII – LR LAKEFRONT RECREATION DISTRICTS

                            ARTICLE XVIII – LR LAKEFRONT RECREATION DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The primary intent of the LR Lakefront Recreation District is to provide for areas abutting Muskegon Lake
including Muskegon River and Lake Michigan to be utilized for both public and private recreational and
recreation-oriented facilities. It is intended that any commercial facilities be limited to water related recreation
activities.

SECTION 1800: PRINCIPAL USED PERMITTED

In the LR Lakefront Recreation District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, or occupied except for one (1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise
provided in this Ordinance.

   1. Marinas for the berthing and servicing of boats, but without major repair or storage facilities.

   2. Restaurants and cocktail lounges.

   3. Hotels and motels.

   4. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   5. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1801: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Residential development projects.

   2. Private clubs, lodge halls, social, or recreational uses.

   3. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Use Permitted.

   4. Seasonal, recreational, camper and trailer parks, and facilities.

   5. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1802: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the LR Lakefront Recreation Districts is to allow mixed land
uses, which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting nonresidential uses which would not be compatible
or harmonious with lakefront recreation activities, or residential dwellings.


                                                        132
ARTICLE XVIII – LR LAKEFRONT RECREATION DISTRICTS

SECTION 1803: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Dedicated open space requirement: 15%

   3. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 60%
              Pavement: 15%

   4. Lot width: 150 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   5. Maximum building width: 50% (as a portion of the lot width).

   6. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   7. Height limit: 4 stories or 60 feet.

      Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   8. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                        Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                        Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                        Minor Street: 10 feet

   9. Rear setback: 10 feet

   10. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

   11. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet
              4-story: 16 feet and 20 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

                                                       133
ARTICLE XVIII – LR LAKEFRONT RECREATION DISTRICTS

   12. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   13. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      134
ARTICLE XIX – WM WATERFRONT MARINE DISTRICTS

                            ARTICLE XIX – WM WATERFRONT MARINE DISTRICTS

PREAMBLE

The WM Waterfront Marine Districts are designed to accommodate boating and water-oriented land and
building use along with those activities and services related to harbor and waterway improvements, thereby
facilitating navigation, and providing safe and economical waterfront developments.

SECTION 1900: PRINCIPAL USES PERMITTED

In the WM Waterfront Marine District, no building or land shall be used and no building shall be erected,
structurally altered, be used and no building shall be erected, structurally altered, or occupied except for one
(1) or more of the following specified uses, unless otherwise provided in this Ordinance:

   1. Marinas including the out of water seasonal storage of boats.

   2. Commissary facilities for the provision of food, beverages, and the like to be stores aboard boats.

   3. Municipal or private beaches.

   4. Retail businesses which supply commodities for persons using the facilities of the District, such as the
      sale of boats, engines and accessories, fishing equipment, and other similar items.

   5. Restaurants and cocktail lounges.

   6. Hotels and motels.

   7. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

   8. Uses similar to the above Principal Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1901: SPECIAL LAND USES PERMITTED

The following uses, and their accessory buildings and accessory uses, shall be permitted under the purview of
Section 2332 after review and approval of the use (and a site plan, if required) by the Planning Commission,
after Public Hearing, subject to the applicable conditions, and any other reasonable conditions imposed by the
Planning Commission:

   1. Engine and hull repair shops.

   2. Marine contracting.

   3. Commercial fishing and processing facilities.

   4. Accessory buildings and accessory use customarily incidental to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

   5. Seasonal recreational camper, trailer parks and facilities.

   6. Museums.

                                                      135
ARTICLE XIX – WM WATERFRONT MARINE DISTRICTS

   7. Uses similar to the above Special Land Uses Permitted.

SECTION 1902: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS
Planned developments may be allowed by the Planning Commission under the procedural guidelines of Section
2101. The intent of Planned Unit Developments in the WM Waterfront Marine Districts is to allow mixed land
uses, which are compatible to each other, while prohibiting uses which would not be compatible or harmonious
with permitted uses.

SECTION 1903: AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS

   1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 sq. feet.

   2. Density (see definition in Article II): 24 dwelling units per buildable acre.

   3. Dedicated open space requirement: 15%

   4. Maximum lot coverage:

              Buildings: 60%
              Pavement: 25%

   5. Lot width: 150 feet (shall be measured at road frontage unless a cul-de-sac, then measured from
      setback).

   6. Maximum building width: 50% (as a portion of the lot width).

   7. Width to depth ratios: The depth of any lot(s) or parcel(s) shall not be more than three (3) times longer
      its width.

   8. Height limit: 4 stories or 60 feet

       Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
       finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
       as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
       gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
       determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   9. Front Setbacks:

              Minimum:

                      Expressway or Arterial Street: 30 feet
                      Collector or Major Street: 20 feet
                      Minor Street: 10 feet

   10. Rear setback: 10 feet

   11. Setback from the ordinary high-water mark or wetland: 75 feet (principal structures only).

                                                       136
ARTICLE XIX – WM WATERFRONT MARINE DISTRICTS

   12. Side setbacks:

              1-story: 8 feet and 12 feet
              2-story: 10 feet and 14 feet
              3-story: 12 feet and 16 feet
              4-story: 16 feet and 20 feet

      Note, setback measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the
      nearest point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   13. Zero lot line option: New principal buildings may be erected on the rear lot line and/or one side lot line
       provided:

          a. The building has an approved fire rating for zero-lot line development under the building code.

          b. The building has adequate fire access preserved pursuant to fire code requirements.

          c. The zero lot line side is not adjacent to a street.

          d. A maintenance access easement is granted by the adjacent property owner and recorded with
             the County Register of Deeds and provided to the zoning administrator with the site plan or plot
             plan.

          e. It is not adjacent to wetlands, or waterfront.

   14. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
       employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall be
       landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet shall be
       maintained along each street frontage.




                                                      137
ARTICLE XX – FORM BASED CODE

                       ARTICLE XX – FORM BASED CODE (SEE ATTACHMENT)




                                           138
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

                  ARTICLE XXI – SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

SECTION 2100

See Table I for district density, setback and lot coverage limits.

SECTION 2101: DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

   1. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Purpose

       The purpose of this option is to permit flexibility in the regulation of land development; encourage
       innovation in land use and variety in design, layout, and type of structures constructed; achieve economy
       and efficiency in the use of land, natural resources and utilities; encourage provision of useful open
       space; provide adequate housing, employment, and shopping opportunities particularly suited to the
       needs of the residents of the City of Muskegon and encourage the use, reuse, and improvement of
       existing sites and buildings when the uniform regulations contained in zoning districts do not provide
       adequate protection and safeguards for the site or surrounding area.

       This option is intended to accommodate developments with mixed or varied uses, to allow some degree
       of flexibility in the application of standards and regulations in this Ordinance to achieve innovation to
       development on sites with unusual topography or unique settings within the community, or on land
       which exhibits difficult or costly development problems, and shall not be allowed where this option is
       sought primarily to avoid the imposition of standards and requirements of zoning classifications rather
       than to achieve the stated purposes above.

           a. Planned Unit Development Regulations, Standards and Requirements

                    i. The entire parcel for which application is made must be under one ownership or the
                       application must be made with the written authorization of all property owners.

                   ii. The application shall meet the criteria established in each specified zoning district.

           b. PUD Review Procedures

                    i. A petition for a PUD approval shall be submitted in accordance with Section 2332 of this
                       ordinance.

                   ii. The review shall be in two phases:

                   iii. The preliminary phase shall involve a review of a conceptual PUD plan to determine its
                        suitability.

                   iv. The final phase shall require a detailed development plan for any part of the approved
                       conceptual PUD plan.

           c. Standards for Approval of PUD Plans

               The Planning Commission shall approve, deny or modify preliminary PUD plans, based upon the
               following standards. Likewise, the City Commission shall approve, deny, or modify final PUD plans
                                                       139
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

             (after review and recommendation by the Planning Commission) based upon the following
             standards.

                 i. The uses proposed will have a beneficial effect, in terms of public health, safety, welfare,
                    or convenience of any combination thereof, on present and potential surrounding land
                    uses. The uses proposed will not adversely affect the public utility and circulation systems,
                    surrounding properties, or the environment.

                 ii. The uses proposed should be consistent with the land use plans adopted by the City.

                iii. The amount of open space provided, which the Planning Commission or City Commission
                     may modify even though such modifications do not conform to that required in other
                     sections of this ordinance.

                iv. The amount of off-street parking areas, which the Planning Commission or City
                    Commission may modify even though such modifications do not conform to that required
                    in other sections of this ordinance.

                 v. The amount of landscaping and buffering areas, which the Planning Commission or City
                    Commission may modify even though such modifications do not conform to that required
                    in other sections of this ordinance.

                vi. The protection or enhancement of significant natural, historical, or architectural features
                    within the proposed development area.

               vii. The uses proposed will result in safe, convenient, uncongested and well defined vehicular
                    and pedestrian circulation systems.

   2. Preliminary PUD Plan Submission

      The applicant shall submit together with the application for PUD preliminary phase approval:

         a. A general development plan depicting the proposed locations of streets, parking areas, open
            spaces, buildings and structures, and their spatial relationships, the relationship to off-site
            improvements and infrastructure and any unusual topographic features.

                 i. Approval by the Planning Commission of the PUD Preliminary Plan shall remain in effect
                    for a period not to exceed three (3) years from the date of approval.

   3. Final PUD Plan Submission

      The applicant shall submit together with the application for PUD final phase approval, development
      plans in sufficient detail and in so far as possible the specific locations and dimensions of:

         a. all streets, sidewalks, public and private utilities, parking areas, truck docks and service drives;

         b. all buildings and structures, elevations and spatial relationships;

         c. landscaping, buffers, fences, and protective walls;
                                                   140
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

           d. open space areas and other significant environmental features;

           e. existing and final topographic changes;

           f. identification and directional signage;

           g. a property survey prepared and certified by a licensed land surveyor.

   4. Amendments to an Approved Final PUD Plan

           a. Incidental or minor changes may be approved by the Planning Commission if the proposed
              modifications do not alter the basic design or land uses of the plan.

           b. If the Planning Commission determines that the proposed modifications are significant or major,
              a public notice and public hearing in accordance with Section 2332 must be conducted prior to
              approval or denial.

   5. PUD Development Time Limits

           a. Construction of the improvements shown on the approved final PUD plan with all proposed
              buildings, parking areas, landscaping and infrastructure must commence within one year of
              approval by the City Commission.

           b. Construction must be continued in a reasonable, diligent manner and be completed within five
              (5) years.

           c. Said five (5) year period may be extended if applied for in writing by the petitioner and granted
              by the City Commission following public notice and public hearing in accordance with Section
              2332 of this ordinance. Failure to secure an extension shall result in a stoppage of all construction.

SECTION 2102: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY

The intent of Planned Unit Developments (PUD) is to allow for flexibility in the design of developments, to allow
for the preservation of open space; allow for economies in the provision of utilities and public services; provide
recreational opportunities; and protect important natural features from the adverse impacts of development.

An overlay PUD (flex-zone) is hereby established in the City of Muskegon which encompasses the following
properties:

Bluffton Bay

   1. All of block 715 Revised Plat (1903), City of Muskegon, Muskegon County.

   2. That part of Block 714, Revised Plat (1903), City of Muskegon, Muskegon County, Michigan. Described
      as follows: Commence at the Southwest corner of Block 715 of said Revised Plat, for Point of Beginning;
      thence South 00°43’48” West along the West line of said Block 715, extended, 137.80 feet; thence South
      41°33’45’ East 514.10 feet to the Northwesterly line of Sampson Street, if extended; thence North
      48°34’44” East along said Northwesterly line 295.35 feet to the East line of said Block 714; thence North

                                                        141
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

      00°43’48” East along said East line 327.08’ to the Southeast corner of said Block 715; thence West along
      the South line of said Block 715 a distance of 564.96 feet to Point of Beginning. Containing 4.76 acres

   3. That part of Lot 12 Block 702 of the Revised Plat of 1903 of City of Muskegon, Muskegon County,
      Michigan, described as follows: Commencing at the North most corner of Lot 8 and said Block 702,
      thence Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line of Lake Shore Drive 315.65 feet to the intersection
      of said Southwesterly line of Lake Shore Drive and the Southeasterly line of Lot 10 of said Block 702
      extended Northeasterly to said Southwesterly line of Lake Shore Drive, thence Southwesterly along said
      Southeasterly line of said Lot 10 extended a distance of 145.00 feet to the South most corner of said Lot
      10 for Point of Beginning, thence continue Southwesterly on the extension of said Southeasterly line of
      Lot 10 a distance of 157.50 feet, thence Southeasterly parallel to said Southwesterly line of Lake Shore
      Drive 146.00 feet, thence Southwesterly parallel to the Northwesterly line of Lot 8 of said flock 162.44
      feet, thence Southerly parallel to the West line of said Block 380 feet more or less to a point on the
      Northwesterly line of Lot 6 of said Block, thence Southwesterly along the Northwesterly line of said Lot
      6 a distance of 35 feet more of less to the West most corner of said Lot 6, thence Southeasterly along
      the Southwesterly line of said Lot 6 a distance of 133.50 feet to the Northwesterly line of Sampson Street,
      thence Southwesterly along the Northwesterly line of Sampson Street 315.3 feet to the Southwesterly
      corner of said Block 702, thence Recommence at Point of Beginning, thence Northwesterly along the
      Southwesterly line of said Lot 10 extended Northwesterly 100.00 feet, thence westerly 70.50 feet to the
      Southeast corner of Lot 11 of said Block, thence Westerly along Southwesterly line of said Lot 11
      extended Westerly 192.70 feet to the West line of said Block 702, thence Southerly along said West line
      1196.5 feet to the Southwest corner of said Block 702.

Wildwood Creek

   1. Property generally North of Ruddiman Creek, East of Barclay, directly South of the Moose Lodge; all of
      parcel 61-30-36-400-004 and approximately the North half of parcel 61-30-36-400-021.




                                                      142
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

                                    TABLE I: HEIGHTS, AREAS, AND YARDS

PREAMBLE

The following district bulk, height, setback, coverage, mass, density and open space regulations are hereby
established for each district in the City of Muskegon to:

   1. Promote consolidated, symbiotic relationships among structures and functions; particularly in business
      districts whereby a use or uses benefit from the presence of other use(s) in close proximity to it.

   2. Minimize detrimental relationships among incompatible land uses.

   3. Cluster development for the efficient provision of services.

   4. Prevent congestion of development, people and vehicles.

   5. Prevent the inappropriate crowding of land.

   6. Promote shared facilities (such as drives and parking) to conserve land.

   7. Provide open space for users of private and public facilities.

   8. Promote development that provides for pedestrian activity and maintains pedestrian safety.

   9. Provide continuity in development.

   10. Promote commercial development that maintains a critical mass of activity so that it stays economically
       viable.

   11. Prevent environmental degradation that effects public health.

   12. Prevent the squanderous use of land and suburban sprawl.

   13. Provide for safe and efficient circulation in sites and among sites; landscaping, buffering and interrelated
       community design that helps foster symbiotic relationships.




                                                       143
        ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

        TABLE I: HEIGHTS, AREAS, AND YARDS
    Zoning District         R-1         R-2         R-3          RT        RM-1       RM-2        RM-3         B-1        B-2        B-4         B-5         I-1        I-2       OSC        OSR          LR         WM        WI-PUD
  Minimum (sq. ft.)        6,000       4,000       3,000       8,712      10,890     14,520      21,780       4,000     10,890     10,890      10,890      21,780     43,560     21,780     21,780     21,780      21,780      43,560
Density (dwelling unit
                            7.3         10.9        14.5         10         16          24          48         ----       ----       ----        ----        ----       ----       ----       ----       ----         24         ----
 per buildable acre)
 Dedicated Common
                            ----        ----        ----        ----       15%         15%         15%         ----       ----       ----        ----        ----       ----       ----       ----       15%         15%         ----
 open space required
      Buildings:           50%         60%         70%          50%        60%        70%         70%         50%        70%        70%         80%         85%        85%        20%        20%        60%         60%          75%
     Pavement:             10%         15%         20%          10%        20%        20%         20%         25%        25%        25%         25%         25%        25%        15%        15%        15%         25%          25%
     Lot Width             50 ft.      40 ft.      30 ft.      100 ft.    100 ft.    125 ft.     150 ft.      40 ft.    100 ft.    100 ft.      40 ft.     100 ft.    150 ft.    100 ft.    100 ft.    150 ft.     150 ft.      150 ft.
 Maximum building
                            ----        ----        ----        ----       50%         50%         50%         ----       ----       ----        ----        ----       ----       ----       ----       50%         50%         ----
        width
 Width to depth ratio       1:3         1:3         1:3         1:3         1:3        1:3         1:3         1:3        1:3        1:3         1:3         1:3        1:3        1:3        1:3        1:3         1:3         1:3
                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                       2           2
                                                                                                                        stories
      Minimum:              ----        ----        ----        ----        ----       ----        ----        ----                 stories     stories      ----       ----       ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
                                                                                                                         or 35
                                                                                                                                   or 35 ft.   or 35 ft.
                                                                                                                          ft.
                          2 stories   2 stories   2 stories   2 stories      3          4           5           2          2          2           4           3          3          2          2          4           4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3 stories
      Maximum:             (35 ft.)    (35 ft.)    (35 ft.)    (35 ft.)   stories    stories     stories     stories    stories    stories     stories     stories    stories    stories    stories    stories     stories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                (50 ft.)
                             @           @           @           @        (50 ft.)   (60 ft.)    (80 ft.)    (35 ft.)   (35 ft.)   (35 ft.)    (60 ft.)    (50 ft.)   (50 ft.)   (35 ft.)   (35 ft.)   (60 ft.)    (60 ft.)
        Front:
                           30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.     30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.     30 ft.     30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.     30 ft.    30 ft.      30 ft.     30 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.
 Expressway & Arterial
Front: Major/ Collector   10-30 ft.   10-30 ft.   10-30 ft.    25 ft.      25 ft.     25 ft.      25 ft.      20 ft.     20 ft.     20 ft.      20 ft.      20 ft.     20 ft.    20 ft.      20 ft.     20 ft.      20 ft.      20 ft.
   Front: Minor***        10-30 ft.   10-30 ft.   10-30 ft.    15 ft.      20 ft.     20 ft.      20 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.     10 ft.      10 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.    10 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.      10 ft.      10 ft.
        Rear:*             15 ft.      15 ft.      15 ft.      30 ft.      30 ft.     30 ft.      30 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.     10 ft.      10 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.    10 ft.      10 ft.     10 ft.      10 ft.      10 ft.
  From ordinary high
    Water mark or           30 ft       30 ft       30 ft       40 ft      50 ft.     50 ft.      75 ft.      75 ft.     75 ft.     75 ft.      75 ft.      75 ft.     75 ft.    75 ft.      75 ft.     75 ft.      75 ft.      75 ft.
      Wetland**
        Side:*
        1-story             6 ft        6 ft        5 ft      8/20 ft     8/20 ft.   8/20 ft.    8/20 ft.    8/20 ft.   8/20 ft.   8/20 ft.    8/20 ft.    10/20 ft   10/20 ft   6/16 ft    6//16 ft   8/20 ft.    8/20 ft.    10/20 ft
                                                                                                                         10/24
        2-story             8 ft        7 ft        5 ft      10/20 ft    10/24 ft   10/24 ft    10/24 ft    10/24 ft              10/24 ft    10/24 ft    15/25 ft   15/25 ft   8/12 ft    8/20 ft    10/14ft.    10/14ft.    15/25 ft
                                                                                                                           ft
        3-story             ----        ----        ----        ----      12/28 ft   12/28 ft    12/28 ft      ----       ----       ----      12/28 ft    20/30 ft   20/30 ft     ----       ----     12/28 ft    12/28 ft    20/30 ft
                                                                                      16/36       16/36                                         16/36                                                   16/36       16/36
  4 or more stories                                                                     +4          +4                                            +4                                                      +4          +4
                            ----        ----        ----        ----        ----                               ----       ----       ----                    ----       ----       ----       ----                               ----
     (least/total)                                                                   ft./story   ft./story                                     ft./story                                               ft./story   ft./story
                                                                                      over 4      over 4                                        over 4                                                  over 4      over 4
  Front: Expressway
                            ----        ----        ----        ----        ----       ----        ----       50 ft.     50 ft.     50 ft.      50 ft.       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
  Arterial and Major
   Front: Collector         ----        ----        ----        ----        ----       ----        ----       40 ft.     40 ft.     40 ft.      40 ft.       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
     Front: Minor           ----        ----        ----        ----        ----       ----        ----       30 ft.     30 ft.     30 ft.      30 ft.       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----        ----        ----




                                                                                                               144
ARTICLE XXI –SCHEDULE OF REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

TABLE NOTES

   1. One acre = 43,560 sq. ft. (for reference, this is not quite a 210’ x 210’ piece of property).
      One-half acre = 21,780 sq. ft.
      One-third acre = 14,520 sq. ft.
      One-quarter acre = 10,890 sq. ft.
      One-fifth of an acre = 8,712 sq. ft.

   2. * See also zero lot line option and methods of determining setbacks in district regulations for each
      district.

   3. ** Waterfront setbacks pertain to principal structures only.

   4. *** Minimum front setbacks for new residential structures may align with existing principal structures
      in the immediate area, even if the front setback is below the minimum required.

   5. Setback Measurement: All required setbacks shall be measured from the right-of-way line to the nearest
      point of the determined drip line of buildings.

   6. Height measurement: In the case of a principal building, the vertical distance measured from the average
      finished grade to the highest point of the roof surface where the building line abuts the front yard, except
      as follows: to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the average height between eaves and the ridge of
      gable, hip, and gambrel roofs (see Figure 2-2). If the ground is not entirely level, the grade shall be
      determined by averaging the elevation of the ground for each face of the building (see Figure 2-3).

   7. Setbacks are subject to landscaping requirements.

   8. @ Homes in certain Historic Districts may be up to 3 stories or 45 feet in height.




                                                       145
ARTICLE XXII – NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, AND STRUCTURES

                      ARTICLE XXII – NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, AND STRUCTURES

SECTION 2200: INTENT

Upon the adoption of this Ordinance or future amendments, there may exist lots, structures, and uses of land
and structures which were lawful prior to the adoption of the Zoning Ordinance, or amendment to the
Ordinance, but which are not in conformance with the provisions of this Ordinance, or any amendments. It is
the intent of this Ordinance to permit these nonconforming lots, structures and uses to continue until they are
removed, but not to encourage their survival. Because nonconforming lots, structures and uses, so long as they
exist, prevent the full achievement of the goals and objectives of the City of Muskegon Master Plan, the spirit
of this Ordinance is to reduce, rather than increase, any nonconformance.

SECTION 2201: NONCONFORMING LOTS

When an existing nonconforming lot does not adjoin any other lot or lots under common ownership or if the
nonconforming lot fails to meet the requirements for minimum lot area, minimum width, or both, of the zoning
district in which it is located, such lot may be used for the permitted uses of the zoning district under the
following conditions:

   1. It must meet the definition of “Lot of Record” listed in the definitions of this Ordinance.

   2. In any zoning district, where two or more adjoining nonconforming lots are under common ownership,
      these lots shall be combined and considered as one lot for the purposes of this ordinance.

   3. The nonconforming lot must still meet setback requirements of its zoning district and is subject to certain
      limitations provided by other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 2202: NONCONFORMING USES OF LAND

Where, at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this Ordinance, lawful use of land exists that is made
unlawful under the terms of this Ordinance as enacted or amended, such use may be continued, so long as it
remains otherwise lawful, subject to the following provisions:

   1. Special land uses and use variances permitted by this ordinance shall not be deemed nonconforming
      uses.

   2. Changes of tenancy, ownership or management of any existing nonconforming uses of land may be
      made, provided that there is no change in the nature or character of the nonconforming use.

   3. No such nonconforming use shall be enlarged, increased, or extended to occupy a greater area of land
      than was occupied at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this Ordinance, except when
      authorized by the Planning Commission, after Public Hearing as required for Special Uses, and upon
      reaching a determination that the proposed enlargement, increase, or greater area:

           a. Does not have a substantial detrimental effect on the use and enjoyment of adjacent uses or lots.

           b. Complies with all parking, sign, or other applicable regulations applicable to accessory uses for
              the area affected by the proposed enlargement, increase, or greater area.

                                                      146
ARTICLE XXII – NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, AND STRUCTURES

           c. Complies with any reasonable conditions imposed by the Planning Commission that are
              necessary to ensure that the proposed enlargement, increase, or greater area will not prove
              detrimental to adjacent properties, the neighborhood, or the community.

           d. It is not larger than twenty five percent (25%) of the original nonconforming area.

   4. No such nonconforming use shall be moved in whole or in part to any other portion of the lot or parcel
      occupied by such use at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this Ordinance.

   5. A nonconforming use of land which has ceased for a period exceeding twenty-four (24) months or has
      been changed to a conforming use may not again be devoted to a nonconforming use. A nonconforming
      use shall be determined to be abandoned if one (1) or more of the following conditions exists, and which
      shall be deemed to constitute an intent on the part of the property owner to abandon the
      nonconforming use;

           a. Utilities, such as water, gas, and electricity to the property, have been discontinued.

           b. The property, buildings and grounds have fallen into disrepair.

           c. Signs or other indications of the existence of the nonconforming use have been removed.

           d. Removal of equipment or fixtures which are necessary for the operation of the nonconforming
              use.

           e. Other actions, which in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator, constitute an act or omission on
              the part of the property owner or lessee constituting an intent to abandon the nonconforming
              use.

   6. When such nonconforming use is made more conforming than the use which previously existed, it may
      continue even though it does not totally conform to all provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 2203: NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES

Where a lawful structure exists at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this Ordinance that could not
be built under the terms of this Ordinance by reason of restrictions on area lot coverage, height, yards, parking
or other characteristics of the structure or its location on the lot, such structure may be continued so along as
it remains otherwise lawful, subject to the following provisions:

   1. No such structure may be enlarged or altered in a way which increases its nonconformity, except when
      authorized by the Planning Commission, after Public Hearing as required for Special Uses. The Planning
      Commission shall be authorized to determine the amount of enlargement of any building or structure,
      consistent with the intent of this article. The nonconforming structure may be changed to an extent not
      exceeding thirty percent (30%) of the total floor area of the existing building at the time of enactment
      of the Ordinance from which this chapter is derived, or at the time of its amendment making a structure
      nonconforming.




                                                      147
ARTICLE XXII – NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, AND STRUCTURES

   2. No nonconforming building or structure shall be moved in whole or part to any other location unless
      such building or structure and the off-street parking spaces, yard and other open spaces provided, are
      made to conform to all the regulations of the district in which such building or structure is to be located.

   3. Changes of tenancy, ownership or management of any existing nonconforming structures may be made,
      provided that there is no change in the nature or character of the nonconforming structure.

   4. Repair and maintenance work may be performed as required to keep a nonconforming building or
      structure in a sound condition.

   5. In the event any nonconforming building or structure is damaged by fire, wind, civil disobedience, or an
      Act Of God or the public enemy, it may be rebuilt or restored, provided the cost of such structural
      alteration or structural repairs shall not exceed seventy-five (75) percent of its replacement cost. The
      buildings or structures shall be built in conformance with the requirement of the zoning district in which
      they are located.

   6. Once any nonconforming structure is removed from the property, its nonconforming status has expired
      and it may not be replaced on the property.

SECTION 2204: [RESERVED]

SECTION 2205: POWER OF CONDEMNATION

The City may acquire by purchase, by condemnation, or otherwise private property or an interest in private
property for the removal of nonconforming uses and structures, except that the property shall not be used for
public housing. The City Commission may provide that the cost and expense of acquiring private property be
paid from general funds, or the cost and expense, or a portion thereof, be assessed as a Special Assessment
District. The elimination of nonconforming uses and structures in a zoned district is declared to be for a public
purpose and for a public use.

The City Commission may institute and prosecute proceedings for the condemnation of nonconforming uses
and structures under the power of eminent domain in accordance with the provisions of the City Charter relative
to condemnation or in accordance with Act No. 87 of the Pubic Acts of 1980, being Section 213.51 et seq. of the
Michigan Compiled Laws, or any other applicable statute.




                                                      148
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                      ARTICLE XXIII: GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2300: INTENT AND PURPOSE

The following general provisions establish regulations that are applicable in all zoning districts unless otherwise
indicated.

SECTION 2301: EFFECT OF ZONING

   1. Zoning applies to every building and use. No building or land shall be used or occupied, and no building
      or part thereof shall be erected, moved, placed, reconstructed, extended, enlarged or altered, except in
      conformity with this Ordinance.

   2. Any land use not specifically permitted by right or special use permit is prohibited.

   3. In the event any building or part thereof is used, erected, altered or occupied contrary to law or the
      provisions of this Ordinance, such building shall be declared a nuisance per se and may be required to
      be vacated, torn down or abated by any legal means and shall not be used or occupied until it has been
      brought into conformance.

   4. If construction of a building is lawfully begun so that there are substantial tangible changes in the
      property prior to adoption of this Ordinance, nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to require any
      change in the planned or designed use of any such building, provided that actual construction is being
      diligently carried on, and further provided that such building shall be entirely completed for its planned
      or designed use within two (2) years from the effective date of this Ordinance.

SECTION 2302: LAND DISTURBANCES

   1. Clearing of a Site: Unless associated with a bona fide public works project, it shall be unlawful for any
      person, individual, partnership, corporation, association or other legal entity to engage in land clearing,
      including the stripping and removal of topsoil, from any site, parcel, or lot within the City without first
      receiving a Development Permit.

   2. Grading and Filling of Property: In order to protect adjacent properties, public roads, public
      watercourses, and to provide for adequate drainage of surface water, in addition to adhering to adopted
      soil erosion and stormwater management requirements of the City, the following rules shall apply to all
      construction activities pursuant to this Ordinance.

           a. Flow Alterations: The final grade surface of ground areas surrounding a building or structure shall
              be designed and landscaped such that surface water flow away from the building or structure is
              managed in a manner which prevents:

                   i. Increased flow onto adjacent properties or public roads

                   ii. Erosion or filling of a roadside ditch

                  iii. Blockage of a public watercourse or drain


                                                        149
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                   iv. Creation of standing water, other than in an approved detention or retention pond.

                   v. Direct discharge into surface water.

           b. Elevation Restrictions: Filling a parcel of land with earth or other materials to an elevation above
              the established grade of adjacent developed land is prohibited without obtaining approval from
              the City Engineering Department.

   3. State and federal approvals: The City shall not approve any land use or issue which requires a state, or
      federal permit until satisfactory evidence of such has been submitted. Examples of such permits include
      (but are not limited to) critical dunes, air quality, wetlands, inland lakes dredge and fill, floodplain and
      activities under the jurisdiction of state soil erosion and sedimentation regulations.

SECTION 2303: PLOT PLAN REQUIRED

A plot plan depicts a subset of the information required by this Ordinance for a site plan. A plot plan is required
for changes to lots in single family zones. Full site plans are required for special uses, planned unit developments,
multi-family, commercial and industrial development.

The Building Official shall require that all applications for residential building permits be accompanied by an
acceptable plot plan, drawn to scale, showing the following:

   1. The actual shape, location, and dimensions of the lot.

   2. The shape, size, and location of all buildings or other structures to be erected, altered, or moved, and of
      any building or other structure already on the lot including sheds, garages, pools, satellite dishes over
      twenty four inches (24”) in diameter, mechanical equipment service buildings, etc.

   3. The existing and intended use of the lot and of all such structures upon it.

   4. Such other information concerning the lot or adjoining lots as may be essential for determining whether
      the requirements of this Ordinance are being met.

   5. Adjacent drainageways or creeks.

   6. Any easements, existing or vacated.

   7. Gas, sewer and water lines serving the property.

   8. Overhead electrical wires.

   9. Access drives and parking areas.

SECTION 2304: ONE BUILDING TO A LOT

No more than one principal building may be permanently established on a lot or parcel, unless specifically
provided for elsewhere in this Ordinance as in the case of a condominium development, site planned use,
planned unit development, or multiple family development.

                                                        150
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2305: REDUCTION OF PARCELS BELOW MINIMUM REQUIRED SIZE, WIDTH, OR DEPTH

No parcel, whether or not platted as a lot, shall be split or reduced in size, width, or depth by any conveyance,
survey, leasing, occupancy, or other means which creates a parcel substandard in size, width, or depth according
to the requirements of this zoning ordinance. The splitting of a lot or parcel to add to another shall not be
allowed unless the remaining portion is of legal size, width, and depth for the zone where the split parcel is
located, or it is simultaneously combined by conveyance with a contiguous parcel which will thereafter be of
legal size, width, and depth. Further, if contiguous nonconforming lots or parcels whether or not of record, are
under common ownership or control, they shall be combined to meet the provisions of this Ordinance prior to
permitting future site development or the issuance of a building permit.

SECTION 2306: ALLOCATION OF LOT AREAS & CONFIGURATION OF LOTS

   1. Setback and yard allocations: No portion of a lot can be used more than once in complying with the
      provisions for lot area and yard dimensions for construction or alteration of buildings.

   2. Corner Lots: Corner lots shall have the minimum lot width and front setback as required by that zoning
      district for each property line which is adjacent to a public or private road.

           a. A corner lot shall have the required front setback measured from both the principal and
              secondary front lot lines.

           b. The remaining setbacks shall be a rear and a side setback. The rear setback shall be measured
              from the rear lot line.

           c. The driveway of the principal building on a corner lot shall be located on the secondary front lot
              line.

           d. The width of a corner lot shall be determined by the length of the principal front lot line.

   3. Width to depth ratios: The depth of lot(s) or parcel(s) created in all zoning districts after the effective
      date of this Ordinance shall not be more than three (3) times longer their width.

   4. Frontage required: All parcels shall have the required minimum lot width along and adjacent to a public
      road or approved private road.

SECTION 2307: PERMITTED YARD ENCROACHMENTS

Encroachments may be made upon required yards under the following conditions:

   1. Architectural elements: Existing buildings or structures shall be permitted to encroach upon the
      minimum setback requirements of this Ordinance with architectural elements that are necessary to the
      integrity of the structure of the building, or health or safety of the occupants such as cornices, gutters,
      chimneys, pilasters, outside stairways, fire escapes, and similar features. Such features may project into
      a required setback area no more than five (5) feet.

   2. Patios, porches and decks: Patios and uncovered decks no more than two feet above grade may be built
      to the rear or side property line where an established fence line exists. If no established fence line exists,

                                                       151
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

       patios and uncovered decks no more than two feet above grade must be a minimum of three (3) feet
       from rear and side property lines. All decks or porches more than two feet above grade, must comply
       with the setback requirements of the principal structure.

   3. Unenclosed structures, front yard: Unenclosed porches, steps or similar facilities may project into a
      required front setback for a distance not to exceed five (5) feet. In the case of a handicap wheelchair
      ramp, the Zoning Administrator may waive setback requirements at his/her discretion, if no other
      options are available to provide a ramp, provided that the applicant agrees to remove the ramp if it is
      no longer necessary on the property. A performance letter or performance guarantee may be required.

   4. Additions: Additions to homes on minor streets (not collectors), built in subdivisions ninety percent
      (90%) developed with homes prior to 1940 may encroach upon existing yards so long as:

           a. A minimum 10 foot front setback is maintained

           b. A minimum 15 foot rear setback is maintained

           c. Lot coverage, with accessory structures does not exceed 50%

           d. The addition does not further encroach upon existing side yards

SECTION 2308: OUTDOOR SEATING

Outdoor seating for restaurants, cocktail lounges, and similar uses is permitted, provided:

   1. The area devoted to outdoor seating must be ancillary to the main use of an indoor restaurant, cocktail
      lounge, bakery, coffee shop, delicatessen, specialty food store, or similar establishment.

   2. Pedestrian circulation and access to the building entrance shall not be impaired. A minimum of six (6)
      feet of sidewalk along the curb and leading to the entrance to the establishment must be maintained
      free of tables, chairs, and other encumbrances.

   3. The seating area shall be limited to the same property directly adjacent to the permitted use to which
      the seating area is accessory and shall not extend into adjoining sites. If adjoining sites both have a
      seating area, there shall be a divider between them.

   4. Tables, chairs, umbrellas, canopies, planters, waste receptacles, and other elements of street furniture
      shall be compatible with the architectural character of the principal building.

   5. Outdoor amplification shall be prohibited except only to play music in compliance with Code of
      Ordinances, City of Muskegon, Part II, Chapter 26, Article II, Noise, Division I, Generally, Sec. 2634, (a &
      b) “Playing of radios, musical instruments, etc.”

   6. The area devoted to outdoor service shall not encroach upon or extend over any public alley or right-of-
      way without an encroachment agreement with the City of Muskegon.

   7. A site plan shall be submitted which clearly depicts the seating area and location and style of tables and
      chairs, reflecting ample aisles for pedestrian traffic, and dividers, if needed.

                                                      152
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   8. The outdoor seating area shall not obstruct visibility of on-coming pedestrians or vehicular traffic, and
      must adhere to clear visions standards of the Zoning Ordinance.

   9. The sale of alcoholic beverages is subject to the rules and regulations of the State of Michigan Liquor
      Control Commission. An outdoor service permit may be required as part of the site plan approval.

   10. All outdoor furnishings shall be completely removed from sidewalk areas December 1 through March 1
       of each year.

   11. The area devoted to such outdoor dining area shall be maintained in a safe, clean, and sanitary manner.

   12. Roof seating shall comply with the building code, and not contain signage.

SECTION 2309: HEIGHT REGULATIONS

Permitted Exceptions: The following structural appurtenances shall be permitted to exceed the height
limitation, provided that no portion of said appurtenances shall be used for human occupancy. Any structural
exception to the height limitation shall be erected only to such height necessary to accomplish its intended
purpose.

   1. Ornamental structural appurtenances such as church spires, belfries, cupolas, domes, ornamental
      towers, flag poles, and monuments.

   2. Appurtenances necessary to mechanical or structural functions of a building and structures, such as
      chimney, smoke stacks, water tanks, wind generators and pumps, elevators, stairwell, ventilators,
      bulkheads.

   3. Structural appurtenances in the Single Family Residential district, that serve the occupants of the
      individual residential use do not exceed seventy-five (75) feet in height as measured from the ground
      level at the base of the structure.

SECTION 2310: [RESERVED]

SECTION 2311: ACCESSORY STRUCTURES & BUILDINGS

Accessory buildings shall require a development permit or when required by building codes, a building permit,
except as otherwise permitted in this Ordinance, and shall be subject to the following regulations:

   1. Attached: Where the accessory building is structurally attached to a main building, it shall be subject to,
      and must conform with, all regulations of this Ordinance applicable to the main building.

   2. Front Yard, prohibition: Buildings or structures accessory to the principal, shall not be permitted in any
      front yard, except for corner lots, which may be placed in the front yard on the secondary front street
      (street that does not contain the main entrance to the home). Parking lots are prohibited in any
      residential front yard. Security stations within an “I” District may be erected in any yard.

   3. Height restrictions: Buildings accessory to residential buildings shall not be more than one (1) story or
      fourteen (14) feet in height.

                                                      153
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   4. Detached: Detached accessory buildings shall:

          a. Be at least six (6) feet from any principal building

          b. Be at least three (3) feet from any side or rear lot line.

          c. Not be located within a dedicated easement or right-of-way.

          d. Any accessory structure placed in a residential property or zone in the city shall be of residential
             construction properly painted or sided. Pole style storage buildings and sheet metal accessory
             structures are prohibited in all residential zones or developments.

   5. Replacement: Existing accessory structures may be replaced on the existing footprint provided they are
      wholly contained within the property and meet the required front yard setback.

   6. Satellite Dishes: Satellite dishes over twenty four inches (24”) in diameter shall be considered accessory
      structures. The setback placement of satellite dishes shall be measured from the outermost edge of the
      dish.

   7. Number: No more than one (1) accessory building shall be located on any parcel within an “R” or “RT”
      district, except that two (2) may be permitted when one is a garage or other shelter for automobiles
      belonging to the residence.

   8. Not Permitted Prior to a Principal Structure: Accessory buildings and structures shall not be erected on
      a lot or parcel in a residentially zoned district prior to the establishment of a principal structure. Where
      two or more abutting lots are held under one ownership or control in a residentially zoned district, the
      owner may erect an accessory building on a lot separate from that one which the principal building is
      located, provided both lots are combined and used as one with a single tax description.

   9. Solid Fuel Heating Appliances: Due to the nuisance smoke and concerns regarding the public safety and
      welfare of residents living in relatively close proximity to one another, outdoor solid fuel heating
      appliances are prohibited in all zoning districts in the City of Muskegon.

   10. Wind Turbines: Wind turbines as accessory structures are allowed in Industrial and Business zones, after
       review and approval of the site plan by the Planning Commission with the following conditions:

          a. Minimum parcel size shall be two (2) acres.

          b. For safety reasons, one of the following is required of any tower capable of being climbed:

                  i. A six (6) foot locked, protective fence around the perimeter of the base of the wind
                     turbine.

                  ii. A climbing apparatus no closer than 12 feet from the ground.

          c. Wind turbine set backs from the property line shall be at least equal to one and one half times
             the vertical height measured from the ground to the tallest point of the structure, including the
             highest elevation of the wind turbine rotor.

                                                      154
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

         d. Height limit of any free-standing wind turbine shall be 65 feet. Such total height shall include
            both support structure and the highest elevation of the wind turbine rotor. Height limits on top
            of a building shall be allowed according to Section 2309, Height Regulations.

         e. Wind turbines shall be located away from overhead utility lines, including service drops, and if
            the structure should fail, must fall at least (five) 5 feet away from any overhead utility lines.

         f. Wind turbines may not be located in the front yard in Business zoning districts.

         g. Wind turbines shall be permitted to be located on the site prior to the principal structure only if
            accessory to the rest of the development or part of a wind turbine facility.

         h. Wind turbines shall meet the requirement of Article II, Section 26 of the City of Muskegon Code
            of Ordinances (noise ordinance).

         i.   The owner shall make all reasonable efforts to minimize shadow flicker to any occupied building
              on the property or any adjacent property.

         j.   An abandoned wind turbine must be removed from the site by the property owner within 12
              months. It shall be considered abandoned from the last date that it was providing electricity for
              the grid or development. If removal of the wind turbines and related facilities are not completed
              within 30 days from the date of notification by the Zoning Administrator, the City of Muskegon
              may proceed to remove the wind turbine and related facilities, in which case the salvaged
              material becomes the property of the City and all costs of removing the wind turbine and related
              facilities will remain the burden of the property owner and added to owner’s tax bill as a lien on
              the property.

         k. No signage shall be allowed, except for one sign not exceeding two (2) square feet posted at the
            base of the tower, containing the following information:

                  i. “Warning high voltage”

                 ii. Manufacturer’s name.

                 iii. Operator’s name.

                 iv. Emergency phone number.

                 v. Emergency shut down procedures.

         l.   Wind turbines shall require a building permit and must comply with all requirements of the
              Building Inspections Department.

         m. Wind turbines shall be designed so as to have the least impact on the aesthetics of surrounding
            properties and sight lines. They shall be either monopole or monolithic tube construction and a
            non-obtrusive color, such as white, off-white or gray.



                                                     155
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

           n. In the case of multiple wind turbines on the site, Section 2327, #4 through #8 shall apply and
              review and approval of the site plan must be granted by the Planning Commission.

SECTION 2312: UTILITY AND PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDINGS

Utilities, public, and quasi-public service buildings and facilities, with and without storage yards, and similar
facilities, may be approved by the Planning Commission as Special Land Uses under the purview of Section 2332.

SECTION 2313: COMMUNITY GARDENS, PRIVATE GARDENS, AND URBAN COMMERCIAL FARMS

   1. Definitions. For purposes of this ordinance, the following terms shall have the meanings given to them
      in this section as follows:

           a. Commercial Farming means the sale of any amount, without any minimum threshold, of an
              agricultural product cultivated on an Urban Commercial Farm or Community Garden.

           b. Community Garden means a vacant parcel of land or vacant portion of a parcel of land that is
              divided into plots for cultivation of fruits and vegetables, plants, flowers or herbs by more than
              one individual and/or group. The land may or may not be owned by a participating member of
              the community garden group.

           c. Cold Frame means transparent-roofed enclosure, built low to the ground, used to protect plants
              from adverse weather. The transparent top admits sunlight and prevents heat escape via
              convection that would otherwise occur, particularly at night. Essentially, a cold frame functions
              as a miniature greenhouse to extend the growing season.

           d. Compost means relatively stable decomposed organic matter for use in agricultural and other
              growing practices, usually consisting of materials such as grass, leaves, yard waste, worms, and
              also including raw and uncooked kitchen food wastes, but specifically excluding bones, meat, fat
              grease, oil, raw manure and milk products.

           e. Farm Animals means all animals traditionally found or used on an operating farm, including but
              not limited to, horses, sheep, goats, cows, chickens, donkeys, turkeys and alpaca.

           f. Farm Coordinator means an Urban Commercial Farm or Community Garden’s designated liaison
              to the city.

           g. Farm Equipment and Tools means those pieces of machinery and tools used to prepare the soil,
              cultivate produce, fertilize, harvest, etc., including but not limited to, tractors, rototillers, rakes,
              shovels, hoes, fertilizer, pesticide and herbicide spreaders and sprayers, etc.

           h. Greenhouse means a building or structure whose roof and sides are made largely of glass or other
              transparent or translucent material and in which the temperature and humidity can be regulated
              for the cultivation of plants.

           i.   Hoop house means an unheated structure whose roof and sides are made largely of transparent
                or translucent material (not glass) for the purpose of the cultivation of plants inside.


                                                        156
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          j.   Orchard means the establishment, care, harvesting of a group of more than ten (10) fruit or nut
               bearing trees.

          k. Private Garden means an accessory or principal use where the owner or tenant grows and
             harvests food crops and/or non-food crops for personal use by the owner or tenant of the land.

          l.   Rainwater Catchment System means a method of catching rainwater runoff from the roof of a
               structure into rain gutters that channel into a rain barrel, drum or cistern.

          m. Urban Commercial Farm means land used for the cultivation of fruits and vegetables, plants,
             flowers or herbs for sale or profit. It is an accessory use on a residential or commercial property
             requiring a special use permit and business license.

   2. Agricultural Uses

      The agricultural uses of Community Gardens, Private Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms are limited
      to the cultivation of herbs, fruits, flowers, or vegetables, including the cultivation and tillage of soil and
      the production, cultivation, growing and harvesting of any agricultural, floricultural, or horticultural
      produce. Farm animals, including livestock, are prohibited.

      The agricultural uses of Community Gardens, Private Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms shall not be
      detrimental to the physical environment or to the public health and general welfare by reason of
      excessive production of noise, smoke, fumes, vibrations, odors, chemical or biological pollutants.

   3. Property Maintenance

          a. Property used for Community Gardens, Private Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms shall be
             maintained in an orderly and neat condition, free of high grass (with the exception of purposely
             cultivated native species, which shall be allowed), noxious weeds, or debris. Dead garden plants
             shall be removed regularly, and in any instance, no later than November 30th of each year.

          b. Plants from cultivated areas shall be prevented from encroaching onto adjacent properties or
             onto the public right-of-way.

          c. Seeds and harvested crops on site shall be stored so as not to attract animals.

          d. Compost must be maintained and stored to avoid any odor reaching neighboring property.

          e. Fencing is permitted, but requires a development permit from the city, and must comply with
             existing fencing rules and regulations.

   4. Applicable Laws

      Community Gardens, Private Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms shall comply with all applicable
      local, state and federal regulations.

   5. Site Plan Requirements

      A Site Plan is required for all Urban Commercial Farms and Community Gardens.
                                                    157
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

      The Farm Coordinator shall submit a site plan to the Zoning Administrator for approval prior to beginning
      a Community Garden or Urban Commercial Farm. The site plan must include the following:

         a. The name of the Farm Coordinator.

         b. The project address.

         c. The project name (if any).

         d. The legal owner of the parcel(s). If the Community Garden or Urban Commercial Farm is a tenant,
            include the length of the current lease.

         e. Gross site area of parcel(s) to be used, including dimensions.

         f. Location of the following: principal and accessory structures, crop areas, fencing and walls,
            ingress and egress, loading areas, compost piles, trash containers and dumpsters, signage,
            restroom facilities (if any), and all bodies of water and wetlands adjacent to or in the immediate
            vicinity of the parcel(s).

         g. A narrative description generally describing the following, as applicable:

                 i. The types, methods of application, storage of proposed pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers,
                    and any other chemicals that will be used.

                 ii. The type of machinery and equipment proposed and description of the noise, vibration,
                     smoke, odor, dust, dirt that may be a nuisance to surrounding properties.

                iii. Evaluation of existing soil conditions and plans to mitigate soil issues, as necessary.

   6. Community Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms

      Community Gardens are intended to bring citizens together to work collaboratively in growing food for
      their personal use or donation, or sales to generate income for garden activities that benefit the
      community; to promote education with regard to agriculture, provide a positive communal environment
      for children and adults living nearby and an opportunity for volunteer work among participants.
      Community Gardens are not intended to be for-profit commercial farming operations. Urban
      Commercial Farms, on the other hand, are intended to be for-profit commercial farming operations,
      operated by an individual or a single group.

      Community Gardens are a principal use permitted in B-1, Limited Business; B-5, Governmental Business;
      MC, Medical Care; and all Residential (R-1, RT, RM-1, RM-2, RM-3) zoning districts.

      Urban Commercial Farms are a Special Land Use permitted in B-1, Limited Business; B-5, Governmental
      Business; MC, Medical Care; and all Residential (R-1, RT, RM-1, RM-2, RM-3) zoning districts.

      Community Gardens and Urban Commercial Farms are permitted in their respective Zoning Districts
      subject to the following conditions:


                                                     158
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

         a. Each Community Garden and Urban Commercial Farm shall have a Farm Coordinator designated
            as its liaison to the City. The Coordinator’s name and contact information shall be given to the
            Zoning Administrator.

         b. No on-site sales shall be permitted, unless the produce is grown on a site where sales of produce
            are already permitted under the zoning laws, such as a grocery store or restaurant.

         c. The Community Garden or Urban Commercial Farm must be designed and maintained so that
            water, chemicals, dirt, mud or fertilizer will not drain into the streets, alleys or adjacent
            properties. Any use of pesticides or fertilizers must comply with applicable state or federal
            regulations.

         d. Setback Requirements must be met:

                 i. Buildings and accessory structures must comply with the setback, height and size
                    requirements of the zoning district in which the garden or farm is located.

                ii. Rain barrel systems, crop areas, and planting beds must be set back at least five (5) feet
                    from all property lines. This may be reduced to three (3) feet within the presence of a
                    fence.

                iii. Orchards and all crops reaching a height of five (5) feet at maturity shall be set back at
                     least fifteen (15) feet from all property lines. The side and back setbacks may be reduced
                     to five (5) feet within the presence of a fence.

                iv. The required setback areas must be covered with ground plants, which may include native
                    or ornamental grasses and low ornamental plantings. Mulch may also be used as an
                    appropriate ground covering except in the first five (5) feet of the front setback.

                v. Compost areas or waste bins must be less than sixteen (16) square feet in size and must
                   be set back at least ten (10) feet from all property lines and at least twenty (20) feet from
                   the nearest principal residential structure.

         e. On-site amenities like picnic tables, garden art, benches, and bike racks are permitted as long as
            they meet setbacks requirements, do not obstruct the clear vision at drives or intersections, and
            do not create a nuisance for neighboring properties.

         f. Community Gardens on vacant parcels may erect a hoop house or greenhouse as a primary
            structure.

         g. No water or irrigation wells may be installed unless by a state-licensed well-drilling firm, and with
            approval and necessary permit from the city and county. All groundwater wells located on city
            property must be removed by the responsible group, at their expense, when the garden is no
            longer in use.

         h. Oats, wheat and rye may be used as a winter cover crop, but not grown to full maturity in any
            season.

                                                     159
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          i.   Trash receptacles shall be located to the rear of the property unless the Department of Public
               Works determines that another location creates less impact on the adjacent properties.

          j.   Lighting, if provided, shall be shielded so that all directly emitted light falls within the property.

          k. Farm equipment, tools, supplies, and machinery shall be stored in an enclosed structure or
             removed from the property daily. All chemicals and fuels shall be stored off of the ground, in an
             enclosed, locked structure when the site is unattended.

          l.   Tractors and other diesel generated motorized vehicles within a residential zoning district shall
               be restricted to hours beginning at 8:00am and ending at 8:00pm.

          m. Temporary restroom facilities are permitted only during the growing season from April 15th
             through October 15th. The facilities shall be screened on at least three (3) sides from public view
             by fencing, structures or plantings of sufficient height.

   7. Business License for Commercial Farming

      All Urban Commercial Farms and those Community Gardens wishing to engage in Commercial Farming
      through the sale of any agricultural products must first obtain a business license through the City.
      Community Gardens that do not engage in Commercial Farming are not required to obtain a business
      license.

   8. Private Gardens

          a. Private Gardens are permitted uses in all zoning districts.

          b. Commercial Farming, i.e., the sale of any agricultural products yielded, from a Private Garden is
             prohibited.

          c. No Site Plan is required for a Private Garden.

          d. The requirements outlined above in Section 6 for Urban Commercial Farms and Community
             Gardens do not apply to Private Gardens.

SECTION 2314: [RESERVED]

SECTION 2315: [RESERVED]

SECTION 2316: STORAGE OF VEHICLES

   1. Location: Residential parking areas for boats, trailers, motor vehicles, and recreation equipment shall
      not be located in any front yard. This section shall not prohibit direct access drive parking of automobiles
      on paved, established driveways.

   2. Size limit, screening: Recreational equipment, trailers, motor vehicles, boats, and other equipment or
      materials, stored for more than forty-eight (48) hours outside of a garage, shall be placed behind the
      front building line of any main structure on the lot. No more than one recreational or utility vehicle under

                                                        160
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

       twenty five (25’) feet in length may be stored outside a garage on a residential lot. Stored recreational
       vehicles must be screened for side and rear property owners with a screen of at least five feet in height.

   3. Special circumstances: If a motor vehicle is to be stored outdoors for a long period because a family
      member is in the military service, is ill, or some other similar reason, and the vehicle does not have an
      appearance detrimental to the area, the zoning administrator may grant the right to store the vehicle
      for said period, without a license, under the best conditions available, which conditions shall be stated
      in writing.

   4. Size limits: No vehicle with a rated hauling capacity in excess of two (2) ton shall be located on any
      property within any residential district; provided, however, that this section shall not prevent the
      temporary location of such vehicle on such property while engaged in a delivery, pick-up or service call
      to the property.

SECTION 2317: EXTERIOR SWIMMING POOLS & HOT TUBS

   1. Application: The application for a Development Permit to erect a swimming pool or hot tub shall include
      the name of the owner; a plot plan and location of adjacent buildings, overhead wiring, fencing, gates,
      and other detailed information affecting construction and safety measures.

   2. Fencing: Yard areas with pools are to be fenced in accordance with all codes of the city.

   3. Placement: No swimming pool or hot tub shall be located in a front yard or in a dedicated or recorded
      easement.

   4. Setback: No swimming pool or hot tub shall be located in any front yard. Pool setbacks shall be six feet
      from property lines or conform with city pool code.

   5. Lighting: No lights shall be erected, operated or maintained in connection with a swimming pool or hot
      tub in such a manner as to create an annoyance to surrounding properties.

   6. Overhead wiring: Service drop conductors and any other open overhead wiring shall not be installed
      above a swimming pool or hot tub. New pools shall not be located underneath existing overhead wiring.

SECTION 2318: [RESERVED]

SECTION 2319: RESIDENTIAL DESIGN CRITERIA

It is the intent and purpose of this section to establish design review standards and controls over housing
development in the City of Muskegon. It is recognized that there are unique design aspects inherent in the
community appearance that need to be preserved and enhanced. The adoption of these criteria will guide and
ensure that all future growth fits with the unique vernacular of the City of Muskegon’s urban setting. A positive
community image: enhances economic development opportunity; safeguards property values; curbs blight and
deterioration; and enhances public safety and welfare.

All single-family houses, duplexes, rowhouses and small multiplexes (3-6 units), other than a mobile home
located in a licensed mobile home park approved under the provisions of Article V, MHP Mobile Home Park
Districts, shall conform to the following regulations in addition to all other regulations of this Ordinance:
                                                      161
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   1. Each dwelling unit shall have a minimum living area of five hundred and fifty (550) square feet for a one
      (1) bedroom dwelling. For each bedroom, an additional 100 square feet shall be provided. This shall be
      measured from the outside wall of the unit as described on the site plan.

   2. If a principal structure is less than 850 square feet and is to be located on a lot that is large enough to
      split under the zoning regulations, it must be placed in such a fashion as to allow enough room to split
      the lot and create an additional buildable lot. The lot does not actually have to be split at the time of
      construction and may be done at a later date at the property owner’s discretion.

   3. All buildings located in single family residential districts must comply with Section 400.2 of the zoning
      ordinance. Multiple family dwellings are only allowed in single-family residential districts if the home has
      already been altered with prior approval to allow for multiple dwellings. One-family dwellings may not
      be altered to allow for multiple dwellings, not may new homes be built for multiple dwellings.

   4. Roof drainage in the form of a roof overhang of at least twelve inches (12”) shall be provided to direct
      storm or meltwater way from the foundation, unless a gambrel roof or other design elements
      necessitate an alternative roof drainage system.

   5. The building shall have a minimum width across the front elevation view which is the lesser of:

          a. Twenty-four (24) feet on lots that are at least forty feet wide or

          b. The average width of the homes on the same street, one block in any direction.

   6. A structure with a front elevation view of over 40 linear feet shall have a design offset including but not
      limited to; bay windows, covered porches, or structural offsets from the principal plane of the building.

   7. In the case of an attached garage, garage doors may not comprise more than fifty percent (50%) of the
      width of the front elevation view.

   8. In the event that a dwelling unit is a mobile home as defined herein, it shall be installed with the wheels
      removed. No dwelling unit shall have any exposed towing mechanism, undercarriage or chassis.

   9. The subject building shall be aesthetically compatible in design and appearance with other buildings on
      the same street, one block in any direction. The review shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
      roof pitch, scale, size, mass, minimum transparency, orientation to the street, and overhangs. The
      foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit innovative design concepts involving such matters as (but
      not limited to) solar energy, view, or unique land contour.

   10. The compatibility of design and appearance shall be determined in the first instance by the Zoning
       Administrator upon review of the plans submitted for a particular building. The Zoning Administrator’s
       decision may be appealed, to the Zoning Board of Appeals within a period of fifteen (15) days from the
       receipt of notice to the official’s decision.

   11. Each building shall have established vegetative ground cover no less than 12 months after occupancy.
       Approval shall be given by zoning staff of the Planning Department as part of the initial residential site
       plan review. A minimum of one shade tree, two and one-half inches (2.5”) in diameter, four feet (4’)

                                                      162
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

       from the ground or one six foot (6’) evergreen tree shall be provided. Existing landscaping may be
       accepted in lieu of this requirement.

   12. Each building shall have a garage or a shed providing a minimum of sixty-four (64) square feet of storage.

All dwelling units within large multiplexes (6 units and above), mixed-use buildings and accessory dwelling units
shall conform to the following regulations in addition to all other regulations of this Ordinance:

   1. Each dwelling unit shall have a minimum size (excluding all basement area) of 375 square feet. For each
      bedroom, an additional 100 square feet shall be provided. This shall be measured from the outside wall
      of the unit as described on the site plan.

   2. All buildings located in single family residential districts must comply with Section 400.2 of the zoning
      ordinance. Multiple family dwellings are only allowed in single-family residential districts if the home has
      already been altered with prior approval to allow for multiple dwellings. One-family dwellings may not
      be altered to allow for multiple dwellings, not may new homes be built for multiple dwellings.

   3. Roof drainage in the form of a roof overhang of at least twelve inches (12”) shall be provided to direct
      storm or meltwater way from the foundation, unless a gambrel roof or other design elements
      necessitate an alternative roof drainage system.

   4. In the case of an attached garage, garage doors may not comprise more than fifty percent (50%) of the
      width of the front elevation view.

   5. The subject building shall be aesthetically compatible in design and appearance with other buildings on
      the same street, one block in any direction. The review shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
      roof pitch, scale, size, mass, minimum transparency, orientation to the street, and overhangs. The
      foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit innovative design concepts involving such matters as (but
      not limited to) solar energy, view, or unique land contour.

   6. Each building shall have an established vegetative ground cover no less than 12 months after occupancy.
      A minimum of one shade tree, two and one-half inches (2.5”) in diameter, four feet (4’) from the ground
      or one six foot (6’) evergreen tree shall be provided. Existing landscaping may be accepted in lieu of this
      requirement.

   7. Each building shall have a garage or a shed providing a minimum of sixty-four (64) square feet of storage.

SECTION 2320: PRIVATE STREETS

   1. Private streets shall require a development permit.

   2. Regulation Michigan State Highway stops signs shall be positioned and installed in accordance with the
      Michigan State Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices on all private streets. Signs in the right of way
      shall be reviewed and installed by the City.

   3. All private streets shall have names approved by the “911” emergency services coordinating agency.



                                                      163
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   4. All private streets shall provide an adequate right-of-way approved by the city in the event the street is
      eventually incorporated into the city street system.

   5. Identification signs approved by the City shall be required for private streets and shall note they are
      private.

   6. All private streets servicing or intended to serve two (2) or more lots, parcels or condominium units shall
      be under the control of an approved and recorded road maintenance agreement and deed restrictions
      which provide for the perpetual maintenance of such roads and/or easements to a necessary and
      reasonable standard to serve the several interests involved. These documents shall be reviewed and
      approved by the City and shall contain the following provisions:

           a. Method of initiating and financing of such road and/or easements in order to keep the road in a
              reasonably good and usable condition.

           b. A workable method of apportioning the costs of maintenance and improvements.

           c. That the owners of any and all of the property using the easement shall refrain from prohibiting,
              restricting, limiting or in any manner interfering with normal ingress and egress and use by any
              of the other owners. Normal ingress and egress and use shall include use by family, guests,
              invitees, tradesmen and others bound to or returning from any of the properties having a right
              to use the road. Provisions shall be included to allow ingress and egress of emergency and other
              public vehicles for whatever public services are necessary.

           d. A notice that if repairs and maintenance are not made, the City Commission may bring the road
              up to the design standards specified in this Ordinance and assess owners of parcels on the private
              road for the improvements, plus an administrative fee.

           e. A notice that no public funds of the City of Muskegon are to be used to build, repair or maintain
              the private road.

SECTION 2321: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SERVICE FACILITIES
This section provides for appropriate areas for the siting of wireless communication antenna, support facilities
and equipment shelters in recognition of the public need and demand for advanced telecommunication and
information technologies and services balanced against the impacts such facilities may have on properties
within the City. It is the further purpose and intent of these regulations to:

   1. Provide for the appropriate location and development criteria for wireless communication support
      facilities and wireless communication antenna within the City.

   2. Allow and encourage the location of wireless communication support facilities in the overlay zoning
      district.

   3. Minimize the adverse effects of such facilities through careful design, siting and screening criteria.

   4. Maximize the use of existing and future wireless communication support facilities and encouraging
      multiple uses and co-location of such facilities.

                                                      164
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   5. Protect the character of residential areas throughout the City from the effects of wireless
      communication facilities.

   6. Promote the public health, safety, and welfare.

USES PERMITTED:

Wireless Communication Antenna (WCA) shall be considered a permitted accessory use in any zoning district
when:

   1. Placed on or attached to any existing structure at least five (5) stories in height which constitutes a
      principle use, including existing communication towers and water towers provided:

          a. In the case of a five (5) story building, that any WCA shall not extend more than thirty (30) feet
             above the roofline of the structure to which it is attached.

          b. In the case of a six (6) story building, that any WCA shall not extend more than forty (40) feet
             above the roofline of the structure to which it is attached.

          c. In the case of a seven (7) story building, that any WCA shall not extend more than fifty (50) feet
             above the roofline of the structure to which it is attached.

          d. In the case of an eight (8) story building, that any WCA shall not extend more than sixty (60) feet
             above the roofline of the structure to which it is attached.

          e. In no case shall any WCA extend more than sixty (60) feet above the roofline of the structure to
             which it is attached.

   2. Placed on an existing utility or light pole which will serve as a wireless telecommunications facility and
      where the height of said existing pole or other structure is not increased more than twenty (20) feet and
      the existing pole and other structure is not proposed to be modified in a manner which would materially
      alter the pole or structure and/or result in an impairment of sight lines or other safety interest.

PROVIDED:

   1. WCAs shall require no personnel on the premises except as necessary for maintenance and repair.

   2. All WCAs shall be designed to blend into or meet the aesthetic character of the principal (primary)
      structure where reasonably practical taking into consideration the location of the WCA and the line of
      sight angle and distance from the right-of-way and neighboring uses.

   3. A WCA proposed to be located on a historic landmark or in a designated historic district may be denied
      if the WCA would create an adverse impact on the historic character of the historic landmark or district.

   4. Associated wireless telecommunication equipment shelters meet accessory use height and setback
      requirements of the district, and receive administrative approval.

   5. This section shall not exempt the applicant from such other government review and permitting
      procedures of the Federal Communications Commission or Federal Aeronautics Administration.
                                                 165
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

Overlay District Established for Wireless Communication Support Facilities

Intent: An overly zone is hereby created for the siting of wireless communication facilities (WCF) and wireless
communication antenna (WCA). The zone is identified as:

   1. The Pulaski Lodge, 871 Pulaski Avenue described as: W 589 ft of E 757 ft of N 10 acres of SE ¼ of SE ¼
      exc N 25 ft thereof Sec 37 T10N R17W.

   2. City of Muskegon That Part of NE 1/4 of SE 1/4 Sec 33 T10N R16W Lying S of Consumers Power Co 100
      Ft R/W W Of US 31 State Hwy E Of Relocated C & O R R R/W & N Of Little Black Creek.

   3. City property near the terminus of Yuba Street, described as: Lot 1 Blk 1 & that part of Lot 3 Blk 1 & N ½
      of SE ½ Sec 17 T10N R16W lying Sly & Ely of Muskegon River & Nly of US 31 business rte and Lots 1, 2 &
      3 Blk 121.

   4. A portion of the Muskegon Community College campus, 221 S. Quarterline Road, described as:
      Commencing at the S ¼ corner of Section 15, T10N, R16W, City of Muskegon, Muskegon County,
      Michigan, thence N 01°04’25” E 815.71 feet along the N-S ¼ line of said Section 15 and the centerline of
      Quarterline Road (66 feet wide); thence N 88°56’41” W 1035.89 feet to the Point of Beginning; thence
      continuing N 88°56’41” W 60.00 feet; thence N 01°03’19” E 60.00 feet; thence S 88°56’41” E 60.00 feet;
      thence S 01°03’19” W 60.00 feet along the West face of an existing building to the point of beginning
      being a part of the SW ¼ of Section 15, T10N, R16W, City of Muskegon, Muskegon County, Michigan,
      and containing 0.083 acres or 3600 sq. ft. of land, more or less, subject to easements and restrictions of
      record, if any.

   5. Marsh Field

       AN EASEMENT FOR CELL TOWER LEASE LOCATED IN SECTION 32, TOWN 10 NORTH, RANGE 16 WEST,
       PLAT A, BLOCKS 5 & 6, CITY OF MUSKEGON HEIGHTS, MUSKEGON COUNTY, MICHIGAN, DESCRIBED AS
       FOLLOWS: COMMENCE AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32; THENCE SOUTH 87 DEGREES
       58 MINUTES 34 SECONDS WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 32, A DISTANCE OF 663.60
       FEET, TO THE CENTERLINE OF JIROCH STREET; THENCE SOUTH 02 DEGREES 01 MINUTES 27 SECONDS
       WEST ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF JIROCH STREET, A DISTANCE OF 449.35 FEET, TO THE POINT OF
       BEGINNING; THENCE NORTH 87 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 33 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF 68.31 FEET;
       THENCE SOUTH 07 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 30 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF 40.00 FEET; THENCE
       SOUTH 87 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 33 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF 72.46 FEET; THENCE NORTH 02
       DEGREES 01 MINUTES 01 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF 40.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

   6. Water Filtration Plant

       COMMENCE AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF BLOCK 715 OF THE REVISED PLAT OF THE CITY OF
       MUSKEGON, ADOPTED APRIL 9, 1903; THENCE WEST 1554 FEET FOR POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE
       NORTH 15° 11’ 30” WEST 433.10 FEET; THENCE NORTH 72° 56’ 30” WEST 363 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 84°
       30’ WEST 315 FEET MORE OR LESS TO THE EAST SHORE OF LAKE MICHIGAN; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY
       ALONG SAID SHORE TO A POINT WHERE A LINE BEARING SOUTH 70° WEST FROM THE SOUTHEAST
       CORNER OF BLOCK 716, OF SAID REVISED PLAT, INTERSECTS SAID SHORE; THENCE NORTH 70º EAST 393


                                                     166
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

       FEET, MORE OR LESS TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID BLOCK 716; THENCE NORTH 199.95 FEET TO
       POINT OF BEGINNING. BEING A PART OF BLOCKS 714, 716 AND 731 OF SAID REVISED PLAT.

   7. Muskegon Central Fire Station

Wireless communication support facilities are permitted as special land uses in the overlay zone and shall be
permitted under the purview of Section 2332 after review and approval of the use by the Planning Commission,
after public hearing, subject to the applicable conditions imposed by the Planning Commission:

   1. The facility shall comply with all applicable Federal Aeronautics Administration and the Federal
      Communications Commission requirements.

   2. All WCSF shall be constructed in compliance with all applicable construction codes, including, without
      limitation, the Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIA/TIA)
      Structural Standards of Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures and shall be certified
      as such by a licensed structural engineer.

   3. Accessory equipment storage structures shall meet the setback and height requirements of the
      underlying zone. No accessory equipment or structure shall be allowed in any rights-of-way.

   4. The WCSF shall not be used for advertising purposes and shall not contain any signage except which shall
      show the identity of the service provider and emergency telephone numbers. The sign or signs shall not
      exceed two square feet in size, and shall be easily readable from ground level.

   5. The WCSF may be located on a zoning lot containing permitted other principal uses or approved special
      uses.

   6. The WCSF may be located within an area smaller than the minimum lot size of the underlying zoning
      district. The area within which the WCSF is located shall be the area subject to the requirements of this
      section, rather than the entire zoning lot, unless otherwise provided herein, or reasonably required by
      the planning commission.

   7. Existing vegetation (trees and shrubs) shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible. The WCSF
      shall have a landscaped buffer so that the base of the WCSF and accessory equipment structure or
      storage area shall be screened from any right-of-way, residential use, or residential zoning district. Such
      landscaped buffer shall be placed on the site in a manner which will maximize the aesthetic and
      environmental effects, while at the same time providing the required visual buffer. The landscaped
      buffer shall consist of hedges planted leaf to leaf which shall reach a height of not less than six (6) feet
      at maturity and conifer trees planted on fifteen (15) foot centers along the approved buffer.
      Requirements may be modified by the Planning Commission as appropriate for the specific site.

   8. The application shall contain information showing the geographic search area within which the proposed
      WCSF must be located and shall also provide locations of all structures of similar height within and
      adjacent to the search area.

   9. WCSFs shall not have a shiny or metallic finish.

   10. The WCSF shall not exceed 200 (two-hundred) feet in height.
                                                      167
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   11. If located on the same zoning lot with another permitted use, the WCSF shall not be located in a front
       yard abutting a street.

   12. Legal access to the WCSF shall be provided regardless of other developments that may take place on the
       property.

   13. Towers shall not be artificially lighted unless required by the FAA. When lighting is required by the FAA
       or other federal or state authority, it shall be oriented inward so as not to project onto surrounding
       property or the site shall be landscaped to mitigate light impact.

   14. All exterior building material shall be compatible with surrounding structures but in no case shall they
       be cinder or cement block, and metal, other than aluminum siding. Towers shall be enclosed by security
       fencing not less than six feet in height.

   15. Monopoles may be required by the Planning Commission if it is deemed to be more aesthetically
       compatible with the area than a lattice pole.

   16. Antenna and metal towers shall be grounded for protection against a direct strike by lightning and shall
       comply as to electrical wiring and connections with all applicable state and local statutes.

   17. Tower owners shall provide maintenance and safety reports to the city’s building official.

   18. Proof of responsibilities in the case of abandonment shall be submitted with the application.

Replacement of Existing WCSFs:

   1. The replacement WCSF shall not exceed a total height of 200 (two-hundred) feet or, if the existing WCSF
      has an approved height greater than 200 (two-hundred) feet, the replacement WCSF shall not exceed
      the approved height.

   2. The replacement WCSF shall be located within the same zoning lot as the existing WCSF and shall be
      located to comply with existing minimum yard requirements.

   3. The existing WCSF shall be removed within 90 days of completion of the replacement WCSF and the
      relocation or installation of the WCA.

   4. If the location of the replacement WCSF is such that the existing WCSF must be moved before the
      replacement WCSF is constructed, temporary portable antennae support facilities may be used, but must
      be removed within 30 days of the completion of the replacement WCSF and the relocation or installation
      of the WCA.

Review Criteria for new WCSFs:

   1. A new WCSF shall not be approved unless it can be demonstrated by the applicant that there is a need
      for the new WCSF which cannot be met by placing WCA on an existing WCSF or on other structures or
      replacement of an existing WSCF. Information concerning the following factors shall be considered in
      determining that such need exists:


                                                     168
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

           a. Insufficient structural capacity of existing WCSFs or other suitable structures and inability to
              reinforce or replace an existing WCSF.

           b. Unavailability of suitable locations to accommodate system design or engineering on existing
              WCSF or other structures.

           c. Radio frequency interference or other signal interference problems at existing WCSF or other
              structures.

           d. The cost of using an existing WCSF or other structure exceeds the costs of permitting and
              constructing a new WCSF.

           e. Other factors which demonstrate the reasonable need for the new WCSF.

Co-location Required:

   1. The applicant must include in the application an affidavit stating space on a proposed tower will be made
      available to future users when technically possible.

   2. The applicant shall send a written notice via certified mail to all potential users of the new WCSF offering
      an opportunity for co-location. The list of potential users shall include those entities that have requested
      approval of WSCF in the past, current FCC license holders, and any other entities requesting to be
      included on the list. Copies of the notice letters shall be provided to the City at the time the application
      is filed. If, during a period of 30 days after the notice letters are sent to potential users, a user or users
      request, in writing, to co-locate on the new WCSF, the applicant shall accommodate the request(s),
      unless co-location is not reasonably possible based on the criteria of this subsection.

Removal of Abandoned WCSFs:

All providers owning a wireless telecommunications support facility shall notify the zoning administrator when
the use of said tower located in the municipality will be discontinued and the date it will cease. Any WCSF which
is abandoned shall be removed or demolished within 90 days of abandonment. For the purposes of this section,
abandoned shall mean that no WCA or other commercial antenna has been operational and located on the
WCSF for 180 days or more.

Where a WCSF is abandoned but not removed or demolished as required, the City may remove or secure the
removal of the facility or required portions thereof, with its actual cost and reasonable administrative charge to
be placed on the property. A lien on the property shall be superior to all other liens except taxes.

SECTION 2322: DAY CARE/CHILD CARE FACILITIES

Foster Family Homes, Foster Family Group Homes, Family Day Care Homes, and Group Day Care Homes shall be
allowed as Principal Uses in the R, RT, RM-1, RM-2, and MC districts subject to the following provisions:

   1. Such uses shall be duly licensed or registered by the State Department of Consumer and Industry
      Services.

   2. Buildings and lots so used shall conform to all State and local code requirements.

                                                       169
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   3. A minimum of 400 square feet of outdoor play area is available on the premises or within 500 feet of the
      property.

Child Care Centers and Day Care Centers shall be allowed as Special Uses, subject to the provisions of Section
2332 in the R, RT, RM-1, RM-2, RM-3, B-1, OSR, LR, and WM districts. They shall also be allowed as Principal
Uses separately or as part of a building in the MC, B-2, B-3, B-4, I-1, and I-2 districts. Child Care Centers and Day
Care Centers, whether they fall under the Special Use of Principal Use category shall be subject to the following
provisions:

   1. Such uses shall be duly licensed by the State Department of Consumer and Industry Services.

   2. Buildings and lots so used shall conform to all State and local code requirements.

   3. A minimum of 35 square feet of indoor play area shall be provided for each child. Play area shall be
      computed exclusively of hallways, bathrooms, reception and office areas, kitchens, storage areas and
      closets, and areas used exclusively for rest or sleep.

   4. A minimum area of 1,200 square feet of outdoor play area shall be provided either on the premises or
      at parks or other outdoor facilities that are easily accessible by walking or by transportation. Play area
      shall not be hard-surfaced.

SECTION 2323: FLOOD HAZARD AREAS

The intent of the regulations in this Section is to promote public health, safety, and general welfare and minimize
public and private losses due to flood conditions.

   1. Flood hazard areas shall be treated as overlay districts, which shall:

           a. Restrict or prohibit uses which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water or
              erosion, or in flood heights or velocities.

           b. Require that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected
              against flood damage at the time of initial construction.

           c. Control the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers,
              which are involved in the accommodation of flood waters.

           d. Control filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase erosion or flood
              damage.

           e. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters
              or which may increase flood hazards to other lands.

   2. This Section shall apply to all land which is depicted on the Flood Hazard Boundary Map/Flood Insurance
      Rate Map 260161B dated June 1, 1977 as determined by the Federal Insurance Administration. Any map
      amendments are hereby adopted by reference, and Flood Hazard Districts are overlay Districts.



                                                        170
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   3. All new construction and substantial improvement to structures shall be constructed so that the lowest
      floor, including basements, for residential structures shall comply with the flood-resistant construction
      requirements of the Michigan Residential Code or for non-residential buildings shall comply with the
      flood-resistant construction requirements of the Michigan Building Code.

      Any new and replacement water systems and sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or
      eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system and discharge from the system into flood waters.
      On-site waste disposal systems are to be located to avoid impairment to them, or contamination from
      them during flooding.

   4. The degree of flood protection required by this Section is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes
      and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will occur on rare
      occasions. Flood heights may be increased by man-made or natural causes. This Section shall not create
      liability on the part of the City of Muskegon or by any officer or employee thereof for any flood damages
      that result from reliance of this Section or any administrative decision lawfully made thereunder.

   5. When base flood elevation data has not been provided in accordance with Item 3, above, then the Zoning
      Administrator, shall obtain, review, and reasonably utilize any base flood elevation date available from
      a Federal, State, or other source.

   6. Responsibilities of the Zoning Administrator shall be as follows:

          a. Notify adjacent communities and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources prior to any
             alteration or relocation of watercourse, and submit evidence of such notification to the Federal
             Insurance Administration.

          b. Obtain necessary engineering analysis to assure that the flood-carrying capacity with the altered
             or relocated portion of said watercourse is maintained.

          c. The Zoning Administrator shall review the proposed development to assure that all necessary
             permits have been received from those governmental agencies from which approval is required
             by Federal or State Law, including Section 404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
             Amendments of 1972, 33 U.S.C. 1334.

          d. For the purpose of the determination of applicable flood insurance risk premium rate, the Zoning
             Administrator shall:

                  i. Obtain the elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest habitable floor (including
                     basement) of all new or substantially improved structures, and determine whether or not
                     such structures contain a basement.

                  ii. Obtain from a Registered Professional Engineer or Architect, certification that the flood-
                      proofing methods are adequate to withstand the flood depths, pressures, velocities,
                      impact and uplift forces and other factors associated with the base flood so that the
                      structure is watertight to the base flood level.

                 iii. Maintain a record of all such information.

                                                      171
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   7. Where interpretation is needed as to the exact location of the boundaries of the areas of special flood
      hazards (for example, where there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field
      conditions) the Zoning Administrator shall make the necessary interpretation. The person contesting the
      location of the boundary shall be given reasonable opportunity to appeal the interpretation as provided
      in this Ordinance.

       No new construction, substantial improvements or other development (including fill) shall be permitted
       within the zones A1-30 of the City’s Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), unless it is demonstrated to the
       City Commission and/or Zoning Administrator that the cumulative effect of the proposed development
       will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one (1) foot at any point within
       the City.

SECTION 2324: TEMPORARY BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND USES

Temporary uses, buildings and structures, not used for dwelling purposes, may be placed on a lot or parcel and
occupied only under the following conditions as authorized by the Zoning Administrator.

   1. Only the following temporary uses, buildings or structure are permitted:

          a. Fire Damage: A temporary building or structure may be constructed during renovation of a
             permanent building damaged by fire. The temporary building or structure shall be removed
             within fifteen (15) days after the repair of fire damage is complete. Permits issued under this
             section shall be for a one hundred and eighty (180) day duration.

          b. New Construction: Temporary buildings and structures incidental to construction work, except
             those related to construction of single-family dwellings, may be placed on the developing tract
             or parcel during construction. No cooking accommodations shall be maintained. Said temporary
             buildings shall be removed within fifteen (15) days after construction is complete. The structure
             shall not be allowed more than twelve (12) months, unless expressly authorized after petition to
             the Zoning Administrator.

          c. Erosion Control: Temporary fencing used for erosion control, silt screening and other
             conventional types of temporary erosion structures may only be used for the purpose of
             temporarily controlling the unwanted movement of top soil or sand on a parcel of land. These
             temporary structures must be removed within 15 days after conditions causing the soil erosion,
             or unwanted movement, are eliminated or have subsided. Bonafide public works projects may
             use temporary fencing and other control methods as required to accomplish the task at hand.

          d. Temporary Classrooms: Up to four temporary classrooms may be permitted for private schools
             with expansion needs. Said classrooms shall meet local codes and ordinances. Said buildings shall
             be removed within fifteen (15) days after construction of any permanent structure intended for
             expansion purposes is complete. The temporary classrooms shall not be allowed more than
             eighteen (18) months, unless expressly authorized after petition to the Zoning Administrator.

          e. Temporary Real Estate Offices: Temporary Real Estate Offices are permitted within approved
             development projects. No cooking accommodations shall be maintained. The office shall be
             removed upon completion of the development of the subdivision. The office shall not be allowed

                                                      172
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

              for more than one (1) year, unless expressly authorized after petition to the Zoning
              Administrator. A model home may be used as a temporary sales office.

         f. Outdoor Christmas Tree/Fireworks Sales: The outdoor display and sale of Christmas trees and
            fireworks is permitted outside residential zoning districts. The display and sale of trees or
            fireworks on an open lot shall be allowed for a period not to exceed forty-five (45) days. No fresh
            cut tree sales shall be conducted from within a building. All unsold trees must be removed from
            the property by December 31st of each calendar year. All unsold fireworks must be removed
            from the property by July 10th of each calendar year. Outdoor fireworks sales will be conducted
            pursuant to the Fire Code.

         g. Special Events: Temporary uses associated with bona fide special events (associated with a non-
            profit organization and/or approved through the City’s Special Events approval procedure) may
            be allowed by the Zoning Administrator during the tenure of the special event only, and must be
            restricted to the property(ies) where the event is taking place. Such temporary uses may include
            food vendors, event offices, dressing rooms, carnival-type games, midways, t-shirt or souvenir
            sales, art/craft fairs, or other similar uses. Such uses shall be regulated by the City’s Special Events
            procedure.

         h. Movie Production: Temporary buildings which are part of a movie production project are
            allowed. All conditions of the City’s “Film & Music Events Policy” must be met before the
            temporary buildings are put in place. The buildings must be removed from the site within fifteen
            (15) days of the completion of the project. Maximum time allowed shall be approved by the
            Zoning Administrator on a case by case basis.

         i.   Mobile Food Vending: Mobile food vending options permitted by City Ordinance Sec. 50-301 thru
              50-304 may be temporarily located in B-2, B-4, LR, WM, I-1, I-2 districts and all Form Based Code
              context areas except Urban Residential and Lakeside Residential; under the following conditions:

                  i. Food trucks and trailers must be placed at least ten feet away from any principal structure
                     and at least five feet from any lot line. They may be placed on grass, pavement or in the
                     parking lot, but may not impede proper vehicular flow on the site.

                 ii. Trash receptacles must be located on site.

                 iii. Permits for mobile food vending between 1 and 89 days will be reviewed administratively.

                 iv. Permits for mobile food vending between 90 days and one year will require the
                     notification of all properties within 300 feet. If no concerns are received within 15 days,
                     the permit application will be reviewed administratively. If there are concerns, a public
                     hearing at the Planning Commission will be required. Administrative and Planning
                     Commission reviews must use the following review standards:

                         (1) Will the use contribute to the vitality and experience of the business district?

                         (2) Will the use support or detract from existing brick and mortar establishments?


                                                      173
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                         (3) Is there an appropriate separation distance between temporary and permanent
                             uses so as to not impair the long-term viability of nearby businesses?

                         (4) Will the use add variety to the types of food or beverage offerings in the district
                             or compete with area businesses in close proximity?

                         (5) Will the proposed mobile food vendor contribute to the general aesthetic of the
                             business district and include high quality materials and finishes?

   2. Performance Guarantee: The Zoning Administrator may require a performance guarantee pursuant to
      Section 2325 in an amount equal to the estimated cost of removing any temporary structure permitted.

          a. The applicant shall sign an affidavit holding the City harmless against any claim for damages if the
             City were to use the performance guarantee to remove the temporary structure after its
             authorized period had expired. Further, the applicant shall consent in writing to special
             assessment of any city expenditure in excess of the performance guarantee or deposit to
             complete removal or cure.

          b. In the event that a temporary structure is not removed by a permit holder at the end of the
             permit period the City may use the performance guarantee to remove the temporary structure
             once the permit has expired.

          c. If the applicant removes the temporary structure as dictated by the permit the performance
             guarantee shall be returned when all the terms and conditions of the temporary zoning permit
             have been met and the temporary use or structure has been removed.

   3. Temporary Zoning Permit: A temporary zoning permit may be required by the Zoning Administrator for
      any proposed temporary use, building or structure, except those already covered by the City’s Special
      Events procedure, Fire Code, or Transient Merchants procedure. Any temporary zoning permit may be
      approved, modified, conditioned or denied by the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator may
      refer an application for a temporary zoning permit to the Planning Commission.

          a. A written temporary zoning permit may be issued for any temporary use, except those already
             covered by the City’s Special Events procedure, Fire Code, or Transient Merchants procedure,
             and shall contain the following information:

                  i. The applicant’s name

                 ii. The location and effective dates of the temporary use

                 iii. Conditions under which the permit was issued, included but not limited to:

                         (1) use and placement of signs

                         (2) provision for security and safety measures

                         (3) control of nuisance factors.


                                                     174
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                 iv. Submission of performance guarantee, if applicable

                 v. Signature of the Zoning Administrator and owner and/or operator on the permit.

          b. The zoning administrator may impose conditions with the issuance of a permit which are
             designed to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance. The Zoning
             Administrator may revoke a permit at any time for nonconformance with the requirements of
             this section and a permit issued thereunder.

          c. Request for permit renewal shall be filed at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of
             the current permit. Applications for renewal or extension of a permit having a duration of fifteen
             (15) days or less shall be applied for at least three (3) days prior to the expiration date of the
             current permit.

          d. Revocation: Upon expiration or revocation of a temporary zoning permit for a temporary use,
             the temporary use shall cease and all temporary structures, dwellings or buildings shall be
             removed from the parcel of land. A temporary zoning permit may be revoked or modified by the
             Zoning Administrator if any one of the following findings can be made:

                  i. That circumstances have changed

                 ii. That the temporary zoning permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud

                 iii. That one (1) or more of the conditions of the temporary zoning permit have not been met

                 iv. That the permitted use violates any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation.

   4. Conditions of Approval:

          a. The nature of the temporary use and the size and placement of any temporary structure shall be
             planned so that the temporary use or structure will be compatible with existing development.

          b. The use shall not be typically located within a permanent building or structure.

          c. The parcel shall be of sufficient size to adequately accommodate the temporary use or structure.

          d. The location of the temporary use or structure shall be such that adverse effects on surrounding
             properties will be minimal, particularly regarding the traffic generated by the temporary use or
             structure.

          e. Off-street parking areas are of adequate size for the particular temporary use or structure and
             properly located and the entrance and exit drives are laid out so as to prevent traffic hazards and
             nuisances.

          f. Signs shall conform to the provisions of this Ordinance.

          g. Any lighting shall be directed and controlled so as to not create a nuisance to neighboring
             property owners.

                                                     175
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   5. Appeal: An appeal of a decision by the Zoning Administrator relative to denial of a temporary use,
      building or structure or of a temporary zoning permit or renewal thereof may be taken to the Zoning
      Board of Appeals pursuant to Section XXV of this Ordinance.

   6. Habitation of Accessory Structures and Travel Trailers: No recreational vehicle or travel trailer, fixed or
      portable garage, barn, accessory building, or cellar shall be used or occupied as a dwelling.

SECTION 2325: PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE BONDING FOR COMPLIANCE

   1. Requirements: In authorizing a Temporary Permit, Development Permit, Site Plan approval, Special Use
      Permit, Planned Unit Development approval or variance, the body or official(s) which approves the
      respective request, as designated by this Ordinance, may require that a performance guarantee or bond
      be furnished to insure:

          a. Compliance with the requirements, specifications and conditions imposed with the grant of such
             approval, permit or variance;

          b. The discontinuance of a temporary use by a stipulated time; and to provide sufficient resources
             for the City to complete required improvements or conditions in the event the permit holder
             does not.

   2. Improvements Covered: Improvements that shall be covered by the performance guarantee or bond
      include, but are not necessarily limited to: streets and other roadways, utilities, fencing, screening,
      landscaping, common open space improvements, lighting, drainage and sidewalks. The performance
      guarantee shall meet the following requirements:

          a. Form: The performance guarantee shall be in the form of cash, certified check, irrevocable bank
             letter of credit, surety bond, or similar instrument acceptable to the City, which names the
             property owner as the obligor and the City as the obligee.

          b. Time when required: The performance guarantee or bond shall be submitted at the time of
             issuance of the permit authorizing the activity or the project. If appropriate, based on the type
             of performance guarantee submitted, the City shall deposit the funds in an account in a financial
             institution with which the City regularly conducts business.

          c. Amount: The amount of the performance guarantee or bond shall be sufficient to cover the
             estimated cost of the improvements or conditions. Additional guidelines for establishing the
             amount of a performance guarantee or bond may be prescribed by resolution of the City
             Commission.

   3. Return of Performance Guarantee or Bond: The City, upon the written request of the obligor, and
      pursuant to the procedure in the next subsection, shall rebate portions of the performance guarantee
      upon determination that the improvements for which the rebate has been requested have been
      satisfactorily completed. The portion of the performance guarantee to be rebated shall be in the same
      amount as stated in the itemized cost estimate for the applicable improvement or condition.

   4. Withholding and Partial Withholding of Performance Bond: As required improvements are completed,
      or when all of the required improvements have been completed, the obligor shall send written notice to
                                                  176
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

      the zoning administrator of completion of said improvements. Thereupon, the zoning administrator shall
      inspect all of the improvements and shall transmit recommendation to the Planning Commission and
      City Commission indicating either approval, partial approval, or rejection of the improvements or
      conditions with a statement of the reasons for any rejections. If partial approval is indicated, the cost of
      the improvement or condition rejected shall be presented.

          a. The Planning Commission shall recommend and the City Commission shall either approve,
             partially approve or reject the improvements or conditions with the recommendation of the
             zoning administrator’s written statement and shall notify the obligor in writing of within sixty
             (60) days after receipt of the notice from the obligor of the completion of the improvements.
             Where partial approval is granted, the obligor shall be released from liability pursuant to relevant
             portions of the performance guarantee or bond, except for that portion adequately sufficient to
             secure provision of the improvements not yet approved.

          b. Should installation of improvements begin and fail to meet full completion based on the
             approved Site Plan, or if the project area is reduced in size and improvements are only partially
             completed or conditions only partially met, the City may complete the necessary improvements
             or conditions itself or by contract, and assess all costs of completing the improvements or
             conditions against the performance guarantee or bond. Any balance remaining would be
             returned to the applicant. Any amount spent in excess of the money or guarantee on deposit
             shall be assessed against the property.

   5. Record of Performance Guarantees: The City shall maintain a record of authorized performance
      guarantees.

SECTION 2326: OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING

   1. Intent: It is the intent of this section that off-street parking spaces shall be provided and adequately
      maintained by each property owner in every district for the parking of motor vehicles for the use of
      occupants, employees and patrons of each building and premise constructed, altered, or enlarged under
      the provisions of this Ordinance.

   2. Scope: At the time any building or structure is erected, enlarged or increased in capacity, or a new land
      use is established, off-street parking spaces for new or additional development shall be provided
      according to the requirements of this section and Table IB.

   3. Parking and Loading Plan Review: Whenever three (3) or more vehicle parking spaces are required for a
      given use of land, plans, specifications for the construction or alteration of an off-street parking area
      shall be submitted for approval by the Zoning Administrator before a development permit is issued. Such
      plans and specifications shall indicate the location, precise use of buildings, size, design, surfacing,
      marking, lighting, drainage, curbing and curb cuts, entrances, exits, landscaping, and other detailed
      features as required by the provisions and standards of this zoning ordinance and other applicable laws
      and rules.

   4. Parking Areas Existing Before the Effective Date of This Ordinance: No parking area or parking space or
      loading area which exists at the time this Ordinance becomes effective shall be relinquished or reduced
      in any manner below the requirements established by this Ordinance.

                                                      177
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   5. Uses of Parking Areas: Parking spaces and loading areas shall be used exclusively for the parking of
      vehicles associated with a building, structure or land use in a manner consistent with the purpose for
      which it is designed. No commercial activity or selling of any kind shall be conducted within required
      parking areas. Permitted temporary uses may operate in overflow parking areas or setback areas
      provided no clear vision or other safety hazard is present. Vehicles shall not be repaired, stored, or
      displayed for sale or hire in parking lots unless the principal use is classified for such uses.

   6. Design and Access Standards: Multi-family, commercial and industrial land use areas shall meet the
      screening, landscaping, and lighting standards of this ordinance.

   7. Maintenance Standards: Parking and loading areas in all districts shall be paved, marked and defined by
      curbing or curb stops.

   8. Maximum Parking: The maximum amount of parking permitted for any use or group of uses shall not
      exceed the minimum parking requirements by more than one-third (33%).

   9. Loading Space Required: In order to prevent undue interference with public use of streets, parking lots
      and alleys, uses such as manufacturing, storage, warehouse, department store, wholesale store, retail
      store, hotel, hospital, laundry, dairy, mortuary, and other uses similarly and customarily receiving or
      distributing goods by motor vehicle shall provide space on the premises for that number of vehicles that
      will be at the premises at the same time on an average day of full use. Loading spaces shall:

          a. Be provided as area additional to off-street parking space and shall not be considered as
             supplying off-street parking space.

          b. Not interfere with fire access.

          c. Provide adequate space for standing, loading, and unloading services and be not less than twelve
             (12) feet in width, twenty-five (25) feet in length, and fourteen (14) feet in height, open or
             enclosed, for similar uses similarly involving the receipt or distribution by vehicles of materials or
             merchandise.

          d. Have access provided as directly as possible from a public street or alley and be arranged so as
             to provide sufficient off-street maneuvering space.

   10. Joint Use of Parking Areas: The joint use of parking facilities by two or more uses may be allowed
       whenever such use is practical and satisfactory to each of the uses intended to be served, and when all
       requirements for location, design, and construction are met.

      Computing Capacities: In computing capacities of any joint use, the total space requirement is the sum
      of the individual requirements that will occur at the same time each day. If space requirements for
      individual uses occur at distinctly different times, the total of such off-street parking facilities required
      for joint or collective use may be reduced by the Planning Commission below the same total of the
      individual space requirements.

      Record of Agreement: A copy of an agreement between joint users shall be provided to the City. The
      agreement shall include provisions which assure continued long-term use and maintenance of the

                                                      178
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

      parking facility by each party, and their successors in interest, including owners and occupants of the
      premises which are served by the parking facility.

   11. Dimensional Requirements: Each parking space shall be a minimum of eight (8) feet wide by eighteen
       (18) feet long. Maneuvering aisles shall be a minimum of twelve (12) feet wide for one-way traffic and
       twenty-two (22) feet for two-way traffic. Excessively wide aisles shall not be permitted.

   12. Off-street parking for nonresidential uses shall be either on the same property or on a property zoned
       to permit parking areas. The parking area shall be within three hundred (300) feet of the building it is
       intended to serve, measured from the nearest point of the building to the nearest point of the off-street
       parking lot.




                                                     179
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                       TABLE IB: PARKING STANDARDS
                                                     NUMBER OF MINIMUM PARKING SPACES PER UNIT
                        USE
                                                                    OF MEASURE
  RESIDENTIAL & RELATED USES
                                                     One (1) space for each sleeping room, plus two (2)
  Bed and breakfast operations
                                                     spaces for permanent residents.
                                                     One (1) space for each bedroom or each two (2)
  Boarding houses, fraternities, sororities
                                                     occupants of the structure, whichever is greater.
  Community residential care facilities < 6 persons Four (4) spaces.
                                                     One (1) space for each four (4) beds, plus one (1)
  Convalescent homes, convents or similar uses
                                                     space for every three (3) employees.
                                                     Two (2) spaces for each mobile home site, plus one (1)
  Mobile home parks
                                                     space for each mobile home park employee.
  Multiple family dwellings                          Two (2) spaces for each dwelling unit.
  Single and two family dwellings                    Two (2) spaces for each dwelling unit.
  CIVIC, NONPROFIT, INSTITUTIONAL, PUBLIC & PRIVATE RECREATION & RELATED USES
  Educational and social institutions:
  • Auditoriums and gyms (incidental to) schools,
                                                     One (1) space for each six (6) seats, plus one (1) space
      churches, & institutional buildings of similar
                                                     for every two (2) employees.
      use with fixed seats
  • Auditoriums (other than incidental to schools
      and churches), lodge halls, fraternal          One (1) space for every six (6) persons of legal
      organizations, private clubs, public meeting   capacity as established by fire, building or health
      halls, community centers, or buildings of      codes.
      similar use without fixed seats
                                                     One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  • Charitable or philanthropic organizations
                                                     usable floor area.
                                                     Two (2) per classroom, plus separate parking where
  • Elementary and junior high schools               the school contains an auditorium and/or stadium or
                                                     gym.
                                                     One (1) space for every employee, plus one (1) space
  • High schools and colleges
                                                     for each five (5) students.
                                                     One (1) space for each three (3) patient beds, plus one
  • Hospitals, sanitariums
                                                     (1) space for each three (3) employees.
  • Orphanages                                       One (1) per employee and one (1) per six (6) beds.
                                                     One (1) space for every eight hundred (800) sq. ft. of
  Libraries, museums, post offices                   usable floor area, plus one (1) space for every four (4)
                                                     employees.
  Nursery school, home day care or child care        One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  centers                                            usable floor area.
                                                     One (1) space for every two (2) member families or
  Private golf clubs, swimming pool clubs, tennis
                                                     individuals, plus spaces required for each accessory
  clubs, lodges or other similar uses
                                                     use, such as a restaurant or bar.


                                                     180
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                                       One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  Municipal buildings
                                                       usable floor area.
                                                       One (1) space for each six (6) seats or twelve (12) feet
  Religious institutions: Churches or temples
                                                       of pews in the main unit of worship.
                                                       One (1) space per four hundred (400) sq. ft. of gross
  Utility and public service installations
                                                       floor area.
  COMMERCIAL & RELATED USES
  Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) (free standing,
  not applicable when associated with another          Two (2) spaces per machine.
  use)
  Automobile service and repair garages, gasoline
                                                       Three (3) spaces for each repair and service stall, plus
  filling and service stations (see convenience retail
                                                       one (1) space for every employee.
  establishments)
                                                       Two (2) spaces for each of the first two (2) beauty or
  Barber shops and beauty parlors                      barber chairs, and one-half (1/2) space for each
                                                       additional chair.
  Business service establishments:
  • Advertising and mailing
  • Banks/credit unions (excluding drive-thrus)        One (1) space for every four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  • Employment services                                useable floor area.
  • Investment companies
  • Real estate companies
                                                       One (1) space per three-hundred (300) sq. ft. of gross
  Business, vocational or trade schools
                                                       floor area.
                                                       One (1) space per every three persons permitted in
  Catering service rental hall
                                                       the structure by fire code.
                                                       One (1) space for each fifty (50) sq. ft. of usable floor
  Clinics and professional offices of doctors,
                                                       area in waiting rooms, and one (1) space for each
  dentists, or similar professions
                                                       examining room, dental chair, or similar use area.
  Clothing, furniture, appliance, hardware, shoe
                                                       One (1) space for every four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  repair, personal services (other than beauty and
                                                       usable floor area.
  barber shops), and other retail
                                                       One (1) space for every two (2) storage units (adjacent
  Mini-storage
                                                       to the units) plus one for each employee
                                                       Three (3) spaces per each one thousand (1,000) sq. ft.
  Convenience retail establishments
                                                       of gross floor area.
                                                       Space for five (5) cars between the sidewalk area and
  Drive-through banks, cleaners, drug stores, and      the pickup window, and one (1) space for every four
  similar businesses                                   hundred (400) sq. ft. of usable floor area if there is no
                                                       customer space inside.
  Food Service Establishments:
                                                       One (1) space per fifty (50) sq. ft. of eating area, plus
  • Drive-through restaurants or fast-food
                                                       one (1) space for each employee on the largest
        establishments
                                                       working shift.

                                                      181
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

  •   Carry-out food or walk-up establishment
      including bakeries, ice cream shops and
                                                           One (1) space for each employee, plus ten (10) spaces.
      delicatessens if carry-out only, or if all seating
      is exterior only.
  •   Restaurant or establishment for sale and
      consumption of beverages, food or                    One (1) space for each two (2) persons allowed within
      refreshments on the premises including               the maximum occupancy load as established by the
      drive-in, but not including drive-through,           fire marshal.
      restaurants
                                                           One (1) space for every twenty-five (25) sq. ft. of
  Funeral homes and mortuaries
                                                           usable floor area of chapels and assembly rooms.
  Antique shop, household equipment, showroom              One (1) space for each eight hundred (800) sq. ft. of
  of a plumber, decorator, electrician or similar          usable floor area, plus one (1) additional space shall
  trade, and other similar uses (including resale          be provided for each two (2) persons employed
  shops but not flea markets)                              therein.
                                                           One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  Garden or nursery center, greenhouse (if it has
                                                           usable floor area, plus one (1) space for each two
  retail sales)
                                                           thousand (2,000) sq. ft. of exterior sales area.
                                                           One (1) space for every four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  General offices
                                                           usable floor area.
  General retail stores, except otherwise specified        One (1) space for every three hundred (300) sq. ft. of
  herein                                                   usable floor area.
                                                           One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  Health or fitness club
                                                           usable floor area.
                                                           One (1) space for each guest room, plus one (1)
  Hotels, motels
                                                           additional space for every five (5) employees.
  Laundromats and coin         operated dry                One (1) space for each five (5) washing and/or dry-
  cleaners                                                 cleaning machines.
  Music, dance, martial arts and voice schools             One (1) space per three (3) students at any one time.
                                                           One (1) space per three thousand (3,000) sq. ft. of
                                                           exterior sales area, except for open air flea markets
  Open air business
                                                           which require one (1) space for each three hundred
                                                           (300) sq. ft. of exterior sales area.
  Office supply, factory and mill supplies, and            One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  related activities                                       gross floor area.
                                                           One (1) space per four hundred (400) sq. ft. of retail
  Personal service establishment (other than
                                                           sales area, and one (1) space for each four hundred
  beauty or barber shop)
                                                           (400) sq. ft. of service area.
                                                           One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  Planned commercial or shopping center
                                                           usable floor area.
                                                           One (1) space for each four hundred (400) sq. ft. of
  Repair services                                          usable floor area, plus one (1) space for each
                                                           employee.


                                                           182
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                                     One (1) space for every two hundred (200) sq. ft. of
  Supermarket, self-service food store
                                                     usable floor area.
                                                     One (1) space for every seventy-five (75) sq. ft. of
  Taverns, bars                                      usable floor area, or one (1) space for every three (3)
                                                     seats, whichever is greater.
                                                     One (1) space for each one (1) employee. In addition,
                                                     reserved parking spaces equal in number to two (2)
                                                     times the maximum capacity of the vehicle wash.
                                                     Maximum capacity of the vehicle wash shall mean the
  Vehicle wash (automatic)
                                                     greatest number of vehicles possibly undergoing some
                                                     phase of washing at the same time, which shall be
                                                     determined by dividing the length in feet of each wash
                                                     line by twenty (20).
                                                     Two (2) stacking spaces for each washing stall, in
  Vehicle wash (self-service or coin operated)
                                                     addition to, the stall itself.
  INDOOR ENTERTAINMENT
                                                     One (1) space per game, provided that where such
  Video or pinball arcade or similar uses            games are an accessory use, one (1) space is required
                                                     for each game above four (4) games.
                                                     One (1) space for each three (3) seats or one (l ) per two
  Bingo parlor                                       hundred (200) sq. ft. of usable floor area, whichever is
                                                     greater.
                                                     Five (5) spaces for each alley, plus one (1) space for
  Bowling alleys                                     each employee, plus spaces for each accessory use,
                                                     such as a bar or restaurant.
                                                     One (1) space for each two (2) persons allowed within
                                                     the maximum occupancy load as established by fire,
  Dance halls, pool and billiard rooms, exhibition
                                                     building or health codes, plus one (1) space for every
  halls, roller and ice skating rinks
                                                     three (3) seats of spectator seating (one seat equals
                                                     two feet of bench length).
                                                     Three (3) spaces per court, plus one (1) space per
                                                     employee on the largest shift, plus spaces for any
  Indoor racquet courts                              other principal or accessory uses, plus one (1) space
                                                     for every three (3) seats of spectator seating (one seat
                                                     equals two feet of bench length).
                                                     One (1) space for each three (3) seats, plus one (1) for
  Theaters and commercial auditoriums
                                                     each two (2) employees.
  OUTDOOR ENTERTAINMENT
                                                     Five (5) spaces per employee where it is the principal
                                                     use; where it is an accessory use, parking may be
  Boat, canoe, jet ski and bicycle rental
                                                     waived partially or wholly in the discretion of the
                                                     Zoning Administrator.
  Commercial Campgrounds                             Two (2) dust free 10’x30’ spaces for every campsite.


                                                     183
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                                      Four (4) spaces for each hole, plus one (1) space for
  Golf courses open to the public, except
                                                      each employee, plus required spaces for each
  Miniature or “Par 3” courses
                                                      accessory use, such as a restaurant or bar.
                                                      One (1) space for each tee, plus one (1) space for each
  Golf driving range
                                                      employee on the largest work shift.
                                                      One and one-half (1-1/2) spaces per boat mooring
  Commercial Marinas
                                                      slip.
                                                      Three (3) spaces for each hole, plus one (1) space for
  Miniature or “Par 3” golf courses                   each employee, plus required spaces for each
                                                      accessory use, such as a restaurant or bar.
                                                      Three (3) spaces, plus three (3) spaces per court or
  Racquet sports                                      one (1) per three (3) spectator seats, whichever is
                                                      greater.
                                                      One (1) space for every four (4) seats or six (6) feet of
  Stadiums and sport arenas
                                                      benches.
                                                      Two (2) spaces per three (3) seats on amusement
  Theme park, scenic area, amusement ride, water
                                                      rides or twenty (20) spaces per ride or attraction with
  slide, go cart track and similar uses
                                                      no specific or defined seating.
  INDUSTRIAL & RELATED USES
  Auto body/paint shop                                One (1) space per each service bay and employee.
                                                      One (1) space per employee, plus one (1) space per
  Contract construction uses
                                                      company vehicle.
  Dangerous chemical manufacturing, storage
                                                      One (1) space per employee on the largest shift.
  and/or distribution
                                                      One (1) per employee, plus one (1) per each
  Incinerators and recycling centers
                                                      simultaneous truck.
                                                      One space for every two (2) employees for industries
  Industrial or manufacturing establishments,         working two (2) or more shifts. One space for every
  testing laboratories, creameries, bottling works,   three (3) employees for industries working one shift or
  printing and engraving shops                        one space for every 400 square feet of gross floor
                                                      area, whichever is greater.
                                                      One (1) space for every two (2) employees for
                                                      industries working two (2) or more shifts. One (1)
                                                      space for every three (3) employees for industries
  Industrial service establishments
                                                      working one (1) shift, or one (1) space for every four
                                                      hundred (400) sq. ft. of gross floor area, whichever is
                                                      greater.
                                                      One (1) space per four hundred (400) sq. ft. of gross
  Medical or dental laboratories
                                                      floor area.
  Research and development establishments             One (1) space per employee on the largest shift.
                                                      One (1) space for every eight hundred (800) square
  Wholesale trade establishments and warehouses
                                                      feet of net floor area.
  PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS


                                                      184
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

  Planned Unit Developments:                           Parking standards shall be established by the Planning
  Commercial                                           Commission after receiving the recommendation of
  Industrial Park                                      the Zoning Administrator based on the mix of
  Institutional                                        proposed uses compared to the standards for those,
  Mixed use                                            or the most similar uses in this schedule.
  Residential


SECTION 2327: WIND TURBINE FACILITIES

Wind Turbine Facilities shall be allowed as a special land use in Industrial and Business zones under the purview
of Section 2332, after review and approval of the special land use permit and site plan by the Planning
Commission, after Public Hearing, subject to applicable conditions and any other reasonable conditions imposed
by the Planning Commission, including the following:

   1. Minimum parcel size for wind turbine facilities shall be ten (10) acres.

   2. All wind turbines shall meet the requirements of Section 2311, Accessory Structures & buildings, #10,
      except for items a, d, and g.

   3. The height limit of any wind turbine in the WTF may be 200 feet. Such total height shall be measured
      from the ground to the highest elevation of the wind turbine rotor.

   4. The developer shall maintain a current insurance policy which will cover installation and operation of
      the WTF, and the wind turbines shall be warranted against any system failures reasonably expected in
      climate conditions found in the City of Muskegon.

   5. A qualified avian study shall be conducted by the developer to ensure that wildlife is not endangered, or
      the developer may submit copies of any required State or Federal permits that have been obtained. This
      information shall be submitted to the Planning Department before any permits are issued for
      construction.

   6. A wind resource study describing the long term economic viability shall be submitted to the Planning
      Commission upon submission of the special land use permit application.

   7. If the WFT will provide electricity off-site to the grid, evidence that the utility company has been
      informed of the developer’s intent to install an interconnected, customer-owned generator, and that
      such connection has been approved, shall be submitted to the Planning Commission upon submission of
      the special land use permit application.

   8. Separation between wind turbines shall be based on industry standards and manufacturer
      recommendations.

SECTION 2328: [RESERVED]




                                                      185
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2329: OFF-STREET LOADING AND UNLOADING

On the same premises with every building, structure, or part thereof, involving the receipt or distribution of
vehicles or materials or merchandise, there shall be provided and maintained on the lot, adequate space for
standing, loading and unloading in order to avoid undue interference with the public use of dedicated rights-of-
way. Such space shall be provided as follows:

   1. All spaces shall be provided as required in Article XXI, Schedule of Regulations, except as hereinafter
      provided for I districts.

   2. All spaces shall be laid out in the dimension of at least ten by fifty (10 x 50) feet, or five hundred (500)
      square feet in area, with clearance of at least fourteen (14) feet in height. Loading dock approaches shall
      be provided with a pavement having an asphalt or Portland cement binder so as to provide a permanent,
      durable, and dustless surface.

SECTION 2330: SITE PLAN REVIEW

It is the purpose of this Section to require site plan review approval for certain buildings, structures, projects,
and uses that can have a significant impact on natural resources, environmental quality, traffic patterns and the
character of future development. Certain land uses possess characteristics, which can become undesirable
because their intrinsic needs, operations and/or appearance have influence beyond their own perimeter. It is
hereby deemed prudent and necessary to apply limits and guidelines which will encourage environmentally,
and economically sustainable development practices.

Site plan review shall be applied to protect property values; to protect and promote public health, safety and
general welfare by requiring access management, screening, buffering and landscaping of sites; to preserve
groundwater and respect natural water cycles; to conserve natural features and resources; and to provide
shade, conserve energy, provide visual and sound privacy and otherwise facilitate the creation of a convenient,
attractive and harmonious community. The requirements contained in this Section are further intended to
reduce hazards to life and property due to fire, flooding, soil erosion, inadequate surface water drainage,
inadequate sewage disposal systems, pollution, dust, fumes, noise, vibration, noxious odors, and other hazards,
and to facilitate the provision of a system of roads, streets, parking, municipal sewage disposal, storm sewers,
municipal water supply, and other public needs.

   1. Scope and Applicability: Site Plan review and approval shall be required in accordance with the
      procedures of this Ordinance prior to applying for a development permit or building permit for the
      construction, reconstruction, erection or expansion of any building or structure. Once a site plan is
      submitted, no clearing of the site or land disturbances shall occur until site plan approval is given and
      required performance guarantees are in place.

   2. Approval required: Site plan review and approval is required for the following:

           a. All business and industrial uses, or an expansion of such uses.

           b. Developments with more than one dwelling per parcel, including but not limited to condominium
              projects developed pursuant to the Condominium Act p. a. 59 of 1978 as amended.

           c. Expansion or paving of off-street parking and/or a change in circulation or access.
                                                     186
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   3. Staff approval: Sites of 2 acres or under with developments comprised of or adding 10,000 square feet
      or less, except those designated by this ordinance for Planning Commission review and approval shall be
      reviewed and require approval by the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator shall consult staff
      members from various city departments, as appropriate, to assist with the review.

   4. Staff denial: In the event the Zoning Administrator rejects a site plan or a substantial portion of a site
      plan, the applicant shall have the right to review by the Planning Commission, which shall review the site
      plan or portion thereof in question, applying the same standards and method of review which is used in
      all planning commission site plan reviews.

   5. Staff referral: In cases where the Zoning Administrator reasonably determines that a site plan presents
      problems or issues which should be reviewed for approval or rejection by the planning commission
      because of area wide effects, or technical difficulties or considerations, the Zoning Administrator may,
      with proper notice to the owner, refer the matter to the planning commission for review and action in
      accordance with the procedures and standards set forth for all planning commission review activities by
      this ordinance.

   6. Planning Commission approval: Site plan review and approval by the Planning Commission is required as
      follows:

          a. For Planned Unit Developments.

          b. For all Special Uses.

          c. For all multi-family developments with over 8 units.

          d. For newly developed or redeveloped sites with over 2 acres of land, or for developments
             comprised of or adding over 10,000 square feet of structure.

          e. For matters which have been appealed or referred to the planning commission from the Zoning
             Administrator. In such cases the planning commission may either approve or reject the applicable
             portion of the site plan, or it may refer the matter to the Zoning Administrator with further
             instructions.

      Staff shall review said site plans and offer input to the Planning Commission in the form of a staff report
      summarized by the Zoning Administrator.

   7. Review process:

          a. Consultation: A preliminary meeting with staff is recommended prior to the submission of a site
             plan review application.

          b. Preliminary review: The applicant may choose to submit a sketch plan to staff or the Planning
             Commission for preliminary input prior to the submittal of a full site plan.

          c. Final Submittal: The Zoning Administrator shall review the application and site plan for
             completeness. Complete plans shall be forward for staff and Planning Commission review, as
             appropriate.
                                                     187
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   8. Information required: Information in possession of the City may be used to the extent appropriate for
      the proposed development. The Zoning Administrator may waive informational requirements clearly not
      applicable to a particular development. Site Plan Review materials shall consist of the following, as
      applicable:

          a. Application and review fee: The fee set by resolution of the City Commission for site plan review
             shall be paid upon application. An application for site plan review shall be made on a form
             supplied by the Zoning Administrator. A sufficient number of plans shall be provided for
             distribution and review.

          b. Proof of ownership or option interest, or permission from the owner to engage in site plan
             approval.

          c. Legal description of the property.

          d. Project description.

          e. Stormwater management plan.

          f. Site Plan: Site plans shall be at a scale of not less than one (1) inch equals one hundred (100) feet
             with the following minimum information:

                  i. The name and address of the person or firm who drafted the plan and the date on which
                     the plan was prepared. Dates of updates to the plan shall also be recorded on the site
                     plan.

                 ii. North arrow, vicinity map, scale, parcel number(s) and address of the property.

                 iii. Property lines, parcel dimensions, total site area.

                 iv. Location of existing and proposed structures, setbacks, dimensions and height. This
                     information must also be provided for all accessory structures.

                 v. Area reference points for adjacent properties, such as drives and structures within 100
                    feet.

                 vi. Existing land use and zoning classification of abutting properties.

                vii. Topography elevations at five (5) foot contour intervals based on USGS datum with arrows
                     showing the direction of existing overland flow of storm water runoff.

                viii. A grading plan showing proposed contours and spot elevations clearly indicating
                      proposed earth changes and proposed flow of stormwater.

                 ix. A statement as to the suitability of such soils regarding the intended use as well as any
                     soil erosion & sedimentation control measures to be used.

                 x. Indication of natural features including vegetation. Significant vegetation shall be outlined
                    and described as retained or removed.
                                                     188
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                 xi. Water courses and water bodies, and demarcation of the ordinary high water mark or
                     floodplain.

                xii. Location and size of existing and proposed public utilities and respective easements.

                xiii. Location of easements and existing public streets, in and abutting the site, including
                      pavement width and right-of-way lines.

                xiv. Location and dimensions of existing and proposed driveways and parking areas for
                     customers, employees and commercial vehicles. Site circulation patterns shall also be
                     included.

                xv. Location, size, of loading and unloading areas.

                xvi. Location of snow storage areas or means for disposing of excess snow.

               xvii. Location and design of all pedestrian and non motorized transportation systems and
                     fixtures needed to support them.

               xviii. A landscape plan showing required planting and buffering features that comply with this
                      ordinance.

                xix. Location and use of all common open spaces, recreation areas and facilities (if any)
                     provided by the development for its users, and the method by which they will be
                     maintained.

                xx. Location, type, height and design of all outdoor lighting to be used on the site.

                xxi. Location and specifications for all solid waste disposal facilities, including recycling
                     facilities (if any).

               xxii. Location and design of all signs and advertising features, including diagram of height and
                     size of said signs.

               xxiii. Location of fire lanes, fire lock box, hydrants, standpipes and security lighting.

               xxiv. Location and specifications for existing or proposed outside, above or below ground
                     storage facilities for any chemicals, salts, flammable materials, or hazardous materials, as
                     well as containment structures or clear zones required by governmental authorities.

               xxv. A signature block for the applicant, Zoning Administrator and Chair of the Planning
                    Commission to be signed once the final site plan is approved.

   9. Professional Review: Additional studies may be required of the applicant for developments with regional
      impact including but not limited to, stormwater or infrastructure impact assessment and, traffic studies.
      The applicant may either provide the necessary studies or staff will obtain estimates for such studies
      based a consultant’s estimate to perform them. Funds to cover consultant fees shall be provided by the
      applicant and shall be held in escrow by the city.

                                                      189
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

   10. Conditions of Approval: As part of an approval to any site plan, conditions or limitations may be placed
       for protection of the public interest. Such conditions shall be related to and ensure that the review
       standards of this ordinance are met. A record of conditions imposed shall be maintained. If the Site Plan
       is approved with conditions the applicant shall submit a revised Site Plan with other required documents
       demonstrating compliance to the Zoning Administrator for approval prior to the application for a
       building or development permit.

   11. Standards for Site Plan approval: Prior to approving a site plan, the City shall require that the following
       standards be satisfied:

          a. Schedule of Regulations: The site plan shall comply with the requirements for height, lot size,
             yard space, density and all other requirements as set forth in the district regulations.

          b. Other codes and standards: To the extent necessarily shown in the site plan, it shall comply with
             other applicable City codes and standards.

          c. Compatibility with surrounding land use and development: All elements shall be located,
             designed and organized in relation to topography, the size and configuration of the parcel, the
             character of adjoining property and the type and size of the buildings. The site shall be developed
             so as not to impede the normal and orderly development or improvements of surrounding
             property for uses permitted in this Zoning Ordinance.

          d. Preservation of natural features: The landscape shall be preserved in its natural state, insofar as
             practical, by removing only those areas of vegetation or making those alterations to the
             topography which are reasonably necessary to develop the site.

          e. Landscaping: Landscape buffers, and greenbelts shall be provided and designed in accordance
             with the provisions of this Ordinance. Fences, walks, barriers and landscaping shall be used, as
             appropriate, for the protection and enhancement of the property and for the privacy of
             occupants and neighbors.

          f. Stormwater management: Drainage design shall recognize existing natural drainage patterns.
             Stormwater removal shall not adversely affect neighboring properties or the public storm
             drainage system. Provisions shall be made to accommodate stormwater on-site, using sound
             engineering practices.

          g. Soil erosion control: Appropriate measures shall be taken to ensure compliance with state and
             local soil and sedimentation control regulations.

          h. Wetlands Protection: The natural retention or storage capacity of any wetland, water body, or
             water course will not be substantially reduced or altered in a way which could increase flooding
             or water pollution at the site or other locations.

          i.   Emergency Access: All site improvements and structures shall be arranged so as to permit
               necessary emergency vehicle access and to comply with the locally adopted fire code.



                                                      190
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

         j.   Public streets and private roads: All uses must have access to a public street or a private road. All
              streets and curb cuts shall be developed in accordance with City specifications, the Michigan
              Department of Transportation, and/or private road regulations of the City, whichever applies.

         k. Access Management: Streets and drives on a site shall be of a width appropriate to the traffic
            volume they will carry and shall have adequate paved areas for vehicles. Traffic mitigation
            techniques such as on-site parallel access lanes, rear access lanes, deceleration lanes and traffic
            calming measures may be required. Shared curb cuts and accessways may also be required.

         l.   Site Circulation and Parking: Parking areas shall meet the requirements of this ordinance. All
              parking spaces and circulation patterns shall be marked. Curb stops or curbing may be required
              to prevent encroachment on required setbacks and screening. Provisions for on-site
              maneuvering of vehicles shall be made so as to discourage backing and movements of trucks on
              abutting public streets. On site traffic control signs shall be visible and understandable.

         m. Pedestrian safety: The on-site pedestrian circulation system shall be separated as completely and
            reasonably as possible from the vehicular circulation system. In order to ensure public safety,
            special pedestrian measures such as sidewalks, crosswalks, and other such facilities may be
            required for the development. The site circulation shall be connected to existing or planned
            streets and pedestrian or bicycle pathways in the area as appropriate.

         n. Site amenities: The site plan shall provide outdoor common areas and associated amenities for
            employees, customers and/or residents which may include public trash receptacles, bike racks,
            seating areas, recreation areas, shade trees, bus stop turn-outs, and similar facilities where
            appropriate.

         o. Utility Service: The development must be adequately served by necessary public services and
            shall not impose an undue burden on public services and infrastructure. All utilities for new
            construction shall be placed underground. Any installations which must remain above ground
            shall be compatible with those on adjacent properties.

         p. Lighting: Exterior lighting shall be arranged so it is deflected away from adjacent properties and
            so it does not impede the vision of traffic along adjacent streets. Flashing or intermittent lights
            shall not be permitted. Design of lighting fixtures shall be compatible with those on adjacent
            properties. Light poles and fixtures shall be no higher than twenty-five (25) feet.

         q. Signs: The size, location, and lighting of all permanent signs shall be consistent with the
            requirements of this Ordinance.

         r. Accessibility: All sites shall be designed to comply with barrier-free requirements.

         s. State and Federal Mandates: The site plan shall demonstrate compliance with any state or federal
            statute, regulation or ruling, whether general or site specific, which is applicable to the property.
            This shall include without limitation any legally enforceable restrictions on development or
            improvements which have been communicated or required by a state or federal agency. It shall
            include, without limitation, requirements of laws, regulations, rulings or agency requirements
            concerning environmental protection, waste management, floodplains, soil and sedimentation,

                                                      191
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

              protection of ground or surface water resources, soil conditions, and the presence of hazardous
              materials in or contamination of soils, air and water pollution matters and provisions which are
              designed for or reasonably related to the protection of the public health, safety or welfare. The
              applicant shall demonstrate that all said statutes, regulations, rulings, or requirements have been
              satisfied by its site plan and that there are no state or federal agencies which have required, or
              are in the process of requiring, any additional action, restriction or compliance. In the event a
              property is the subject of any governmental regulatory action or requirement, or without
              limitation, the property is located in the “facility” as defined by state or federal law, the state or
              federal agency responsible for the applicable regulation shall be notified in writing of the filing of
              the site plan and any hearing regarding the application for approval.

   12. Phasing: If applicable, all development phases shall be designed in logical sequence to ensure that each
       phase will independently function in a safe, convenient and efficient manner without being dependent
       upon improvements of a subsequent phase and by not precluding subsequent development potential of
       remaining lands.

   13. Validity: Approval of site plans not associated with a Planned Unit Development is valid for a period of
       12 months. Failure to initiate material construction pursuant to an approved site plan in that time shall
       render the approval null and void.

   14. Revocation: Any site plan review approval may be revoked by the Planning Commission after
       determination that one or more of the following circumstances exist:

          a. A material error in the original approval has been discovered either because of inaccurate
             information supplied by the applicant or administrative error by a staff member or other agency

          b. There has been a material departure from the commitments made and the requirements of an
             approved site plan.

          c. Material and substantial pollution, impairment or destruction of the environment, or to another
             legally protected public interest, would occur if the project were to be constructed as previously
             approved.

          d. Failure to perform, unless due to actions or circumstances beyond the applicant’s control.

      Appeals for time extensions of up to 6 months may be submitted and shall be reviewed by the Planning
      Commission.

      Revocation of an approved site plan shall be communicated in writing with reasons therefor to the
      property owner. The Building Inspector shall also be notified to withhold any building permit until a new
      site plan is approved.

   15. Performance Guarantees: A performance guarantee may be required to ensure compliance with the
       approved site plan.

   16. Site Plan Modifications: Minor modifications to a site plan previously approved by the Planning
       Commission may be approved by the Zoning Administrator including, without limitation:

                                                       192
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

           a. Change in any building size, up to five percent (5%) in total floor area

           b. Relocation of a dumpster

           c. Drive relocations

           d. Modification of up to 10% of the total parking area

           e. Sign location

           f. The addition of small accessory buildings (of not more than one hundred twenty square feet in
              area)

           g. Movement of buildings or other structures by no more than ten feet

           h. Replacement of plant material specified in the landscape plan with comparable materials

           i.   Changes in building materials to comparable or higher quality materials

           j.   Change in floor plans which do not alter the character of the use

           k. Changes required or requested by the City or other regulatory agency in order to conform to their
              laws or regulations

       Requests for site plan modifications will be duly recorded by the Zoning Administrator and reflected by
       the applicant in the “as built” plans.

   17. As-built plans: Upon completion of the project, and prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy
       or Certificate of Compliance, three as-built plans, accurately demonstrating compliance with grades and
       drainage plan, shall be provided to the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator shall provide one
       copy to the Assessor, and one copy to the Building Official.

SECTION 2331: MARIHUANA FACILITIES OVERLAY DISTRICT

A Marihuana Facilities Overlay District is hereby created as outlined in Figure 23-2. Within said overlay district
only, Medical Marihuana Facilities and Recreational Marihuana Facilities to the extent licensed pursuant to City
Code Sections 34-201 through 34-208 and 34-301 through 34-307 are permitted.

   1. Overlay District:

           a. Location: Please see Figure 23-2 for the location of the overlay district. Within the entire overlay
              district, licenses for Provisioning Centers, Growers, Processors, Secure Transporters and Safety
              Compliance Facilities are permitted for Medical Marihuana Facilities. A smaller area within the
              overlay district allows for Recreational Marihuana licenses for Retailers, Microbusiness,
              Designated Consumption Establishments, Temporary Marihuana Events, Growers, Processors,
              Secure Transporters and Safety Compliance Facilities.

   2. Grower, Excess Grower, and Processor Requirements:

                                                       193
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          a. Signage. Signage shall follow the regulations set forth by the underlying zoning district.

          b. Building and Site Amenities. All Grower and Processor facilities must meet the following amenity
             requirements:

                  i. Bay doors. Buildings must have bay doors in which a secure transport vehicle can enter
                     for delivery.

                 ii. Canopy. Buildings must have a canopy or decorative awning over the main entrance to
                     the building.

                 iii. Lighting. There shall be ornamental lighting on the exterior of the building at all ingress
                      and egress doors. There shall also be at least one decorative street lamp with banner
                      brackets every 150 feet of linear road frontage. The Zoning Administrator may require
                      these lamps to be located off-site within the overlay district to create a cohesive look for
                      the district.

                 iv. Landscaping plan. Decorative landscaping shall be provided with irrigation. All new
                     construction projects shall require underground sprinkling. Please see Part G,
                     Landscaping Requirements.

                 v. Street furniture/amenities. There shall be at least one bench, bike rack, trash can or bus
                    shelter located on site. The Zoning Administrator may require any of these over another
                    to keep a diversified look throughout the district. Properties that cannot meet these
                    requirements because of site conditions may allow the Zoning Administrator to locate
                    these amenities anywhere within the district or within 500 feet of its boundaries.

                 vi. Carbon filtration system. The building shall be equipped with an activated carbon
                     filtration system for odor control and be maintained in working order.

          c. Waste Disposal Plan. A plan must be approved for the disposal of waste, chemicals and unused
             plant material.

          d. Security. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by
             licensed security guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   3. Provisioning Center, Retailer, Microbusiness and Designated Consumption Establishment Requirements:

          a. Hours. Provisioning Centers, Retailers and Microbusinesses and Designated Consumption
             Establishments may operate between the hours 8 am and 12 pm.

          b. Signage. Signage shall follow the regulations set forth by the underlying zoning district.

          c. Building and Site Amenities. All Provisioning Centers, Retailers, Microbusinesses and Designated
             Consummation Establishments must meet the following amenity requirements:

                  i. Canopy. Buildings must have a canopy or decorative awning over the main entrance to
                     the building.

                                                      194
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                 ii. Security shutters. The interior of all windows shall require security shutters that give the
                     appearance of shutters or window shades. Metal bars and gates are prohibited.

                 iii. Lighting. There shall be ornamental lighting on the exterior of the building at all ingress
                      and egress doors. There shall also be at least one decorative street lamp with banner
                      brackets every 150 feet of lineal road frontage. The Zoning Administrator may require
                      these lamps to be located off-site within the overlay district to create a cohesive look for
                      the district.

                 iv. Landscaping plan. Decorative landscaping shall be provided with irrigation. All new
                     construction projects shall require underground sprinkling. Please see Part G,
                     Landscaping Requirements.

                 v. Street furniture/amenities. There shall be at least one bench, bike rack, trash can or bus
                    shelter located on site. The Zoning Administrator may require any of these over another
                    to keep a diversified look throughout the district. Properties that cannot meet these
                    requirements because of site conditions may allow the Zoning Administrator to locate
                    these amenities anywhere within the district or within 500 feet of its boundaries.

                 vi. Carbon filtration system. The building shall be equipped with an activated carbon
                     filtration system for odor control and be maintained in working order.

          d. Curbside/Drive Thru. Curbside delivery is allowed at all retail sale locations with an approved site
             plan that does not impede traffic or pedestrian safety. Drive thrus are allowed as a special use
             permitted under the following conditions:

                  i. The underlying zoning designation must be B-2, B-4, MC, I-1, I-2 or any Form Based Code
                     designation/building type that allows for drive thru businesses.

                 ii. Drive thru windows must be located on private property. Streets and alleys may only be
                     used for the movement of traffic and may not be used for drive thru vehicular stacking.

                 iii. A traffic study must be performed showing anticipated number of stacking spaces and
                      where they would be located on site.

          e. Security. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by
             licensed security guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   4. Safety Compliance Facility Requirements:

          a. Indoor Activities. All activities of a marihuana safety compliance facility shall be conducted within
             the structure and out of public view.

          b. Building and Site Amenities. All Safety Compliance Facilities must meet the following amenity
             requirements:

                  i. Canopy. Buildings must have a canopy or decorative awning over the main entrance to
                     the building.
                                                      195
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                ii. Lighting. Ornamental lighting is required on the exterior of the building at all ingress and
                    egress doors. There shall also be at least one decorative street lamp with banner brackets
                    every 150 feet of lineal road frontage. The Zoning Administrator may require these lamps
                    to be located off-site within the overlay district to create a cohesive look for the district.

                iii. Landscaping Plan. Decorative landscaping shall be provided and all landscaping shall be
                     irrigated. All new construction projects shall require underground sprinkling. Please see
                     Part G, Landscaping Requirements.

                iv. Street furniture/amenities. There shall be at least one bench, bike rack, trash can or bus
                    shelter located on site. The Zoning Administrator may require any of these over another
                    to keep a diversified look throughout the district. Properties that cannot meet these
                    requirements because of site conditions may allow the Zoning Administrator to locate
                    these amenities anywhere within the district or within 500 feet of its boundaries.

         c. Security. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by
            licensed security guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

         d. Chemical waste and plant disposal plan. A list of all chemicals used in testing and how they will
            be disposed of must be provided. The plan must also show how marihuana plants and products
            will be disposed.

   5. Secure Transporter Requirements:

         a. Storage. Marihuana and supplies, materials or money shall not be kept in any secure transport
            vehicle overnight. Outdoor storage, excluding transport vehicles is prohibited.

         b. Building and Site Amenities. All Secure Transporter buildings must meet the following amenity
            requirements:

                 i. Canopy. Buildings must have a canopy or decorative awning over the main entrance to
                    the building.

                ii. Lighting. Ornamental lighting is required on the exterior of the building at all ingress and
                    egress doors. There shall also be at least one decorative street lamp with banner brackets
                    every 150 feet of lineal road frontage. The Zoning Administrator may require these lamps
                    to be located off-site within the overlay district to create a cohesive look for the district.

                iii. Landscaping Plan. Decorative landscaping shall be provided and all landscaping shall be
                     irrigated. All new construction projects shall require underground sprinkling. Please see
                     Part G, Landscaping Requirements.

                iv. Street furniture/amenities. There shall be at least one bench, bike rack, trash can or bus
                    shelter located on site. The Zoning Administrator may require any of these over another
                    to keep a diversified look throughout the district. Properties that cannot meet these
                    requirements because of site conditions may allow the Zoning Administrator to locate
                    these amenities anywhere within the district or within 500 feet of its boundaries.

                                                     196
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

         c. Security. There must be a security presence in place on the property at all times, either by
            licensed security guard(s) and/or security cameras. A floor plan with security details is required.

   6. Temporary Marihuana Event Requirements:

         a. Temporary Marihuana Events may be held within the allowed area for Recreational Marihuana
            Facilities, including parking lots and the public right-of-way, with the issuance of all necessary
            local and state permits.

   7. Landscaping Requirements:

         a. All required front setbacks shall be landscaped with a minimum of two canopy or shade trees,
            four understory or evergreen trees and four shrubs, for each 30 lineal feet of road frontage.
            Access ways from public rights-of-way through required landscape strips shall be permitted, but
            such access ways shall not be subtracted from the lineal dimension used to determine the
            minimum number of trees and shrubs required.

         b. All terraces (area between street and sidewalk) shall be landscaped with a minimum of one
            canopy tree for each 20 lineal feet of road frontage.

         c. Properties that cannot meet these landscaping requirements because of site conditions may
            allow the Zoning Administrator to locate the required landscaping anywhere within the overlay
            district or within 500 feet of its boundaries. Required understory trees, evergreen trees and
            shrubs may be replaced with canopy trees within the terrace at a 1:1 ratio.




                                                    197
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

FIGURE 23-2




                                     198
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2332: SPECIAL LAND USES AND PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS

   1. The Planning Commission shall have the power to review and in some cases approve applications as
      authorized by State law or the following sections of this ordinance: Sections 401, 515, 601, 602, 701,
      702, 801, 802, 901, 902, 1001, 1002, 1101, 1102, 1202, 1301, 1302, 1401, 1402, 1501, 1502, 1601, 1602,
      1701, 1702, 1801, 1802, 1901, 1902, 2001, 2002, 2101, 2317. A best faith effort shall be made by the
      Planning Commission to process petitions for Special Uses and preliminary Planned Unit Developments
      within 60 days. In the case of final Planned Unit Development plans, the City Commission, after receiving
      a recommendation from the Planning Commission, shall approve, deny or approve with conditions the
      petition within 60 days.

   2. Applications, Filing Procedures, Fees

      An application shall be filed with the Zoning Administrator who shall, in the case of Planned Unit
      Developments, contain a statement of the cost thereof, who shall transmit the same, together with
      plans, specification and other papers pertaining to the application to the Planning Commission.

      Such application shall be heard within a reasonable time as prescribed by the rules and regulations of
      the Planning Commission and State law.

      The Zoning Administrator shall not receive any application without payment by the applicant to the City
      Treasurer of the applicable fees as specified in the City’s Master Fee Schedule as adopted by a resolution
      of the City Commission and in effect at the time of applications.

   3. Hearings and Notices

      After receipt of an application for a Special Land Use or PUD, a notice shall be published in a newspaper
      of general circulation. In addition to such notice, a notice shall also be served personally or by mail to all
      owners of real property of all structures within three hundred (300) feet of the property in question.
      Such notice shall be given fifteen days prior to the hearing. If the owner is not known, the term occupant
      may be used in making notification. The notice shall include:

          a. The nature of the Special Land Use request.

          b. A description of the property which is the subject of the Special Land Use request.

          c. The location and date of the hearing.

          d. Where and when written comments will be received.

      Any party may appear at such hearing in person or by agent or attorney.

   4. Discretionary decisions, standards, and conditions

      Consistent with the City or Village Zoning Enabling Act (PA, 207, 1921, and amended), the Planning
      Commission shall approve, deny or approve with conditions applications for Special Use or activities. The
      standards upon which decisions are made shall be consistent with, and promote the intent and purpose
      of the Zoning Ordinance, and insure that the land use or activity authorized shall be compatible with

                                                       199
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

       adjacent uses of land, the natural environment, and the capacities of public services and facilities
       affected by the land use. The decision on a Special Land Use or activity shall be incorporated in a
       statement of conclusions and be placed on file with the Department of Planning.

       The Planning Commission shall review the application after proper notice has been given as required by
       State law and this Ordinance. The Planning Commission shall base its decisions upon review of the
       individual standards pertaining to that Special Land Use or activity and the general standards of Section
       2332. The Planning Commission may grant approval of the application with any conditions it may find
       necessary, or it may disapprove the application. Upon approval of a Special Use, the Building Official
       shall issue any necessary permits.

   5. Standards for Approval of Discretionary Uses

       Prior to authorization of any Special Land Use, the Planning Commission shall give due regard to the
       nature of all adjacent uses and structures. It shall determine the consistency with the adjacent use and
       development.

       In addition, the Planning Commission shall find that the proposed use or activity would not be offensive,
       or a nuisance, by reason of increased traffic, noise, vibration, or light. Further, the Planning Commission
       shall find that adequate water and sewer infrastructure exists or will be constructed to service the
       Special Land Use or activity.

SECTION 2333: LANDSCAPING, FENCING, WALLS, SCREENS AND LIGHTING

The intent of this section is to promote the public’s health, safety, and general welfare by: minimizing noise, air,
and visual pollution; improving the appearance of off-street parking and parking lots reducing heat, noise, and
the glare of automobile and site lights; requiring buffering between incompatible land uses: regulating the
screening of property abutting public rights-of-way; providing wind breaks, protecting and preserving the
appearance, character, and value of the business community and residential neighborhood areas; preventing
soil erosion and soil depletion; and promoting soil and water retention.

   1. Scope: These requirements shall apply to all uses for which site plan review is required and any other
      use so specified in this Ordinance. No site plan shall be approved unless said site plan shows landscaping,
      berms, greenbelts, buffer zones, and screening consistent with the requirements set forth herein.

   2. Landscape Plan Required: A landscape plan shall be submitted as part of a site plan review application.
      The landscape plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following items:

           a. Location, spacing, size and descriptions for each plant type proposed for use within the required
              landscape area.

           b. Typical straight cross-section including slope, height, and width of berms and swales, type of
              ground cover, or height and type of construction of wall or fence, including footings.

           c. Significant construction details to resolve specific site conditions, such as tree wells to preserve
              existing trees or culverts to maintain natural drainage patterns.


                                                        200
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

         d. Identification of natural features, natural drainage areas, existing trees and vegetative cover to
            be preserved.

         e. Identification of areas to be grass or other ground cover and method of planting.

   3. General Requirements:

         a. A mixture of plant material, such as evergreen, deciduous trees and shrubs, is required as a
            protective measure against insect and disease infestation. Landscaping shall be multi-tiered with
            the use of canopy and understory species. Use of native wildflowers and groundcovers other than
            traditional horticultural grasses is encouraged.

         b. Areas used for storm drainage purposes, such as unfenced drainage courses or retention areas
            in front or side yards, may be included as a portion of the required landscaped area.

         c. A means of protecting site trees against injury from mowing equipment and vehicles shall be
            provided.

         d. Plantings shall be used to screen service and storage areas and freestanding sign poles.

         e. Additional landscaping may be required adjacent to buildings to break up long building expanses
            and walls void of windows.

         f. Landscaping may be required to serve as windbreaks.

         g. Landscaping shall be designed to blend with that on adjacent parcels where a road, walkway or
            other pathway flows between parcels.

   4. Landscape Elements: The following minimum standards shall apply:

         a. Quality: Plant material and grasses shall be of generally acceptable varieties and species for the
            area, free of insects and diseases and hardy to the climate. The Zoning Administrator shall provide
            a suggested list of acceptable plant materials.

         b. Waterfront Properties: Landscaping provided within a waterfront setback shall be comprised of
            native species. A ribbon of at least 30-foot of buffer zone shall be provided immediately adjacent
            to the waterfront to serve as a buffer for stormwater runoff.

         c. Placement: Landscaping shall be clustered and staggered rather than situated in straight rows for
            interest and variety unless such placement is an integral part of a design element, such as an alley
            of trees.

         d. Berms and Swales: Berms and swales shall be constructed with slopes not to exceed a 1:3
            gradient with side slopes designed and planted to prevent erosion. Slopes shall be protected with
            sod, seed, shrubs or other form of natural groundcover. Berms shall have a rounded surface,
            which is a minimum of two (2) feet in width at the highest point of the berm, extending the length
            of the berm. Berms are not permitted adjacent to the waterfront.


                                                    201
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          e. Existing Trees: If existing plant material is labeled “To Remain” on site plans by the applicant or
             required by the City, protective techniques, such as, but not limited to, fencing or barriers placed
             at the dripline around the perimeter of the plant material shall be installed during construction.
             No vehicle or other construction equipment shall be parked or stored within the dripline of any
             plant material intended to be saved. Other protective techniques may be used provided such
             techniques are approved by the City.

          f. Preservation Required: All existing live trees in excess of twelve (12) inches in diameter and at
             four and one half (4 ½) feet above the ground shall be preserved as much as practical. Those that
             must be removed and cannot be replaced on site may donate those trees to the City’s nursery to
             be used elsewhere around the City.

          g. Replacement Required: Should any tree required by this ordinance to be preserved or planted
             die, it shall be the responsibility of the owner/developer to replace the dead tree with two (2)
             trees for every one tree lost with trees of a minimum of three (3) inches in diameter four and
             one-half (4 ½) feet above the ground.

          h. Retained Landscaping In Lieu of New Landscaping: Landscaping requirements may be waived if
             the existing vegetation to be retained on site meets or exceeds ordinance requirements for
             landscaping and screening.

   5. Greenbelt Buffers:

          a. All required side and rear setbacks shall be landscaped, greenbelt buffers, unless zero-lot-line is
             employed for a structure or fire access. At least fifty percent of all required front setbacks shall
             be landscaped and adjacent to the road right-of-way. An average minimum greenbelt of 10 feet
             shall be maintained along all street frontages. Greenbelt buffers shall be landscaped in grass,
             ground cover, perennials, and/or other natural, living, landscape material.

          b. All required front setbacks shall be landscaped with a minimum of one (1) canopy or shade tree,
             two (2) understory or evergreen trees and (2) shrubs, for each thirty (30) lineal feet (or major
             portion thereof) of frontage abutting the right-of-way. Access ways from public rights-of-way
             through required landscape strips shall be permitted, but such access ways shall not be
             subtracted from the lineal dimension used to determine the minimum number of trees and
             shrubs required.

          c. Deciduous canopy trees shall be a minimum of twelve (12) feet in height and a minimum caliper
             of 2 inches at four and one-half (4 ½) feet above the ground. Evergreen and understory trees shall
             be a minimum of six (6) feet high at planting.

   6. Installation and Maintenance:

          a. All landscaping and landscape elements shall be planted, and earth moving or grading performed,
             according to accepted good planting and grading procedures.

          b. Landscaped areas outside of stormwater management areas, native natural areas, beaches, and
             dune areas may be required to be irrigated.

                                                     202
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          c. The owner of property that is required to be landscaped by this Ordinance shall maintain such
             landscaping in a reasonably healthy condition, free from refuse and debris. All unhealthy and
             dead material shall be replaced.

   7. Screening Between Land Uses:

          a. Upon any improvement for which a site plan is required, screening shall be constructed at least
             four (4) feet and up to six (6) feet in height may be required along all adjoining boundaries with
             residentially zoned or used property. A landscape buffer with berming, or landscaping with a
             fence or a solid wall may be used to meet screening requirements.

          b. Where there is a need to provide a greater noise or dust barrier or to screen more intense
             development, a solid wall may be required. Such wall shall be constructed on both sides with
             stone, face brick, poured-in-place simulated face brick, or precast brick panels having simulated
             face brick.

   8. Parking Lot Landscaping: Parking lots exceeding 5,000 square feet (including all parking spaces, lanes,
      drives and other areas devoted to vehicular use) shall be landscaped with at least one (1) landscape
      island. For each additional 5,000 square feet (or each additional 20 spaces, whichever is greater) an
      additional landscape island shall be required. Landscape islands shall be at least 180 square feet in size,
      with a minimum width of three (3) feet. Landscape islands shall be landscaped with one (1) shade canopy
      tree and three (3) shrubs for every eight (8) parking spaces. Canopy trees shall be a minimum of twelve
      (12) feet in height with a minimum caliper of 2 inches at four and one-half (4 ½) feet above the ground.

      The Zoning Administrator may allow the substitution of bump-outs or other landscaping elements in lieu
      of landscape islands, as long as the square footage, width, and landscaping requirements are still met.

   9. Loading Area Screening: All loading areas shall be fenced and screened whenever abutting a residential
      use or district.

   10. Mechanical Equipment Screening: (this subsection does not apply to single-family residential uses, or to
       any use in an industrial land use category unless it abuts a residential area.) When located outside of a
       building, support equipment including air conditioning and heating devices, and water and gas meters,
       but not including plumbing or exhaust vents or chimneys, are to be screened to the height of the
       particular piece of equipment, as follows:

          a. Roof-Mounted Equipment: To be screened by architectural features from the view of abutting
             streets and parcels.

          b. Equipment at Grade: When located on the ground adjacent to a building, mechanical equipment
             is to be screened by landscaping, a solid wall or fencing from the view of the street or surrounding
             properties.

   11. Outdoor Storage Screening: Outdoor open storage of any equipment, vehicles and materials, including
       waste and waste receptacles, shall be screened from public right-of-way and residential uses or districts.
       Such storage shall not be located in the required front setback. Commercial and industrial uses do not
       have to screen from one another. Front yard fencing over 4 feet in height in commercial and industrial

                                                      203
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

      zones shall adhere to the required front setback. A screen of up to six (6) feet but not less than four feet
      may be required as part of a site plan review approval.

   12. Fencing, all Districts: The placement of a fence requires a development permit or site plan approval.
       Fencing shall be properly maintained. Fencing materials used shall consist of the following:

          a. Wood or vinyl stockade fences of standard commercial construction. The finished side of the
             fence shall face abutting properties.

          b. Open fences such as chain link, picket, split-rail, and wrought-iron fencing. Woven slats, mesh,
             and other screening materials are prohibited with these fencing types.

          c. Masonry walls designed and constructed to facilitate maintenance and not modifying natural
             drainage in such a way as to endanger adjacent property that is of standard commercial
             construction.

   13. Placement: A wall, fence or yard enclosure may be erected on the lot line.

   14. Height limitations:

          a. Side and rear yards: In residential districts a wall, fence or yard enclosure may be up to six (6)
             feet in height behind any building line of a structure which abuts a street (see Figure 2-9).

          b. Front yards: In any residential front yard (in front of any building line of a structure which abuts
             a street), the height of a fence shall not exceed three (3) feet, unless an open fence (at least 50%
             transparent) is provided in which case it may be a maximum height of four (4) feet when such
             fence does not reduce visibility or interfere with clear vision at intersections, alleys and drives.
             Corner lot exemption: Corner lots may have a six-foot tall fence on the secondary front yard
             (along the street that does not contain the main entrance to the home) as long as clear vision is
             maintained.

          c. Commercial and industrial districts: A wall, fence or yard enclosure may be up to eight (8) feet in
             height behind the front building line of a structure. In a front yard (in front of any building line of
             a structure which abuts a street), the height shall not exceed six (6) feet and shall not reduce
             visibility or interfere with clear vision at intersections, alleys and drives.

   15. Barbed wire: No person shall place, string or maintain barbed wire as part of any fence, other work or
       structure in any zoning district unless approved by the Planning Commission as part of an authorized
       special use. No barbed wire shall be permitted in any historic district.

   16. Corner Clearance: The following regulations shall apply to all landscaping, fences, walls, screens, or
       similar devices at street intersections or driveways:

          a. No fence, wall, sign or screen or any planting shall be erected or maintained in such a way as to
             obstruct vision or interfere with traffic visibility on a curve, or within twenty-five (25) feet of the
             right-of-way of a street.



                                                       204
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          b. No fence, wall, sign or screen or any planting shall be erected or maintained in such a way as to
             obstruct vision, between the height of three (3) and ten (10) feet, within twenty-five (25) feet of
             the right-of-way of a street.

          c. No structure, hazard or obstruction shall be placed or maintained in the right-of-way, except as
             may be approved by the city.

   17. Fire Hazard: No fence or wall shall be approved which constitutes a fire hazard either of itself or in
       connection with the existing structures in the vicinity, nor which will interfere with access by the Fire
       Department in case of fire to buildings in the vicinity or which will constitute a hazard to street traffic or
       to pedestrians.

   18. Waterfront Walls and Fences: No fences or walls shall be erected in the waterfront setback. Obscuring
       walls and fences shall not be placed parallel to the waterfront. Approved fences and walls shall be limited
       to three (3) feet in height in waterfront yards.

   19. Exceptions to Fencing and Screening Requirements:

          a. Buildings Abutting Lot Lines: Required screening or fencing may be omitted along any lot line
             where a building wall exists immediately abutting the lot line.

          b. Existing Screening: Any fence, screen, wall or hedge which does not conform to the provisions of
             this Section and which is legally existing at the effective date of this Ordinance may be continued
             and maintained, provided there is no physical change other than necessary maintenance and
             repair in such fence, screen, wall, or hedge except as permitted in other sections of this
             Ordinance.

          c. Planning Commission Modification: Landscaping may be waived or modified provided the
             Planning Commission first makes a finding that specifically identified characteristics of the site or
             site vicinity would make required landscaping, fencing or screening unnecessary or ineffective,
             or where it would impair vision of natural amenities.

   20. Outdoor lighting in all districts: Outdoor lighting in newly developed commercial and industrial uses,
       subdivisions, condominium projects and planned unit developments, or replacement lighting for such
       developments and institutional uses, shall be designed and constructed in such a manner to ensure that:

          a. Direct or directly reflected light is confined to the development site.

          b. All light sources and light lenses are shielded.

          c. No light sources or light lenses are directly visible from beyond the boundary of the site.

          d. Lighting fixtures shall be a down-type having one hundred percent (100%) cut off. The light rays
             may not be emitted by the installed fixture at angles above the horizontal plane passing through
             the lowest point on the light fixture from which the light is emitted, as certified by the
             manufacturer’s photometric test. The following exceptions apply:



                                                        205
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                   i. Commercial and institutional uses may illuminate building facades without one hundred
                      percent cut off provided the light lenses are shielded by a non-translucent fixture, only
                      allowing the light to shine upwards or downwards. Light shining upwards must be
                      contained to the building with no spillage to the night sky or adjacent properties. Lighting
                      sources must be placed far enough from building edges or there must be an architectural
                      element present to prevent the light from spilling off the building into the night sky or
                      adjacent properties.

                  ii. Commercial and institutional buildings may illuminate building facades from the ground
                      up as long as the light is contained directly on the building with no spillage to the night
                      sky or adjacent properties. Light lenses must be shielded and not visible from adjacent
                      properties.

          e. All exterior lighting luminaries operating at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a
             minimum efficacy of 60 lumen/watt.

          f. Lighting shall be equipped with baffling or other devices to assure that the above requirements
             are achieved.

          g. The applicant shall submit the specifications for the lights, poles, fixtures and light sources to the
             City for approval prior to installation.

          h. The height of light poles shall not exceed twenty-five (25) feet as measured from average grade.

SECTION 2334: SIGNS

   1. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of these requirements is to provide a framework within which the
      identification and informational needs of all land uses can be harmonized with the desires and aesthetic
      standards of the general public. It is a basic tenet of this Section that unrestricted signing does not benefit
      either private enterprise or the community-at-large. It is intended through the provisions contained
      herein to:

          a. Give recognition to the legitimate needs of business, industry and other activities, in attaining
             their identification and informational objectives.

          b. Reflect the primary purpose of signing as being the identification of a particular user or use on a
             property, but not necessarily every activity or service performed thereon.

          c. Promote signs that are visible and can be readily seen from moving vehicles with the least amount
             of distraction and to prevent confusion that may cause abrupt, unsafe vehicular maneuvers.

          d. Improve the quality of community life by encouraging signs compatible with the overall street
             setting and neighborhood character, appropriate and in harmony with the principal activities and
             structures being served and to promote legible signs in scale with the area in which they are seen.

          e. Protect the public welfare and enhance the urban landscape by providing signs that do not create
             problems due to excessive size, height, number, or movement for users of public rights-of-way
             or contiguous properties.
                                                        206
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          f. Avoid excessive signing in order to give each business or use optimum visibility to passer-by traffic
             and if possible, prevent urban clutter, and to prevent one sign from blocking the view of another
             sign.

          g. Retain property values by reducing visual blight because of such factors as clutter, poor
             maintenance, and light glare.

          h. Safeguard the public use and nature of streets and sidewalks for pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

          i.   Support and complement the land use objectives of the Master Land Use Plan and this ordinance.

          j.   Place and size signs in such a way that scenic views are respected and visual obstructions to the
               natural landscape are minimized.

          k. Place and size signs in such a way to prevent visual obstructions in traveled rights-of-way that
             may obscure traffic signs, distract motorists or impair drivers’ sight lines.

          l.   Protect the character of the City by encouraging the design of signs that reflect the City’s
               favorable environment as an urban, waterfront community.

          m. Maintain and enhance economic stability by retaining aesthetic appeal to residents and visitors,
             and encourage signing practices that will complement the City’s character and natural
             environment.

          n. Promote safety and security in and around businesses.

   2. Jurisdiction: Signs not strictly permitted are prohibited. A permit shall be obtained for the erection,
      construction, alteration and/or replacement of any sign; except as hereinafter provided.

      All regulated signs shall be approved by the city as to their conformance with the requirements of this
      Ordinance. The applicant shall provide the following:

          a. Total display area of the sign in square feet

          b. Proposed setback of the sign from the road right-of-way, drives and adjacent properties

          c. Sign type, purpose and height, and ground clearance if applicable

          d. Height and width of building if the sign is a wall or wall projecting type

          e. Lighting, type and screening, as appropriate.

          f. Landscaping plans, as appropriate.

          g. Site area and frontage

          h. Site and building photos.

   3. General Requirements:

                                                      207
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          a. Maintenance: All signs and sign structures shall conform to all applicable codes adopted by the
             city. Signs shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and be maintained at all times in a state of
             good repair, with all braces, bolts, clips, supporting frame, and fastenings free from deterioration,
             insect infestation, rot, rust or loosening. All signs shall be kept neatly finished, including all metal
             parts and supports that are not galvanized or made of rust-resistant metals.

          b. View: Signs erected in the city shall not obstruct the clear view of traffic. If the location or design
             of a sign may result in a conflict with pedestrian or vehicular movement or circulation, the city
             may require a clearance of up to ten (10) feet from the finished grade level or curb elevation to
             the lowest part of such sign or a front setback of up to ten feet.

          c. Out-of-Business Establishment: If a sign advertises a business, attraction, or other enterprise or
             activity that is no longer operating or being offered or conducted, that sign shall be considered
             abandoned and the sign faces shall be removed and replaced with blank faces within sixty (60)
             days after written notification from the city to the sign owner, owner of the property where the
             sign is located, or other party having control over said sign. Any expense incurred by the city
             incidental to removal shall be paid by the sign owner, owner of the property or other party having
             control over the sign. The expenses associated with sign removal may constitute a lien upon the
             property to be collected in the same manner as real property taxes.

          d. Electrical signs: Signs erected shall comply with the appropriate electrical code.

          e. Anchoring and safety: All pole signs shall be mounted on steel poles and shall meet wind loading
             limits as designated in the Building Code.

          f. Illumination: Any light used for the illumination of a sign shall be so that the light will not shine
             directly on adjacent properties or create a traffic hazard or distraction to operators of motor
             vehicles on public thoroughfares. Every external artificial light source shall be directed solely to,
             and concentrated sharply on, the sign.

          g. Area measurement: The area of a sign shall be measured from the outside of the sign structure,
             on only one (1) face of the sign, and shall include the sign message and all of the elements of the
             matter displayed. Sign supports that do not form an integral part of the sign message or display
             shall be excluded from the sign area calculation.

          h. Historic Districts: All properties in designated historic districts shall comply with the standards of
             the Historic District Commission.

   4. Prohibited Signs (all districts): The following listed signs are prohibited in any zoning district of the City:

          a. A sign displaying intermittent lights and lights resembling the flashing lights customarily used in
             traffic signals, or police, fire, ambulance, or rescue vehicle or signs which imitate official traffic
             directional signs or devices.

          b. A sign using the words, “Stop”, “Danger”, or any other words, phrases, symbols, or characters, in
             such a manner as to interfere with, mislead, or confuse a vehicle driver.

          c. Signs affixed to trees, shrubs or similar natural features.
                                                      208
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          d. Signs affixed to fences or utility poles or structural elements not capable to support such signs
             except community promotional banners permitted under “Exempt Signs.”

          e. Any sign which obstructs the ingress or egress from a required door, window, or other required
             exit.

          f. Signs on parked vehicles where the sign is the primary use of the vehicle.

          g. Banners used as permanent signs.

          h. Temporary signs and devises including inflatable devices, pennants, pinwheels, searchlights or
             other devices with similar characteristics, except when used temporarily for periods not to
             exceed fifteen (15) days to announce the opening of a new type of business or use by a new
             owner.

          i.   Inverted “T” signs with spider legs, with or without wheels where lettering can be changed,
               rearranged or altered (see also definition of “portable” sign:

          j.   Signs which overhang or extend into a dedicated public right-of-way without the written consent
               of the city. Any signs which encroach upon the public right-of way do not qualify as legal
               nonconforming signs. Such signs shall be considered an illegal use and shall be removed, unless
               an encroachment agreement was obtained from the City Commission.

          k. Signs that have concrete foundations or other solid anchoring devices that project above the
             surface of the ground more than 18” (eighteen inches).

          l.   Signs which are painted, placed or constructed directly on or project from a roof.

          m. Off-premise signs except billboards regulated herein or tourist oriented directional signs placed
             in cooperation with the City.

          n. Signs with visible moving, revolving, rotating parts, or visible mechanical movement of any
             description or other apparent visible movement achieved by electrical, electronic, or mechanical
             means.

          o. Externally illuminated signs which can bleed light, interfere with the city’s “night sky” objectives,
             cast glare in the public right-of-way distracting drivers, and shining into adjacent residential areas
             interfering with resident’s enjoyment of their personal property.

   5. Exempt Signs: The following signs, provided such signs are established in a lawful manner and placed so
      as not to cause a nuisance or create a safety hazard, are permitted without a permit:

          a. One real estate sale and “For Rent” or “Lease” or construction sign per property not exceeding
             eight (8) square feet in display area when located within a residential district. For all other
             districts, one real estate sale and “For Rent” or “Lease” sign per major bordering street complying
             with the standards of Table II. In all districts, a building undergoing construction or major
             renovation may have one building wrap covering no more than 40% of one face of the building
             bordering a street. The building wrap must be removed at such time that the construction or
                                                      209
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

              renovation project is complete or a certificate of occupancy has been issued. All building wraps
              must be neatly hung, taut and secure, and presentable and may not pose a hazard to public
              safety.

         b. On-site political campaign signs not exceeding thirty-two (32) square feet in display area. It is
            recommended that they are not erected any sooner than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled
            day of election for which they are made and removed within 10 days of the election.

         c. “No Hunting”, “No Trespassing”, and on-premise “Garage Sale” signs not exceeding four (4)
            square feet in display area.

         d. On-premise directional signs approved as part of the site plan process not exceeding two signs
            per road frontage and not exceeding six (6) square feet in display area or four (4) feet in height.
            Not more than twenty-five (25%) of the area of any directional sign may be devoted to business
            identification or logo.

         e. Signs identifying a building’s address and/or the names of the occupants but not exceeding four
            (4) square feet in display area.

         f. Historic markers, wall signs identifying the names of a building or date of erection of a structure.

         g. Official notices of any court or public agency not exceeding twelve (12) square feet in display
            area.

         h. Window signs may be up to twenty five percent (25%) of the total window area of the commercial
            portion of the first floor of the front building face. This allotment may be divided between
            multiple windows on the commercial portion of the building.

         i.   Traffic control, directional, warning, or informational signs when authorized by a public agency
              having appropriate jurisdiction.

         j.   Signs required by federal or state agencies in connection with federal or state grant projects and
              programs.

         k. The flags of government or noncommercial institutions.

         l.   One additional flag per premise.

         m. Banners, provided:

                  i. Banners must be made of plastic, vinyl or another similar material of professional quality.

                 ii. Banners must be neatly hung, taut and secure.

                 iii. Banners may not pose a hazard to public safety.

                 iv. Banners must be located on the property of the applicable business or institution and not
                     located in public rights of way.

                                                     210
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                v. Banners shall not be displayed longer than 90 days. This shall not prohibit a new banner
                   with a new message from being placed or hung after a previous banner has been
                   removed.

                vi. A business or institution with up to 140 feet of frontage is limited to one (1) banner per
                    frontage of no more than 32 square feet.

               vii. A business or institution with between 141 and 280 feet of frontage is limited to two (2)
                    banners totaling no more than 48 square feet.

               viii. A business or institution with 281 feet of frontage or more is limited to three (3) banners
                     per frontage totaling no more than 96 square feet.

                ix. A large community special event normally having 5,000 or more attendees that has
                    received approval from the Special Events Committee, may display banners for up to 45
                    days prior to their special event and until 10 days after the special event has been held.
                    Such banners would be required to comply with regulations m.i. through m.iv. above but
                    they would not be limited to the size and number requirements mentioned in items m.vi.)
                    through m.viii. above.

                x. Sporting venues, theaters or athletic stadiums hosting events, other than their principal
                   and routine uses, may have banners displayed outside the stadium, theater or venue
                   building for up to 45 days prior to their special event and until 10 days after the special
                   event has been held. These banners must comply with regulations m.i. through m.iv.
                   above and may be no larger than 10% of the front building face, if placed on a building. If
                   the banner is not placed on a building, the banner would have to comply with the size and
                   height requirements of Table II, similar to a permanent free standing sign. Regardless of
                   if the banner is being located on a building or if it is hung freestanding from supports,
                   banners in this section are limited to one per road frontage.

         n. Community promotional banners attached to poles located on City property may be allowed by
            permission of the Zoning Administrator, provided:

                 i. Banners must be made of plastic, vinyl or another similar material of professional quality.

                ii. Banners must be neatly hung, taut and secure.

                iii. Banners may not pose a hazard to public safety.

                iv. An agreement will be in place with the owner of the pole.

         o. Sidewalk Signs: Sidewalk signs shall conform to the following regulations:

                 i. Sign Standards. Sidewalk signs shall conform to the following regulations:

                        1. A maximum of one (1) sidewalk sign per individual retail use/retail service business
                           (including restaurants) is permitted.


                                                    211
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                       2. Sign face area shall not exceed a maximum of ten (10) square feet. The area of a
                          sign shall be measured as the area within a single, continuous perimeter
                          composed of any straight line geometric figure which encloses the extreme limits
                          of wiring, representation, emblem, logo or any other figure of similar character
                          forming an integral part of the display, excluding only the support or other
                          structure necessary to support the sign.

                       3. Sign face width shall not exceed a maximum of thirty (30) linear inches as
                          measured from the outer edge of the sign support or structure.

                       4. Signs shall not exceed a maximum sign height of four (4) feet as measured from
                          the highest point of the sign to the finished grade of the ground immediately
                          beneath the sign.

                       5. All signs shall be designed and constructed to withstand reasonable natural
                          weather elements.

                       6. Signs shall be designed and constructed to ensure the sign does not blow over,
                          block walkways, and/or obstruct or interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
                          Owner shall be responsible for maintenance and must take such measures as
                          necessary to secure the sign including utilizing weighting material or removal
                          during extreme conditions.

                       7. Signs shall be maintained free of peeling paint or paper, fading staining, rust or
                          other condition which impairs legibility or intelligibility.

                       8. Sign supports, braces, poles and anchors shall be maintained in such a manner as
                          not to cause a hazard.

                       9. If signs are not properly maintained and pose a threat to the public health, safety
                          and welfare, or are illegally located in the public right-of-way, the city shall have
                          the right to remove the sign. Accordingly, the city shall pass on all removal costs
                          to the owner.

                       10. No sign shall contain any moving or animated parts, nor have the appearance of
                           having any moving or animated parts.

                       11. All signs shall be of professional quality.

                ii. Sign Placement. Sidewalk signs shall meet the following placement criteria:

                       1. Signs shall be portable and shall not be permanently affixed to any structure or
                          sidewalk and shall be removed at the end of each business day.

                       2. Signs shall be placed only on sidewalks that are wide enough to allow for a width
                          of at least five (5) linear feet for the unrestricted pedestrian movement beyond
                          the placement of the sign.

                                                    212
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                         3. Signs shall only be placed on the sidewalk in front of the business it is advertising
                            and shall be limited to one per business.

                         4. Signs shall be a minimum of forty-eight (48) linear inches from any obstructions
                            within the sidewalk right-of-way including but not limited to newspaper boxes,
                            outdoor tab les/seating, trees and tree grates, bicycle racks, trash receptacles, or
                            any other item impeding pedestrian or wheelchair movement. Sign placement
                            shall be in conformance with all Americans with Disabilities Act requirements.

                         5. Signs shall be a minimum of ten (10) linear feet from a building corner or
                            pedestrian crosswalk.

                         6. Signs shall be placed so the base of the sign is a minimum of ten (10) linear feet
                            from the base of any other sidewalk sign.

                         7. No sign shall be placed in the terrace area between the sidewalk and street.

                         8. If an encroachment agreement is necessary, such agreement shall be obtained
                            from the City Commission.

                 iii. Lighting and Display Hours. Signs shall not be illuminated and shall be displayed only
                      during daylight hours between sunrise and sunset.

          p. Signs located in a legally operating sports venue, either publicly or privately owned, shall be
             considered exempt signage, as long as the sign is erected for the sole purpose of its message
             being read only by the spectators attending the sporting event in the stadium, racetrack, or other
             type of sporting venue. All signs of sufficient height or size serving a dual purpose of being seen
             by the spectators of the event and displaying to those not attending the sporting event, will not
             be considered exempt signage. This type of signage may be used in addition to any other
             permitted signage allowed under this ordinance.

          q. Signs describing on-site sustainability efforts, no larger than four square feet in size.

   6. Permitted signs in all residential and mobile home park districts:

          a. Entranceway monument signs are permitted for residential developments of up to twelve (12)
             square feet. One sign for each major public road frontage may be provided. Signs shall not exceed
             eight feet in height.

          b. Internally illuminated monument signs of up to thirty-two (32) square feet, not exceeding eight
             (8) feet in height, and internally lit wall signs up to twenty-four (24) feet for lawful institutional
             uses such as churches and schools.

          c. Legal business uses in residential districts are permitted signage as allowed in the B-1 zoning
             district, except for those uses otherwise addressed in this section.

          d. One (1) non-illuminated wall sign of up to eight (8) square feet for a home occupation.


                                                      213
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          e. Changeable copy or message boards shall be part of a fixed, permanent sign and shall have rigid
             letters. Electronic message boards are prohibited.

          f. Electronic message boards shall be permitted for all churches and businesses granted a special
             use permit to operate in a residential district, provided:

                   i. One electronic message board shall be permitted per premise.

                  ii. Electronic message boards shall be dimmed at dusk.

                 iii. Electronic message boards shall not be permitted for home businesses.

   7. Permitted signs in the MC, B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5, I-1, and I-2 zones:

          a. Scope: Signs shall pertain exclusively to the business carried on within the building.

          b. Lighting: Signs may be illuminated, but no flashing or moving illumination shall be permitted.

          c. Number: One monument, or pole sign is permitted per property, regardless of the number of
             businesses there, except that one additional freestanding sign may be erected per road frontage
             when the development has parallel frontage on at least one major street or corner frontages on
             at least one major street, totaling over 500 linear feet. Properties with frontage on Muskegon
             Lake are permitted an additional monument or pole sign on the water frontage only.

          d. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Size: Signs shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the surface area
             of the commercial portion of the front building face and may be placed on any wall. In the case
             where the building is over one hundred feet (100’) from the road, this allotment may be 15% of
             the front face of the storefront. In the case where the building is over 300 feet from the road,
             this allotment may be 20% of the front face of the storefront. In the case where the property has
             parallel frontage on at least one major street or corner frontage on at least one major street, this
             allotment may be 15% of the front face of the storefront.

          e. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Placement: Signs shall be placed against the principal building or
             on a canopy. Signs shall not project above the roof line or cornice. No wall sign shall interrupt or
             conceal the architectural details of a building. A sign attached to a mansard shall be considered
             a wall sign.

          f. Changeable copy or electronic message boards: Shall be permitted provided:

                   i. One changeable or electronic message board shall be permitted per premise.

                  ii. Changeable copy boards shall be part of a fixed, permanent sign and shall have rigid
                      letters.

                 iii. Electronic message boards shall be dimmed at dusk.

                 iv. Electronic message board supports shall be at least seventy-five (75) feet from any
                     residential use or zone.

                                                      214
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

          g. Free-standing signs:

                  i. Setback: The leading edge of the sign must be out of the public right-of-way. Signs must
                     be a minimum of 10 feet from a neighboring sign.

                 ii. Ground clearance: Ground clearance shall accommodate clear vision needs of the site.

                 iii. Area and Height: All signs shall comply with Table II.

   8. Permitted signs in the B-1, Waterfront Marine Zone, Open Space Conservation, Open Space Recreation,
      and Lakefront Recreation Districts:

          a. Scope: Signs shall pertain exclusively to the business carried on within the building.

          b. Lighting: Signs may be illuminated, but no flashing or moving illumination shall be permitted.

          c. Number: One monument sign is permitted per property regardless of the number of businesses
             there. Properties with frontage on Muskegon Lake are permitted an additional monument or
             pole sign on the water frontage only.

          d. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Size: Signs shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the surface area
             of the commercial portion of the front building and may be placed on any wall. In the case where
             the building is over one hundred feet (100’) from the road, this allotment may be 15% of the
             front face of the storefront. In the case where the building is over 300 feet from the road, this
             allotment may be 20% of the front face of the storefront. In the case where the property has
             parallel frontage on at least one major street or corner frontage on at least one major street, this
             allotment may be 15% of the front face of the storefront.

          e. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Placement: Signs shall be placed against the principal building or
             on a canopy. Signs shall not project above the roof line or cornice. No wall sign shall interrupt or
             conceal the architectural details of a building. A sign attached to a mansard shall be considered
             a wall sign.

          f. Changeable copy or message boards: Shall be part of a fixed, permanent sign and shall have rigid
             letters. Electronic message boards are prohibited.

          g. Electronic message boards, provided:

                  i. One electronic message board shall be permitted per premise.

                 ii. Electronic message boards shall be dimmed at dusk.

          h. Free-standing signs:

                  i. Setback: The leading edge of the sign must be out of the public right-of-way. Signs must
                     be a minimum of 10 feet from a neighboring sign.

                 ii. Clear vision: Signs shall not obstruct clear vision requirements for motorists.

                                                      215
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                 iii. Area and height: Signs shall comply with the area requirements of Table II and shall not
                      exceed eight feet (8’) in height. However, any parcel with frontage on a highway shall be
                      allowed to follow the height restrictions in Table II.

   9. Permitted signs in the WI-PUD District:

          a. Scope: Signs shall pertain exclusively to the business carried on within the building.

          b. Lighting: Signs may be illuminated, but no flashing or moving illumination shall be permitted.

          c. Number: One monument sign is permitted per approved PUD regardless of the number of
             businesses there.

          d. Directional signs: On-site directional signs shall be approved as part of the planned unit
             development process.

          e. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Size: Signs shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the surface area
             of the front face of the building and may be placed on any wall. In the case where the building is
             over one hundred feet (100’) from the road, this allotment may be 15% of the front face of the
             building. In the case where the building is over 300 feet from the road, this allotment may be
             20% of the front face of the storefront.

          f. Changeable copy or message boards: Shall be part of a fixed, permanent sign and shall have rigid
             letters. Electronic message boards are prohibited.

          g. Free-standing signs:

                  i. Setback: The leading edge of the sign must be out of the public right-of-way. Signs must
                     be a minimum of 10 feet from a neighboring sign.

                 ii. Clear vision: Signs shall not obstruct clear vision requirements for motorists.

                 iii. Area and height: Signs shall comply with the area requirements of Table II and shall not
                      exceed eight feet (8’) in height.

   10. Campus Signage:

          a. Scope: Signs shall pertain exclusively to the business(es) carried on within the campus area. These
             regulations shall apply to any campus situation in any zoning district.

          b. Lighting: Signs may be illuminated, but no flashing or moving illumination shall be permitted.

          c. Number: One (1) monument, or pole sign is permitted per campus, to be located in a prominent
             location such as the intersection of two major road frontages or near a main campus building
             (but not at a drive entrance) on the campus property in order to identify the major point of
             presence for the campus. In addition, one (1) monument, or pole sign is permitted per
             entrance/exit to the campus proper. In addition, one (1) campus “map” sign is permitted per
             parking area of ten thousand (10,000) square feet or more, interior to the campus itself. One (1)

                                                     216
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

             free-standing sign is permitted, for identification purposes only, for each building located on the
             campus, for identification purposes only.

         d. Wall, Awning or Bracket Signs, Size: Signs shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the surface area of
            the commercial portion of the front building face for any building located on the campus and may
            be placed on any wall. If a free-standing building identification sign is to be used for a particular
            building, the size of such sign will be subtracted from the total amount of wall signage allowed
            for the building.

         e. Wall, Awning or Bracket Signs, Placement: Signs shall be placed against the principal building or
            on a canopy. Signs shall not project above the roof line or cornice. No wall sign shall interrupt or
            conceal the architectural details of a building. A sign attached to a mansard shall be considered
            a wall sign.

         f. Changeable copy or electronic message boards: Shall be permitted provided:

                 i. One changeable or electronic message board shall be permitted per campus.

                ii. Changeable copy boards shall be part of a fixed, permanent sign and shall have rigid
                    letters.

                iii. Electronic message boards shall be dimmed at dusk.

                iv. Electronic message board supports shall be at least seventy-five (75) feet from any
                    residential use.

         g. Free-standing signs:

                 i. Setback: The leading edge of the sign must be out of the public right-of-way. Signs must
                    be a minimum of 10 feet from a neighboring sign.

                ii. Ground clearance: Ground clearance shall accommodate clear vision needs of the site.

                iii. Area and Height:

                        (1) Signs identifying the major point of presence of the campus shall be in accordance
                            with Table II.

                        (2) Free-standing signs located at campus entrances and exits may not be larger than
                            thirty-two (32) square feet, and must be no higher than fifteen (15) feet.

                        (3) Map signs may not be larger than twenty four (24) square feet, and must be no
                            higher than six (6) feet.

                        (4) Free-standing building identification signs may not be larger than fifteen (15)
                            square feet, no higher than six (6) feet, and must be ground-mounted, monument
                            signs only.

         h. Informational and Directional Signs:
                                                     217
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  i. No permits shall be required for informational or directional signs having a maximum area
                     of six (6) square feet.

   11. Multi-Suite Buildings:

      In the case of a building divided into more than one suite, where not every suite has direct access and
      exposure to the outside, this ordinance recognizes that signage needs are unique. As part of the site plan
      review for these buildings, the Zoning Administrator will work with the applicant to determine the most
      reasonable and practical use of signage for the site. The intent of this ordinance is that each suite,
      regardless of size, access or exposure, is reasonably afforded space for both wall signage and free-
      standing signage, with the amount of signage to be determined during the site plan review process. In
      the case of an existing multi-suite building which would not otherwise require a site plan review, a minor
      site plan review will be required in order to determine signage needs and allotment.

          a. Number: The Zoning Administrator may allow free-standing and wall signage in addition to what
             is already allowed for these properties, as long as not more than three (3) total free-standing
             signs are permitted and wall signage of not more than a total of twenty percent (20%) of the
             surface area of the commercial portion of the front building face is allowed.

          b. Wall, Awning or Braquet Signs, Placement: Signs shall be placed against the principal building or
             on a canopy. Signs shall not project above the roof line or cornice. No wall sign shall interrupt or
             conceal the architectural details of a building. A sign attached to a mansard shall be considered
             a wall sign.

          c. Free-Standing Signs:

                  i. Placement: Placement of all free-standing signs permitted on the site will be determined
                     by the Zoning Administrator. The leading edge of the sign must be out of the public right-
                     of-way. Signs must be a minimum of 10 feet from a neighboring sign.

                  ii. Ground clearance: Ground clearance shall accommodate clear vision needs of the site.

                 iii. All free-standing signs will be required to comply with Table II.

   12. Permitted billboards:

          a. Overlay: Billboards are hereby permitted in the following areas as an overlay districts regardless
             of the underlying zone:

                  i. Within 300 feet of the U S. 31 right-of-way, between the South Branch of the Muskegon
                     River and Sherman Boulevard, provided there are no more than 8 sign faces on the entire
                     corridor. Back-to-back signs count as one sign face. Display area is limited to 672 square
                     feet.

                  ii. On Sherman Boulevard frontage, East of Barclay to the city limits; provided there are no
                      more than 4 sign faces on the entire corridor. Back-to-back signs count as one sign face.
                      Display area is limited to 300 square feet.

                                                      218
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                iii. On the West side of Henry Street frontage, South of Hackley to the city limits; provided
                     there are not more than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count
                     as one sign face. Display area is limited to 300 square feet.

                iv. On the East side of Henry Street frontage, South of Windsor to the city limits; provided
                    there are not more than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count
                    as one sign face. Display area is limited to 300 square feet.

                v. On Laketon Avenue frontage, East of Getty to the city limits; provided there are not more
                   than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count as one sign face.
                   Display area is limited to 300 square feet.

                vi. On Laketon Avenue frontage, between Seaway and Fifth; provided there are not more
                    than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count as one sign face.
                    Display area is limited to 300 square feet.

               vii. On Northbound Seaway frontage, between Hackley and Dale; provided there are not
                    more than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count as one sign
                    face. Display area is limited to 672 square feet.

               viii. On Southbound Seaway frontage, South of Hackley to the city limits; provided there are
                     not more than 2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Back-to-back signs count as one
                     sign face. Display area is limited to 672 square feet.

                ix. Within 500 feet of U.S. business 31, Southwest of the Southern branch of the Muskegon
                    River to Eastern Avenue, provided there are not more than 6 sign faces on said stretch of
                    roadway. Back-to-back signs count as one sign face. Display area is limited to 672 square
                    feet.

                x. On the East side of Getty, South of Keating to city limits, provided there are not more than
                   2 sign faces on said stretch of roadway. Display are is limited to 300 square feet.

         b. Cap: A community cap of total allowable billboards is hereby placed at 32 total faces. In order for
            a new billboard permit to be issued, two faces and the associated supporting structure(s)
            controlled by the applicant must be removed from the city including, without limitation,
            billboards in excess of the number allowed in any given overlay zone and billboards outside an
            overlay district. When the 32 face cap is attained the ratio of trade-off shall be one for one.

         c. Standards: All billboards shall comply with the following:

                 i. Spacing: Billboard supports shall be at least seventy-five (75) feet from any residential use
                    or zone and shall be spaced at least 300 feet from another billboard. Such distance shall
                    not be measured from across a street. Billboards shall be at least 200 feet from the
                    intersection of the following major streets; Henry, Laketon, Sherman, Barclay, Seaway
                    and Getty.

                ii. Height: The top of the billboard shall not exceed 20 feet above the average grade on a
                    vacant lot and 35 feet above the average grade on a lot with a principal structure. Average
                                                    219
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                     grade shall be determined by; the ground on which the billboard sits or; the grade of the
                     abutting roadway, whichever is higher.

                 iii. Lighting: Billboards on Seaway and U.S. 31 may be illuminated. Billboards in all other areas
                      shall not be illuminated because of their potential to: bleed light, interfering with the
                      City’s “night sky” objectives; cast glare in the public right-of-way, distracting drivers; take
                      attention from on-premise businesses; shine into adjacent residential areas impacting
                      resident’s enjoyment of their personal property.

                 iv. Landscaping: A landscaped strip of at least twenty five square feet shall be located
                     immediately adjoining the supporting structure of the billboard.

                  v. Setbacks: The leading edge of the sign face shall comply with setback requirements for
                     the zone in which the billboard is located.

   13. Existing Nonconforming Signs:

      It is the intent of this subsection is to permit the continuance of a lawful use of any conforming sign
      existing at the effective date of adoption of this section, although such sign may not conform with the
      provisions of this Section. It is the intent that nonconforming signs shall not be enlarged, expanded or
      extended. Further, it is the intent that nonconforming signs and shall be gradually eliminated and
      terminated upon their complete natural deterioration or accidental destruction. However,
      nonconforming signs may be repaired and maintained so as to continue the useful life of the sign. The
      continuance of all nonconforming signs within the City shall be subject to the following requirements:

          a. Status: The burden of proving a sign is a legally nonconforming sign shall rest with the person
             claiming such status for the sign.

          b. Structural Changes: The frame faces, supports, or other parts of any nonconforming sign shall not
             be structurally changed, altered, substituted, or enlarged unless the resultant changed, altered,
             substituted, or enlarged sign does not become more nonconforming or conforms to the provision
             of this Ordinance. Any nonconforming sign, billboard or portion thereof may be diminished in
             size or dimension without jeopardizing the privilege of nonconforming use.

   14. Removal: If the building official, zoning administrator or their authorized representative of the city
       determines that any sign regulated by this section is unsafe or constitutes a hazard to the public, such
       as obstructing vision of vehicle drivers or pedestrians, or has been constructed, erected or maintained
       in violation of the provisions of this section, after due notice, the official or inspector may remove the
       sign or require its immediate removal. Any expense incurred by the city incidental to the sign removal
       shall be paid by the sign owner, owner of the property where the sign is located, or other party having
       control over said sign.

      Any sign placed or erected in a public street, alley or right-of-way or other public place, which is not
      specifically permitted in such place, shall be deemed an unlawful sign and the department of the city
      having jurisdiction over the maintenance of such public place shall remove such sign. Such removal may
      be without written or other notice to the owner, lessee or person of the property adjacent to the public
      street, alley, right-of-way, or other public place upon which the sign is located.

                                                       220
ARTICLE XXIII – GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                  TABLE II: SIGN AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS

             Street Frontage* (linear ft.)       Maximum Sign Area           Maximum Height
                      50 and under                           25                     15
                          51-60                              34                     15
                          61-70                              38                     15
                          71-80                              42                     15
                          81-90                              46                     15
                         91-100                              50                     15
                        101-110                              54                     15
                        111-120                              58                     15
                        121-130                              62                     15
                        131-140                              66                     15
                        141-150                              70                     15
                        151-160                              74                     20
                        161-170                              78                     20
                        171-180                              82                     20
                        181-190                              86                     20
                        191-200                              90                     20
                        201-210                              94                     20
                        211-220                              98                     20
                        221-230                             102                     20
                        231-240                             106                     20
                        241-250                             110                     20
                        251-260                             114                     25
                        261-270                             118                     25
                        271-280                             122                     25
                        281- 290                            126                     25
                       291-300                              130                     25
                       301-310                              134                     25
                       311-320                              138                     25
                       321-330                              142                     25
                       331-340                              146                     25
                       341-350                              150                     25
                       351-360                              154                     30
                       361-370                              158                     30
                       371-380                              162                     30
                       381-390                              166                     30
                       391-400                              170                     30
                       401-410                              174                     30
                       411-420                              178                     30
                       421-430                              182                     30
                       431-440                              186                     30
                       441-450                              190                     30
                       451-460                              194                     30
                       461-470                              198                     30
                       Over 470                             200                     30
* Resultant parcels from parcel splits shall comply with these standards.

Frontage for corner parcels with frontage on two major streets shall be averaged.

                                                      221
ARTICLE XXIV – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

                            ARTICLE XXIV - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 2400: ENFORCEMENT

The provisions of this Ordinance shall be administered, interpreted, and enforced by the Zoning Administrator,
and those other members of the Department of Inspections to whom he has delegated enforcement authority
in the performance of their duties and any other peace officer. In the exercise of their duties, the officials,
directors, employees, representatives, police and deputies shall have authority provided by law for the
enforcement of Ordinances, including, but not by way of limitation, the authority to issue and serve appearance
citations, as provided by Section 764.9(a) to 764.9(g) of the compiled laws of the State of Michigan, and the
right to enter private premises as provided by law.

SECTION 2401: DUTIES AND POWERS

The Zoning Administrator shall have the authority to grant zoning compliance and occupancy permits, to make
inspections of buildings or premises, and review plans necessary to carry out his/her respective duties in the
enforcement of this Ordinance.

The interpreting and applying the provisions of this Ordinance, they shall be held to be the minimum
requirements for the promotion of the public safety, health, morals, and general welfare. It is not intended by
this Ordinance to interfere with or abrogate or annul any Ordinance, rules and regulations, or permits previously
adopted or issued and not in conflict with any of the provisions of this Ordinance, or which shall be adopted or
issued pursuant to law relating to the use of buildings or premises and likewise not in conflict with this
Ordinance; nor is it intended by this Ordinance to interfere with or abrogate or annul any easements, covenants,
or other agreements between parties, provided, however, that where this Ordinance imposes a greater
restriction upon the use of buildings or premises or upon height of buildings, or requires larger open spaces or
larger lot areas than are imposed or required by such Ordinance or agreements, the provisions of this Ordinance
shall control.

SECTION 2402: BUILDING PERMITS

A building permit shall not be issued for the erection, alteration or use of any building or structure or part
thereof, or for the use of any land, which is not in accordance with all provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 2403: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

A certificate of occupancy shall not be issued by the Director of Inspections if there is any noncompliance with
the provision of this Ordinance.

   1. Exception

       All unfinished site improvements which are included on an approved site plan, or which are otherwise
       required by this Ordinance shall be constructed, installed or placed on the property, and be approved by
       the Inspections Department within six (6) months of obtaining a Certificate of Occupancy or they shall
       constitute a violation of this Ordinance giving rise to the penalties for herein, and constitute a basis for
       relief in Circuit Court.


                                                       222
ARTICLE XXIV – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 2404: ZONE CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS

The City Commission may, from time to time, on recommendation from the Planning Commission, or on its own
motion, or on petition, amend, supplement, modify or change this Ordinance in accordance with the authority
of Act 207 of the Public Acts of 1921 as amended.

SECTION 2405: PETITIONS, FEES

Any person desiring an amendment or change in the map or in any other provision of this chapter shall present
to the City Commission, through the City Clerk, a petition for such amendment or change, together with a fee
in the amount specified in the City’s Master Fee Schedule as adopted by a resolution of the City Commission
and in effect at the time of application. Said fee is intended to cover the cost to the City of publishing legal notice
of the hearing and other reasonable administrative costs.

The Planning Commission shall hold a public hearing after notice, published in a newspaper of general
circulation, and by mail or personal service to all owners and residents of property within three hundred (300)
feet of the property. Such notice shall be served as required fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing.

The Planning Commission shall make a report to the City Commission who may adopt such amendments with
or without amendments.

SECTION 2406: PROTEST PETITIONS

Upon presentation of a protest petition meeting the requirements of this ordinance, an amendment to a zoning
ordinance which is the object of the petition shall be approved by at least a 2/3 vote of the City Commission.
The protest petition shall be presented to the City Commission before final legislative action on the amendment,
and shall be signed by one (1) of the following:

   1. The owners of at least twenty (20) percent of the area of land included in the proposed change.

   2. The owners of at least twenty (20) percent of the area of land included within an area extending outward
      one hundred (100) feet from any point on the boundary of the land included in the proposed change.

   3. For the purposes of subsections (a) and (b), publicly owned land shall be excluded in calculating the
      twenty (20) percent land area requirement.

SECTION 2407: VIOLATION AND PENALTIES

Any person, firm, or corporation violating any of the provisions of the Zoning Ordinance shall be responsible for
a civil infraction. All such persons, regardless of their interest in property (for instance, owner or occupant) may
be responsible for the civil infraction.

SECTION 2408: PUBLIC NUISANCE PER SE

In addition to all other remedies, including the penalties provided in this Section of this Ordinance, the City may
commence and prosecute and take appropriate actions or proceedings in a Court of competent jurisdiction, to
restrain or prevent any noncompliance with, or violation of, any of the provisions in this Ordinance, or to correct,
remedy or abate such noncompliance or violation. Buildings erected, altered, razed, or converted, or uses

                                                         223
ARTICLE XXIV – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

carried on in violation of any provisions of this Ordinance or in violation of any regulations made under the
authority of Act 207 of the Michigan Public Acts of 1921, as amended, are hereby declared to be a nuisance per
se, and the court shall order such nuisance abated.

SECTION 2409: RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE

The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and in addition to any other remedies provided by law.

SECTION 2410: FORBEARANCE NOT CONDONED

Forbearance in enforcement of this Ordinance shall not be deemed condonation of any violation thereof.

SECTION 2411: EACH DAY A SEPARATE OFFENSE

A separate offense shall be deemed committed upon each day during or when a violation occurs or continues.

SECTION 2412: ZONING COMMISSION

The City of Muskegon Planning Commission is hereby designated as the Commission specified in Act 285 of the
Public Acts of 1931, as amended, and shall perform the duties of said Commission as provided in the statute in
connection with amendment of this Ordinance.




                                                     224
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS

                                  ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS
SECTION 2500: PURPOSE AND INTENT

The purpose of this Article is to ensure that the objectives of this Ordinance are fully and equitably achieved,
that a means be provided for competent interpretation of this Ordinance, that flexibility be provided for in the
strict application of this Ordinance, that the spirit of the Ordinance be observed, public safety secured and
substantial justice done.

SECTION 2501: CREATION AND MEMBERSHIP

There is hereby established a Zoning Board of Appeals (ZBA), which shall perform its duties and exercise its
powers as provided in Section 5 of Act 207 of the Public Acts of 1921, as amended, and in such a way that the
objectives of this Ordinance shall be observed, public safety secured, and substantial justice done. The ZBA shall
consist of seven (7) members appointed by the City Commission, and shall include one (1) member of the City
Commission and one (1) member of the Planning Commission. Every member shall be a legal resident of the
City. The term of the representative of the City Planning Commission and the term of the City Commission
representative shall expire with that of his/her Planning Commission or City Commission office. The terms of all
members except the representative of the City Planning Commission and the City Commission shall be for
periods of three (3) years each. A successor member of the ZBA must be appointed not more than one month
after the term of the preceding member has expired. The ZBA shall annually elect its own Chairman and Vice-
Chairman.

The presence of four (4) members shall constitute a quorum. The ZBA shall act by resolution. The concurring
vote of four (4) members of the ZBA shall be necessary to reverse any order requirement, decision, or
determination of the Zoning Administrator or body, or to decide in favor of the applicant a matter upon which
they are required to pass under an ordinance, or to effect a variation in an ordinance, except that a concurring
vote of 2/3 of the members of the board is necessary to grant a variance from uses of land permitted in this
ordinance.

The ZBA may call on any other City department for assistance in the performing of its duties, and it shall be the
duty of any such department to render such assistance to the ZBA as may reasonably be required.

A member shall disqualify himself or herself from a vote in which the member has a conflict of interest. Failure
of a member to disqualify himself or herself from a vote in which the member has a conflict of interest
constitutes malfeasance in office. Malfeasance shall include but not be limited to failure of members to
disqualify themselves from a vote in which that member has a conflict of interest. The City Commission shall
remove a member of the ZBA for non-performance of duty or malfeasance in office, upon written charges and
after public hearing.

SECTION 2502: POWERS AND DUTIES

   1. Interpretation

       The ZBA shall interpret the zoning text or map upon application. Where the street or lot layout actually
       existing, or as recorded, differs from the street and lot lines as shown on the zoning map, the ZBA after
       notice to the owners of the property and after public hearing, shall interpret the map in such a way as
       to carry out the intent and purpose of this chapter for the particular section or district in question. In
                                                       225
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS

      case of any question as to the location of any boundary line between zoning districts, a request for
      interpretation of the zoning map may be made to the ZBA and a determination shall be made by the
      ZBA, solely for the purpose of applying or enforcing the zoning ordinance.

   2. Appeals

      The ZBA shall have the power to hear and decide appeals, filed as provided in the following section,
      where it is alleged by the appellant that there is error or misinterpretation in any order, requirement,
      decision, grant or refusal made by the Zoning Administrator or other administrative official in the
      carrying out or enforcement of the provisions of this chapter.

      In exercising its powers, the ZBA, in conformity with the provisions of this chapter and of Act 207 of the
      Public Acts of 1921 (MSA SS 5.2931 et seq.), as amended, may reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or may
      modify the order, requirement, decision or determination appealed from, and may make such order,
      requirement, decision or determination as in its judgment ought to be made.

   3. Nonuse or Dimensional Variances

      The ZBA shall have the power to authorize upon appeal in specific cases, filed as required by this article,
      such nonuse or dimensional variances from the provisions or requirements of this chapter as will not be
      contrary to the public interest; but only in such cases where, owing to special conditions pertaining to a
      specific piece of property, the literal enforcement of the provisions or requirements of the chapter would
      cause practical difficulty.

      Where, by reason of the exceptional narrowness, shallowness or shape of a specific piece of property on
      the effective date of the ordinance from which this chapter is derived, or by reason of exceptional
      topographic conditions, or other extraordinary situation or condition of such piece of property, or of the
      use or development of property immediately adjoining the piece of property in question, the literal
      enforcement of the requirements of this chapter would involve practical difficulties, unnecessary to carry
      out the spirit and purpose of this chapter, the ZBA shall have the power to authorize a variance from
      such strict application, so as to relieve such difficulty and so that the spirit and purpose of this chapter
      be observed and substantial justice done. In authorizing a dimensional variance, the ZBA may attach
      thereto such conditions regarding the location, character, and other features of the proposed structure
      or use as it may deem necessary in the interest of the furtherance of the purposes of this chapter and in
      the public interest.

      No such dimensional variance in the provisions of requirements of this chapter shall be authorized by
      the ZBA unless the ZBA finds, beyond reasonable doubt, that all the following facts and conditions exist:

         a. That there are exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applying to the property
            in question or to the intended use of the property that do not apply generally to other properties
            or class of uses in the same zoning district.

         b. That such dimensional variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial
            property right possessed by other properties in the same zoning district and in the vicinity.

         c. That the authorizing of such dimensional variance will not be of substantial detriment to adjacent
            property and will not materially impair the purposes of this chapter or the public interest.
                                                   226
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS

         d. That the alleged difficulty is caused by the Ordinance and has not been created by any person
            presently having an interest in the property, or by any previous owner.

         e. That the alleged difficulty is not founded solely upon the opportunity to make the property more
            profitable or to reduce expense to the owner.

         f. That the requested variance is the minimum action required to eliminate the difficulty.

      The nature of dimensional variance applications requires detailed information on the property that is
      not required or desired in interpretation or appeal applications. The following data shall accompany all
      applications for a nonuse or dimensional variance:

         a. A plot plan showing the property layout, the alleged difficulty, and the minimum relief suggested
            for the difficulty.

   4. Use Variances

      The ZBA shall have the power to authorize upon appeal in specific cases, filed as required by this article,
      such use variances from the provisions or requirements of this chapter as will not be contrary to the
      public interest; but only in such cases where, owing to special conditions pertaining to a specific piece of
      property, the literal enforcement of the provisions or requirements of the chapter would cause
      unnecessary hardship.

      The purpose and intent of this Ordinance is that every landowner in the City of Muskegon should enjoy
      a beneficial use of their property. A use variance is a process by which the City evaluates the allegation
      that there is no beneficial use, and can provide relief from the regulations by granting additional
      development potential to provide a beneficial use of the property. It is also the intent of this Section that
      such relief not increase the potential for damaging the health, safety, or welfare of future users of the
      property or neighbors that might reasonably anticipated if the landowner were permitted to engage in
      or construct the use proposed. Under no conditions shall a use variance be granted unless there is a
      finding of no beneficial use.

      No such use variance in the provisions of requirements of this chapter shall be authorized by the ZBA
      unless the ZBA finds that all the following facts and conditions exist:

         a. That the property could not be used (put to a reasonable use) for the purposes permitted in that
            zone district.

         b. That the plight is due to unique circumstances peculiar to the property and not to general
            neighborhood conditions.

         c. That the proposed use would not alter the essential character of the area and will not materially
            impair the purposes of this ordinance or the public interest.

         d. That the alleged hardship is caused by the Ordinance and has not been created by any person
            presently having an interest in the property, or by any previous owner.



                                                      227
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS

           e. That the alleged hardship is not founded solely upon the opportunity to make the property more
              profitable or to reduce expense to the owner.

           f. That the requested variance is the minimum action required to eliminate the hardship.

           g. That the use variance does not permit a use specifically identified by this Ordinance as a use
              excluded from the particular zone in which requested.

           h. The extent to which the ordinance protect users or neighbors from threats to health, safety and
              welfare shall be considered. A use that seriously threatens the health of future residents or
              neighbors is not a beneficial or allowable use.

           i.   In no case shall a use that is a nuisance per se, or a use which in that particular location constitutes
                a nuisance, be granted as a use variance. Such uses are not legal uses of the land.

       The following data shall accompany all applications for a use variance:

           a. A site plan must be submitted which meets the requirements of this ordinance.

       Every use variance approved by the ZBA shall require a time for completion of improvements.

SECTION 2503: APPEALS, APPLICATIONS, FILING PROCEDURE AND FEES

An application or appeal to the ZBA in cases in which it has original jurisdiction under the provisions of this
ordinance or state law, may be taken by any aggrieved parties, including a property owner or tenant, or by a
governmental office, department, board or bureau. Such application or appeal shall be filed with the Zoning
Administrator, who shall transmit the same, together with all the plans, specifications and other papers
pertaining to the application, to the ZBA.

Such application or appeal shall specify the grounds for appeal, or reason for application, and be accompanied
by a filing fee in the amount specified in the City’s Master Fee Schedule as adopted by a resolution of the City
Commission and in effect at the time of application.

In the absence of a ZBA rule to the contrary, an appeal or application for interpretation to the ZBA shall be taken
by delivery to the Zoning Administrator on or before thirty (30) days after the Zoning Administrator’s written
decision has been delivered to the applicant. All applications for appeals or interpretations shall specify the
grounds for appeal or reason for interpretation.

The ZBA shall decide all applications and appeals within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing thereon,
and such decision shall become effective upon certification of the resolution of the ZBA.

An appeal shall stay all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the Zoning Administrator
certifies to the ZBA after notice of appeal shall have been filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the
certificate a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life or property. In such case, proceedings shall
not be stayed otherwise than by a restraining order which may, on due cause shown, be granted by the ZBA or
by the circuit court on application, after notice to the Zoning Administrator. The decision of the ZBA on an appeal
shall be final. However, a person having an interest may appeal to the circuit court.


                                                         228
ARTICLE XXV – ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS

No application for a variance which has been denied, wholly or partly, by the ZBA shall be resubmitted for a
period of one (1) year from the date of the last denial, except on the grounds of newly discovered evidence or
proof of changed conditions found upon inspection by the Zoning Administrator to be valid.

SECTION 2504: HEARINGS, NOTICES, ADJOURNMENTS

   1. When an application or appeal has been filed in proper form and with the required date, the Zoning
      Administrator shall immediately place said application or appeal upon the calendar for hearing and cause
      notices, stating the time, place, and purposes of the hearing being served. Such notices shall be published
      in a newspaper of general circulation and served personally or by mail at least fifteen (15) days (excluding
      Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays) prior to the day of such hearing, upon the applicant or appellant, the
      Building Inspector, the owners of property and the occupants of single and two-family dwellings within
      three hundred (300) feet of the property in question. If the tenant’s name is not known, the notice may
      be addressed to the occupant.

       Any party may appear at such hearings in person or be represented by agents, attorneys, or both.

   2. Upon the day for hearing any application or appeal, the ZBA may adjourn the hearing in order to permit
      the obtaining of additional information, or to cause such further notice as it deems proper to be served
      upon such other property owners as it decides may logically be concerned with said application or
      appeal. In the case of an adjourned hearing, persons previously notified and persons already heard need
      not be notified of the time and resumption of said hearing unless the ZBA so decides.

   3. Hearing Procedure; Record; Due Process: The ZBA shall cause a complete record to be made at the
      hearing, including, without limitation, video or audio recordings, exhibits, documents, letters, photos, or
      computer records, as appropriate, and preserve same as the record of the hearing. Anyone applying for
      a variance shall have the right to counsel, cross-examination and all other rights comporting with
      procedural due process. The applicant may be required to deposit sufficient funds to pay for recording,
      preservation, transcription and duplication of the record, as a condition of proceeding.

   4. All decisions of the ZBA shall be in writing and demonstrate the basis for the decision from the record of
      the hearing.

SECTION 2505: TERMINATION OF VARIANCE

No order of the ZBA permitting or approving the installation of any improvement shall be valid for a period
longer than one (1) year, unless a Building Permit for such improvement is obtained within thirty (30) days of
the ZBA action, and such improvement is started and proceeds to substantial completion in accordance with
the terms and time limits set forth in the variance decision.




                                                      229
ARTICLE XXVI – [RESERVED]

                            ARTICLE XXVI – [RESERVED]




                                      230
ARTICLE XXVII – REPEAL OF PRIOR ORDINANCE

                                ARTICLE XXVII – REPEAL OF PRIOR ORDINANCE

The Zoning Ordinance, Chapter 25 of the Code of Ordinances adopted by the City Commission of the City of
Muskegon, and all amendments thereto, are hereby repealed insofar as they conflict with this Ordinance. The
repeal of the above Ordinance and all amendments does not affect or impair any act done, offense committed
or right accruing, accrued or acquired, or liability, penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred prior to the time
enforced, prosecuted, or inflicted.




                                                       231
ARTICLE XXVIII – VESTED RIGHT

                                         ARTICLE XXVIII – VESTED RIGHT

Nothing in this Ordinance should be interpreted or construed to give rise to any permanent vested rights in the
continuation of any particular use, district, zoning classification or any permissible activities therein; and, they
are hereby declared to be subject to subsequent amendment, change of modification as may be necessary to
the preservation or protection of public health, safety, and welfare.




                                                        232
ARTICLE XXIX – SEVERANCE CLAUSE

                                      ARTICLE XXIX – SEVERANCE CLAUSE

Sections of this Ordinance may be deemed to be severable and should any section, paragraph, or provision
hereof be declared by the courts to be unconstitutional or invalid, such holdings shall not affect the validity of
this Ordinance as a whole of any part thereof, other than the part so declared to be unconstitutional or invalid.




                                                       233
ARTICLE XXX – ADOPTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

                                ARTICLE XXX – ADOPTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

Public hearings and all other legal requirements having been completed, the provisions of this Ordinance are
hereby effective, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of Act 207 of the Public Acts of 1921, State of Michigan,
as amended.

The effective date hereof shall be ten (10) days following publication of Notice of Adoption, or May 15, 1987.




                                                       234
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

                                  APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

                                  (Dates shown reflect City Commission approval)

November 1988

Articles I, IV, and VI-IX, Sections 401, 601, and 701-901: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added restricted parking
areas as special uses subject to provisions of Section 2302.1.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2302.1: Restricted Parking Areas (Added regulations for establishment
and operation of restricted parking areas.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2318: Yard Fences, #a (Amended size requirements for fences in
residential districts.)

January 1989

Article XIII “B-4”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #(10) (Added language regarding non-accessory
signs.)

Articles XIV “I-1” and IV “I-2”, Sections 1400, 1500: Principal Land Uses Permitted (Added language regarding
non-accessory signs.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2308 (1) (f): Signs (Added language regarding regulations for non-
accessory signs.)

August 1995

Article XXIV “Administration and Enforcement”, Section 2407: Violations and Penalties (Provided for civil
infractions for violation of the zoning ordinance.)

May 1996

Article IV “R”, Section 402: One Family Dwelling Regulations, #6 (Amended storage space requirements in
dwelling units in R-1 districts.)

Article VI “RT”, Section 603: Area and Bulk Requirements, #1 (Amended storage space requirements in dwelling
units in RT districts.)

Article X “B-1”, Section 1001: Principal Uses Permitted, #5 (Deleted automated car washes as a permitted use
in B-1 districts.)

Article XIII “B-4”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #8 (Added commercial kennels as a special use in
B-4 districts.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2301: Accessory Buildings, #4, #7 (Amended requirements for
accessory buildings and added restriction that only one accessory building is permitted per lot.)



                                                       235
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2302: Off-Street Parking Requirements, #1, #3 (Amended restrictions
against front-yard parking in any residential districts.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2303: Off-Street Parking…, #2, #7 (Amended requirements for off-
street parking spaces.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2307: Plant Materials and Landscaping (Amended title of the section,
renumbered paragraph 1 and added a new paragraph requiring landscaping in yard areas around buildings and
parking areas.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2308: Signs, #1-g (Amended requirements for temporary signs.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2311: Storage of Vehicles, #1 (Amended requirements parking areas
for boats, trailers, motor vehicles and recreation equipment.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2312: Reduction of Parcels… (Added section to prohibit reduction of
parcels below the minimum required size, width or depth.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2320: Corner Clearance (Amended regulations on corner clearance.)

March 1997

Table I: Heights, Areas and Yards, “LR”, “WM” (Changed lot coverage limits to percentages in LR and WM zoning
districts.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2308: Signs, #1-b, #1-g (Added regulations for special event signage
and changed some wording about sign encroachment on City rights-of-way.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2315: Special Land Uses…, #2 (Changed specific fees shown to reflect
the City’s Master Fee Schedule instead.)

Article XXIV “Administration and Enforcement”, Section 2405: Petitions, Fees (Changed specific fees shown to
reflect the City’s Master Fee Schedule instead.)

Article XXV “Board of Zoning Appeals”, Section 2502: Appeals, Applications… (Changed specific fees shown to
reflect the City’s Master Fee Schedule instead.)

August 1997

Error Correction (Made several minor corrections and small amendments to remove inconsistencies from the
ordinance.)

Article XI “B-2”, Section 1100: Principal Uses Permitted, #8 (Allowed social halls and private clubs as permitted
uses in B-2 districts.)

Article XX “H”, Section 2001: Special Land Uses Permitted, #7 (Allowed multiple family as a special use in the H
district, under certain conditions.)

Article II “Definitions”, relating to daycare (Added definitions relating to daycare.)
                                                        236
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2314: Day Care/Child Care Facilities (Added language to allow daycare
homes and centers under certain conditions.)

December 1997

Article IV “R”, Section 403: Planned Unit Development Option (Added Planned Unit Developments as an option
in the R-1 zoning district under certain conditions.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2321: Wireless Communication Service… (Added new section to deal
with wireless towers and antenna.)

Article II “Definitions”, relating to wireless communication facilities (Added definitions relating to wireless
communication towers and antenna.)

March 1998

Article I “Short Title” (Amended the short title of the Zoning Ordinance.)

Article II “Definitions” (Replaced definitions article and added graphics.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions” (Made many updates, changes and additions to sections in General Provisions.)

Article XIII “B-4”: ‘B-5 Governmental Service District’ (Added new zoning district for governmental types of
services.)

May 1998

Article XXIV “Administration and Enforcement”, Section 2407: Violation and Penalties (Permitted the issuance
of civil infraction tickets to anyone in violation of the zoning ordinance.)

July 1998

Article IV “R”, Section 402: One Family Dwelling Regulations, #15 (Stipulated that single-family dwelling
construction cannot commence until a building permit has been issued.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2319: Outdoor Lighting (Provided for clarification of night sky
regulations for outdoor lighting.)

August 1998

Article II “Definitions”: ‘Sign’, #8 (Added definition for Electronic Message Board.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Replaced entire section with new regulations for signs.)

October 1998

Article XIII “B-4”, Section 1307: Signs (Repealed the sign requirements for the B-5 zoning district, as these were
included in the new sign ordinance, and renumbered the rest of the sections in the article.)


                                                       237
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Articles VI - XX, Sections 602 - 2002 respectively: Planned Unit Developments, Section 1603: Area and Bulk
Requirements (Eliminated minimum acreage requirements for planned unit developments and created new
section for schedule of regulations in OSC district language.)

Article II “Definitions”: ‘Mini Storage (Warehouse) Facilities’ (Added definition for mini storage facilities.)

Article XIII “B-4”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #9 (Added mini storage facilities as a special use in
the B-4 district.)

August 1999

Article II “Definitions”: ‘Family Day Care Home’, ‘Group Day Care Home’ (Replaced definitions associated with
daycare, which had been removed in 3/98 amendment of “Definitions”.)

September 1999

Article XI “B-2”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted, #5 (Added language allowing hotels/motels/sleeping
inns as special uses in B-2, under certain conditions.)

December 1999

Article IV “R”, Section 401: Special Land Uses Permitted, #6 (Added new language allowing previously existing
commercial buildings to operate as special uses in R-1.)

Article VI “RT”, Section 601: Special Land Uses Permitted, #9 (Added new language allowing previously existing
commercial buildings to operate as special uses in RT.)

Article VII “RM-1”, Section 701: Special Land Uses Permitted, #6 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to operate as special uses in RM-1.)

Article VIII “RM-2”, Section 801: Special Land Uses Permitted, #3 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to operate as special uses in RM-2.)

Article VIX, “RM-3”, Section 901: Special Land Uses Permitted, #2 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to operate as special uses in RM-3.)

January 2000

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2330: Site Plan Review (Replaced section with new regulations for Site
Plan Review.)

April 2000

Article XV “I-2”: ‘WI-PUD Waterfront Industrial Planned Unit Development Districts’ (Added new zoning district
for port activities.)

Article II “Definitions”: ‘Lightering’, ‘Marine Cargo Handling’, ‘Stevedore’ (Added definitions related to the new
WI-PUD zoning district.)

                                                        238
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article IV “R”, Section 404: Area and Bulk Requirements (Added area and bulk requirements for the R-1 district
to that district’s language.)

Articles VI - XX, Sections 603 - 2003 respectively: Area and Bulk Requirements (Added area and bulk
requirements for each other district to that district’s language.)

Table I: Heights, Areas, and Yards (Changed area and bulk requirements for all districts. Added minimum building
heights, waterfront setback…)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls, Screens… (Replaced section with
new regulations for Landscaping; incorporated language for fencing, walls, screens and lighting into same
section as Landscaping.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Sections 2308, 2313, 2314, 2315, 2319, 2333 (Reserved these sections since
language was incorporated into Section 2333.)

August 2000

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2307: Permitted Yard Encroachments, #3, #4 (Added Zoning
Administrator waiver for setback requirements for handicap ramps; changed lot coverage to reflect previous
Table I changes.)

October 2000

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls…, #8 (Amended requirements for
parking lot landscaping to add a sliding scale for the number of landscape islands required & to give the Zoning
Administrator some flexibility to allow bump-outs, etc. on a case-by-case basis.)

November 2000

Article IV “R-1, Single-Family Residential”, Section 400: Principal Uses Permitted, #2b (Amended requirements
for home occupation signage to reflect the requirements in the sign ordinance.)

Article VI “RT, Two-Family Residential”, Section 600: Principal Uses Permitted, #4b (Amended requirements for
home occupation signage to reflect the requirements in the sign ordinance.)

Article VII “RM-1, Low-Density Multiple-Family Residential”, Section 700: Principal Uses Permitted, #7b
(Amended requirements for home occupation signage to reflect the requirements in the sign ordinance.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2326: Off-Street Parking Requirements, #12 (Amended the
requirement for minimum parking space size to reflect the size described in the parking space definition in the
Definitions section of the ordinance.)

Article XXV “Board of Zoning Appeals” (Amended language and standards for the Zoning Board of Appeals and
added standards for the review of use variances by the ZBA.)

Article II “Definitions” (Deleted the definition of ‘Variance’ and added definitions of ‘Variance, Use’ and
‘Variance, Nonuse or Dimensional’.)

                                                      239
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2321: Wireless Communication Service Facilities, #4 under Overlay
District Established for Wireless Communication… (Added a 60’ x 60’ portion of the Muskegon Community
College campus to the overlay district for wireless communication support facilities.)

August 2001

Article IV “R-1, Single-Family Residential”, Section 402: One Family Dwelling Regulations (Repealed and reserved
this section since language was incorporated into Section 2319.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2319: Residential Design Criteria (Added design criteria for all one and
two-family homes in any zoning district.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2311: Accessory Structures & Buildings, #4 (Added requirement for
accessory structures to be of residential construction, properly sided and painted, and prohibits pole style
storage buildings in all residential zones or developments.)

December 2001

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs, #6c (Amended home occupation signage requirements
to restrict signage to one wall sign.)

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added
secondhand stores as special uses, under certain conditions.)

Articles VII - XX, Sections 703 - 2003 respectively, also Sections 1308 & 1507, all: Area and Bulk Requirements
(Changed landscaping requirement for front setback to require 50% be landscaped, with conditions.)

Table I “Heights, Areas, and Yards”, Table Notes, #9 (Changed landscaping requirement for setbacks to refer to
landscaping requirements.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls…, #5 (Changed landscaping
requirement for front setback to require 50% be landscaped, with conditions.)

January 2002

Article XII “B-3, Central Business”, Section 1201: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added specialized adult
educational programs as special uses, under certain conditions.)

February 2002

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2326: Off-Street Parking and Loading (Amended standards and
requirements for parking areas and parking spaces)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2327: Restricted Parking Areas (Repealed and reserved this section)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2328: Off-Street Parking Space Layout, Standards, Construction and
Maintenance (Repealed and reserved this section since language was incorporated into Section 2326.)


                                                        240
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article IV “R One Family Residential Districts”, Section 401: Special Land Uses Permitted, #1(e) (Deleted since
language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Articles IV & VII, Sections 401 & 701 respectively, both: Special Land Uses Permitted, #9 (Deleted since language
was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Article VI “RT Two Family Residential Districts”, Section 601: Special Land Uses Permitted, #12 (Deleted since
language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Article VIII “RM-2 Medium Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts”, Section 801: Special Land Uses
Permitted, #6 (Deleted since language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Article IX “RM-3 High Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts”, Section 901: Special Land Uses Permitted,
#5 (Deleted since language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Article V “MHP Mobile Home Park Districts”, Section 511: Off-Street Parking (Repealed and reserved this section
since language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

Article XIII “B-4 General Business Districts”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #4(b) (Deleted since
language was incorporated into Section 2326.)

April 2002

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2319: Residential Design Criteria (Added minimum floor sizes for
apartment units.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Added signage requirements for legal businesses in
residential zoning districts.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2321: Wireless Communication Service Facilities (Changed the height
requirements for WCAs placed on existing buildings.)

May 2002

Article XI “B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added
private schools operated for profit, as special uses.)

Article XIII “B-4 General Business”, Section 1300: Principal Uses Permitted (Added private schools operated for
profit, as principal permitted uses.)

June 2002

Article XI “B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1100: Principal Uses Permitted & Section 1101:
Special Land Uses Permitted (Added contractor’s offices with associated indoor storage - special uses if storage
exceeds 5,000 sq. ft.)

July 2002


                                                      241
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2323: Flood Hazard Areas, #3 (Changed minimum floor elevation
requirements to reflect State requirements.)

August 2002

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2318: Keeping of Animals (Repealed and reserved this section since
the language was incorporated into a separate City ordinance.)

Article XI “B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1100 Principal Uses Permitted (Added recording
studios.)

Articles XI - XIII (B-2, B-3, & B-4), Sections 1101 - 1301 respectively: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added live
music concert halls as special uses, under certain conditions.)

October 2002

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2324: Temporary Buildings, Structures & Uses (Amended the
regulations regarding temporary uses, structures and buildings.)

Article II “Definitions” (Amended the definitions of ‘building line’, ‘carport’, ‘lot lines’, ‘setback’ and ‘yard’.)

Article II “Definitions”, Section 201: Diagrams, Graphics and Illustrations Pertinent to the Definitions in This
Ordinance (Added a new graphic as Figure 2-9 to help show front building lines and other definitions for corner
lots.)

Article IV “R One Family Residential Districts”, Section 404: Area & Bulk Requirements (Amended the regulations
regarding setback measurement, and zero lot line option to clarify their meaning regarding yards and setbacks.)

Articles VI - XX (RT, RM-1, RM-2, RM-3, B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, I-1, I-2, OSC, OSR, LR, WM, H), Sections 603 - 2003
respectively: Area & Bulk Requirements (Amended the regulations regarding setback measurement, and zero
lot line option to clarify their meaning regarding yards and setbacks.)

Article XIII “B-4 General Business Districts”, Section 1308: Area & Bulk Requirements (Amended the regulations
regarding setback measurement, and zero lot line option to clarify their meaning regarding yards and setbacks.)

Article XV “I-2 General Industrial Districts”, Section 1507: Area & Bulk Requirements (Amended the regulations
regarding setback measurement, and zero lot line option to clarify their meaning regarding yards and setbacks.)

Table I “Heights, Areas, and Yards”, Table Notes, #7 (Changed the explanation of how setbacks are measured.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2306: Allocation of Lot Areas & Configuration of Lots (Amended the
regulations for determining setbacks for corner lots.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2307: Permitted Yard Encroachments (Amended the reference to
‘setback’ to remove the word ‘yard’.)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2311: Accessory Structures & Buildings; Section 2316: Storage of
Vehicles; Section 2317: Exterior Swimming Pools & Hot Tubs (Amended the references to ‘yard’ to remove the
word ‘setback’.)
                                                     242
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls, Etc. (Amended the regulations for
fencing to clarify the words ‘yard’ and ‘setback’ and the regulations for corner lots.)

November 2002

Article II “Definitions” (Amended the definitions dealing with adult foster care facilities.)

Article IV “R One Family Residential Districts”, Section 400: Principal Uses Permitted (Amended the regulations
regarding adult foster care facilities.)

Articles VI - IX, and XX (RT, RM-1, RM-2, RM-3, H), Sections 600 - 900, 601 - 801 and 2000 respectively: Principal
Uses Permitted (Amended the regulations regarding adult foster care facilities.)

Articles IV, VI, VII, and XX (R-1, RT, RM-1, H), Sections 400, 600, 700 and 2000 respectively: Principal Uses
Permitted (Amended the regulations regarding home occupations and added the language to the H district.)

February 2003

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2326: Off-Street Parking and Loading (Added downtown parking
overlay district)

Article VI “RT Two-Family Residential Districts”, Section 601: Special Land Uses Permitted, #4 (Deleted home
offices for physicians and other professionals)

Article VII “RM-1 Low Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”, Section 701: Special Land Uses Permitted,
#4 & #5 (Deleted home offices for physicians and other professionals and hospitals)

Article VIII “RM-2 Medium Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”, Section 801: Special Land Uses
Permitted, #2 (Deleted hospitals)

Article IX “RM-3 High Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”, Section 901: Special Land Uses Permitted,
#1 (Deleted hospitals)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2322: Day Care/Child Care Facilities (Added daycares as uses in the
MC district)

Article VII “RM-1”: ‘MC Medical Care Districts’ (Added new zoning district for medical care activities and
facilities)

Article II “Definitions” (Added definition of ‘campus’)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Added #10, ‘Campus Signage’)

April 2003

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2326: Off-Street Parking and Loading, #4 (Removed #4, correction
related to previous downtown parking overlay amendment.)

June 2003
                                                          243
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Moved banners from ‘Prohibited’ signs to ‘Exempt’ signs,
under certain conditions.)

July 2003

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2307: Permitted Yard Encroachments, #2 (Clarified setback
requirements for patios, porches and decks.)

Article II “Definitions” (Added definitions of ‘patio’, ‘porch’ and ‘deck’. Amended the definition of ‘tourist home’
and moved it to ‘bed and breakfast facilities’.)

Article VII “RM-1 Low Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”, Section 700: Principal Permitted Uses, #4
(Amended the requirements for tourist homes – bed and breakfast facilities.)

November 2003

Article II “Definitions” (Added definitions of ‘assisted living facility’, ‘hospice care’, ‘hospice care facility’ and
‘nursing home’. Amended definitions of ‘commercial kennel’, ‘loading space’, ‘convalescent home’, ‘parking
space’ and ‘street’. Deleted definition of ‘parking exempt district’.

January 2004

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Amended nonconforming sign maintenance language.
Added Multi-suite signage requirements. Amended to regulate signage for lots with corner frontage, parallel
frontage or water frontage.)

February 2004

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs (Created provisions regarding the installation of
“Community Promotional” banners on poles located on City owned property)

April 2004

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2311: Accessory structures and Buildings (Created provisions
regarding permits)

May 2004

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses (added Indoor Theaters
as a Special Use)

Article XIII “B-4, General Business”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses (added Taxi/Limousine services under
Special Uses)

August 2004

Article IV “R”, Section 401: Special Land Uses Permitted, #6 (Added new language allowing previously existing
commercial buildings to sell alcohol as a special use in R-1.)

                                                        244
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article VI “RT”, Section 601: Special Land Uses Permitted, #9 (Added new language allowing previously existing
commercial buildings to sell alcohol as a special use in RT.)

Article VII “RM-1”, Section 701: Special Land Uses Permitted, #6 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to sell alcohol as a special use in RM-1.)

Article VIII “RM-2”, Section 801: Special Land Uses Permitted, #3 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to sell alcohol as a special use in RM-2.)

Article VIX, “RM-3”, Section 901: Special Land Uses Permitted, #2 (Added new language allowing previously
existing commercial buildings to sell alcohol as a special use in RM-3.)

January 2005

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls, Screens, and Lighting, #19
(Amended the outdoor light in all districts language to be “Outdoor lighting” from “Street lighting”.)

Article IV, “R-1, One Family Residential Districts”. Section 404: Area and Bulk Requirements, #7 (Amended the
front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article VI, “R-T, Two Family Residential Districts”. Section 603: Area and Bulk Requirements, #7 (Amended the
front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article VII, “RM-1, Low Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts”. Section 703: Area and Bulk Requirements,
#9 (Amended the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match
Table I)

Article VIII, “RM-2, Medium Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”. Section 803: Area and Bulk
Requirements, #9 (Amended the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector
street, to match Table I)

Article IX, “RM-3, High Density Multiple Family Residential Districts”. Section 903: Area and Bulk Requirements,
#9 (Amended the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match
Table I)

Article IX, “MC, Medical Care Districts”. Section 907: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article X, “B-1, Limited Business Districts”. Section 1003: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XI, “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business Districts”. Section 1103: Area and Bulk Requirements,
#18 (Amended the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match
Table I)

Article XII, “B-3, Central Business Districts”. Section 1203: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)


                                                      245
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XIII, “B-4, General Business Districts”. Section 1303: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XIII, “B-5, Governmental Service District”. Section 1308: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the
front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XIV, “I-1, Light Industrial Districts”. Section 1403: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XV, “I-2, General Industrial Districts”. Section 1503: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front
setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XV, “WI-PUD, Waterfront Industrial Planned Unit Development Districts”. Section 1507: Area and Bulk
Requirements, #6 (Amended the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector
street, to match Table I)

Article XVI, “OSC, Open Space Conservation Districts”. Section 1603: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended
the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XVII, “OSR, Open Space Recreation Districts”. Section 1703: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended
the front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XVIII, “LR, Lakefront Recreation Districts”. Section 1803: Area and Bulk Requirements, #8 (Amended the
front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XIX, “WM, Waterfront Marine Districts”. Section 1903: Area and Bulk Requirements, #9 (Amended the
front setback requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

Article XX, “H, Heritage Districts”. Section 2003: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6 (Amended the front setback
requirement for a major street to be the same as a collector street, to match Table I)

March 2005

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2319: Residential Design Criteria, #9 (Amended the minimum storage
space in multi-family dwelling units)

April 2005

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#10) (Amended the sign ordinance regarding campus
signage)

Article II, “Definitions” (Added definitions for ‘Informational Sign’)

Article II, “General Provisions” (Amended definition of ‘Setback-Front’)

May 2005

Article XI, “B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added
veterinary clinics, without outdoor kennels, as special use)
                                                        246
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

June 2005

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#4) (Amended the sign ordinance regarding “Prohibited
Signs (all districts”, added “A-frame” language)

August 2005

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#5) (Amended the sign ordinance regarding “Exempt
Signs” to allow “One additional flag per premise”.)

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls, Screens and Lighting (#16)
(Amended the ordinance regarding “Corner Clearance” to include “driveways”.)

September 2005

Article II, “Definitions” (Amended definitions for ‘Hotel’ and ‘Motel’)

Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section 2501 (Amended the language on ‘Creation and Membership’ to
require 2/3 concurring vote of the members to grant a use variance.)

October 2005

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#7) (Amended the sign ordinance to add MC in ‘Permitted
Signs’)

Article XI, “B-2 Convenience and Comparison Business”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added
‘Antique Shops’, as special use)

Article II, “Definitions” (Added definition for ‘Antique Shop’)

January 2006

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2311: Accessory Structures & Buildings (#9) (Amended to prohibit
‘Solid Fuel Heating Appliances’)

Article II, “Definitions” (Added definition for ‘Solid Fuel Heating Appliance’)

March 2006

Article XX, “H, Heritage Districts”. Section 2000: Principal Uses Permitted (#5) and Section 2001, Special Land
Uses Permitted (#7, 8, & 9) (Amended to include additional principal uses for properties fronting on W. Western
Avenue between 4th and 9th Streets and additional special uses for the entire H, Heritage District)

April 2006

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#5) (Amended to allow a building wrap for a building
undergoing construction or major renovation)

Article II, “Definitions” (Added definition for ‘Building Wrap’)

                                                        247
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2323: Flood Hazard Areas (#3) (Amended regarding reference
numbers for the Michigan Residential Code and Michigan Building Code)

Article XXII, “Nonconforming Lots, Uses, and Structures”. Sections 2200, 2201, 2202, 2203) (Amended and
updated the entire Section with the exception of Section 2005)

June 2006

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2321: Wireless Communication Service Facilities (#2) (Amended
substitute 2301 Harvey Street for 1350 E. Keating Avenue as Wireless Communication Service Facility)

July 2006

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#6, b) (Amended to add wall signage for lawful
institutional uses such as churches and schools)

August 2006

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2319: Residential Design Criteria (#2) (Amended regarding roof pitch
of additions to correspond to the principal structure)

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”. Section 2334: Signs (#5, hb) (Amended to clarify window signage allotments)

November 2006

Article XXIV, “Administration and Enforcement”. Section 2405: Petitions, Fees (paragraph #2) (Amended
regarding Planning Commission notices in areas within 300 feet) Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section
2503: Appeals, filing Procedure and Fees (paragraph #1) (Amended regarding “aggrieved parties” language)

Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section 2504: Appeals, filing Hearings, Notices, and Adjournments (#1)
(Amended regarding newspaper notice for ZBA)

Amendment to the Preamble. (Amended reference to the Michigan Zoning Enabling Act of 2006)

Article XII, “B-3, Central Business District”. Section 1200: Principal Uses Permitted #9. (Amended requirement
for minimum lot size for residential uses as part of a building)

Article XII, (B-3, Central Business District). Section 1202: Special Land Uses Permitted, #7. (Added multi-family
residential uses as special use)

Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section 2501: Creation and Membership (paragraph 4) (Amended
regarding the removal of a ZBA member for malfeasance)

January 2007

Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section 2501: Creation and Membership (paragraph 1) (Amended
regarding the appointment of a successor ZBA member within one month)



                                                      248
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XXV, “Zoning Board of Appeals”. Section 2504: Appeals, filing Hearings, Notices, and Adjournments (#1)
(Amended regarding newspaper notice for ZBA, removed weekend & holiday language)

March 2007

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2308: Outdoor Seating (Amended allowing outdoor seating for
restaurants, and similar uses)

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2319, (#22): Residential Design Criteria (Amended to require native
vegetative ground cover.)

May 2007

Article XX, “H, Heritage District”. (Amended to remove the H, Heritage District from the ordinance)

Article IV, “R, One Family Residential District”, Section 401: Special Land Uses Permitted (Added bed and
breakfast facilities as a special land use with conditions.)

Article XII, “B-3, Central Business”, Section 1200: Permitted Uses (Amended to clarify retail sales in a B-3 zoning
district)

Article XII, “B-3, Central Business”, Section 1201: Special Land Uses Permitted (Amended to allow additional
special land uses)

June 2007

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2326: Off-Street Parking and Loading (Amended to reduce the
number of residential parking spaces in the Downtown Parking Overlay District)

July 2007

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing, Walls, Screens, and Lighting, #20, d
(Amended to clarify “horizontal plane”)

December 2007

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs, #5, o (Amended to add “sidewalk signs” as exempt signs
in all zoning districts)

Article XXIII “General Provisions”, Section 2334: Signs, #4, io (Amended to remove “A-frame signs” from
“Prohibited signs”)

Article II “Definitions”, (Amended to add a definition for “Sidewalk Signs”)

February 2008

Article XIII “B-4, General Business”, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #14; Article XIV, “I-1, Light
Industrial”, Section 1400: Special Land Uses Permitted, #13; and Article XV, “I-2, General Industrial”, Section
1500, #9 (Amended to remove reference to Section 2308)
                                                       249
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

May 2008

Article XXIII “B-4, General Business, Section 1301: Special Land Uses Permitted, #12”, (Amended to add “Craft
Shops” as a special land use)

September 2008

Article IV “R, One Family Residential, Section 404: Area and Bulk Requirements, #6”, (Amended to allow homes
in established Historic Districts to be up to 3 stories or 45 feet in height)

Table I “Heights, Area, and Yards”, Table Notes, #10. (Noted special accommodation for 3 stories in R-1.)

Article XIX “WM, Waterfront Marine Districts, Section 1901: Special Land Uses Permitted”, (Amended to add
“Museums” as a special land use)

October 2008

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2308: Outdoor Seating (Amended requiring 6 feet of paved area for
pedestrian circulation)

January 2009

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2324, #1: Temporary Buildings, Structures, and Uses (Amended to
include “movie production” structures as permitted temporary buildings)

October 2009

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2311, #10: Temporary Buildings, Structures, and Uses (Amended to
include “wind turbines” as permitted temporary structures.)

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2327 (Amended to include “Wind Turbine Facilities (WTF)”.)

Article II “Definitions”, (Amended to add definitions for “Wind Turbine” and “Wind Turbine Facility”.)

Article XI, “B-2”, Section 1101, #14; Article XII, “B-3” Section 1201, #11; Article XIII, “B-4” Section 1301, #6 and
Article XIII, “B-5”, Section 1306, #6; Article XIV, “I-1”, Section 1401, #7; Article XV, “I-2”, Section 1501, #5
(Amended to include “Wind Turbine Facilities (WTF) as special uses”.)

December 2009

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2334, #5 (f): Signs (Amended to modify “exempt signs”.)

Article II “Definitions”, (Amended to modify the definition of “Mezzanine”.)

February 2010

Article II, “Definitions” (Amend to add definition for “vintage shops.”)



                                                        250
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business Districts”, Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted
(Amended to include “vintage shops” as special use permitted.)

March 2010

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2334, #5(p): Signs (Amend to allow sporting venues to display signage
to those in attendance)

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2334, #5(q): Signs (Amend to allow signage related to on-site
sustainability and conservation efforts

April 2010

Article VII, “RM-1, Low Density Multiple-Family Residential Districts”, Section 700, #9: Principle Uses Permitted
(Amend to allow “assisted living facilities” as a principal use permitted in RM-1, Low Density Multiple-Family
Residential Districts)

May 2010

Article XIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2313: Community Gardens (Amended to add provisions for
“community gardens”.)

June 2010

Article XXIII, “General Provisions”, Section 2334, #5m: Signs (Amended to modify the rules on banners.)

September 2010

Article II, “Definitions” (Amended to provide a definition for Transitional Living Centers)

October 2010

Article XXIII, “General Provisions,” Section 2326: Off-Street Parking and Loading (Amended to ease the parking
restrictions on small businesses in the downtown parking overlay district.)

November 2010

Article XXIII, “General Provisions,” Section 2324: Temporary Buildings, Structures and Uses (Amended to allow
temporary fencing as part of erosion control methods.)

December 2010

Article XIV, “B-5, Governmental Services District,” Section 1306: Special Use Permits (Amended to allow
Transitional Living Centers as a special use permitted in B-5, Governmental Services Districts)

March 2011

Article XXIII, “I-2,” “General Provisions,” Section 2333: Landscaping, Fencing Screens, Walls and Lighting
(Amended to modify the guidelines on outdoor lighting.)

                                                       251
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Article XV, “I-2, General Industrial District,” Section 1500: Principal Uses Permitted (Amended to allow medical
marihuana caregiver facilities as a principal use permitted in I-2, General Industrial Districts.)

February 2012

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business District,” Section 1100: Principal Uses Permitted
(Amended to allow stores selling second hand merchandise as a principal use permitted in B-2, Convenience
and Comparison Business Districts.)

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business District,” Section 1101: Special Land Uses Permitted
(Amended to remove the restrictions on stores selling second hand merchandise in B-2, Convenience and
Comparison Business Districts.)

March 2012

Article II, “Definitions”; Article XI, “B-2,” Section 1100 & 1101; Article XII, Section 1200 & 1201; Article XIII, “B-
4,” Section 1300 & 1301; Section 1304, “B-5”; Article XIV, “I-1,” Section 1400: (Amended to include alcohol
manufacturing facilities.)

October 2012

Section 1504 “WI-PUD, Waterfront Industrial Planned Unit Development”: (Amended to include manufacturing
that is dependent on port facilities.)

March 2013

Section 2326 “Parking”: (Amended to lessen the parking requirements on previously existing buildings in the
Downtown Parking Overlay District.)

March 2015

Article XI “B-2, Convenience and Comparison Business District,” Section 1100: Principal Uses Permitted
(Amended to allow recreational facilities)

April 2015

Section 2313 “Community Gardens, Private Gardens, and Urban Commercial Farms”: (Amended to replace
Community Gardens ordinance.)

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amended to create a Form Based Code district.)

August 2015

Article IV “R-1, Single Family Residential District,” Section 400: Principal Uses Permitted (Amended to allow
multiple family residential under certain circumstances.)

July 2017

Section 2334 “Signs”: (Amend to allow electronic message board signs in B-1 and WM districts)
                                                        252
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

January 2018

Section 2310 “Critical Dunes”: (Amend to create a Critical Dune ordinance)

April 2018

Section 2321 “WCSF”: (Amend to allow WCSFs at Marsh Field and Water Filtration Plant)

May 2018

Section 2334 “Signs”: (Amend to allow electronic message board signs in B-1 and WM districts)

July 2018

Section 2311 “Fences”: (Amend to allow fences in front yards on corner lots under certain conditions)

Section 2311 “Accessory Structures & Buildings”: (Amend to allow accessory structures in front yards on corner
lots)

Section 2321 “Wireless Communication Service Facilities”: (Amend to include a new approved location at the
water filtration plant and Marsh Field)

Section 2331 “Medical Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to create new Section for Medical
Marihuana Facilities)

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amend Urban Residential context area to allow non-profit supportive housing
as a special use permitted in certain building types and to allow home-based businesses as a principal use
permitted in certain building types)

January 2019

Section 2331 “Medical Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to include 185 W Laketon in the overlay
district)

March 2019

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amend to allow research and development as a permitted use in Downtown
and Mainstreet context areas)

Section 400 “Single Family Residential”: (Amend to clarify that lodging services do not include short and long-
term rental homes)

April 2019

Section 403 “Single Family Residential PUD”: (Amend to revise the intent of the PUD section to allow for limited
retail options)

Section 2333 “Landscaping”: (Amend to allow trees to be donated to nursery rather than on site retention)


                                                      253
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

May 2019

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amend to create new context areas for Lakeside)

Section 2310 “Critical Dunes”: (Amend to create new section for Critical Dunes)

June 2019

Section 2319 “Residential Design Criteria”: (Amend to reduce minimum size of single-family and duplex houses)

August 2019

Section 2310 “Critical Dunes”: (Minor changes to ordinance)

September 2019

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to allow Recreational Marihuana Facilities as well)

January 2020

Section 2321 “Wireless Communication Service Facilities”: (Amend to include a new approved location at the
Central Fire Station)

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amend to restrict small-multiplexes to four units)

July 2020

Section 2324 “Temporary Uses”: (Amend to allow mobile food vending as a temporary use)

August 2020

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to include 623/639 W Clay for microbusinesses
and 920 Washington for provisioning centers, retail and microbusinesses)

September 2020

Article XX “Form Based Code”: (Amend to restrict small-multiplexes to lots with alleys or rear access easements)

February 2021

“Marihuana License Types”: (Amend ordinance to allow to allow certain license types in I-1, I-2, MC, B-2 and B-
4 zoning districts)

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to allow Growing, Processing, Provisioning and
Retail license types at 965 W Western and 920 Washington)

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to allow certain marihuana license types at 796 E
Apple, 981 S Getty and 935 S Getty)


                                                      254
APPENDIX A – HISTORY OF AMENDMENTS

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to allow Class B Growing, Processing, Retailer,
Designated Consumption Establishment and Marihuana Special Event license types at 420 S Harvey)

Section 2331 “Marihuana Facilities Overlay District”: (Amend to allow certain license types at 885 E Apple)




                                                     255

Top of Page


New Agenda Notifications

* indicates required